Adding upstream version 1.47.0.upstream/1.47.0

Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>

78 files changed, 19083 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/doc/Makefile.in b/doc/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a359453
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+#
+# Makefile for the doc directory
+#
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+top_builddir = ..
+my_dir = doc
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
+
+@MCONFIG@
+
+DVI=texi2dvi --clean
+DVIPS=dvips -o "$@"
+INFO=@MAKEINFO@
+HTML=makeinfo --html --no-split
+PS2PDF=ps2pdf
+
+all:: libext2fs.info libext2fs.dvi libext2fs.html
+
+install-doc-libs: libext2fs.info libext2fs.dvi
+	$(Q) $(RM) -rf $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/libext2fs.info*
+	$(E) "	MKDIR_P $(infodir)"
+	$(Q) $(MKDIR_P) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)
+	-$(Q) for i in libext2fs.info* ; do \
+		echo "	INSTALL_DATA $(infodir)/$$i" ; \
+		$(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$i ; \
+	done
+	$(E) "	GZIP $(infodir)/libext2fs.info*"
+	-$(Q) gzip -9n $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/libext2fs.info*
+
+uninstall-doc-libs:
+	$(RM) -rf $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/libext2fs.info*
+
+libext2fs.info: $(srcdir)/libext2fs.texinfo
+	$(E) "	MAKEINFO $@"
+	-$(Q) $(INFO) $(srcdir)/libext2fs.texinfo
+
+libext2fs.dvi: $(srcdir)/libext2fs.texinfo
+	$(E) "	TEXI2DVI $@"
+	-$(Q) $(DVI) $(srcdir)/libext2fs.texinfo
+
+libext2fs.ps: libext2fs.dvi
+	$(E) "	DVIPS $@"
+	-$(Q) $(DVIPS) libext2fs.dvi
+
+libext2fs.pdf: libext2fs.ps
+	$(E) "	PS2PDF $@"
+	-$(Q) $(PS2PDF) libext2fs.ps
+
+libext2fs.html: $(srcdir)/libext2fs.texinfo
+	$(E) "	TEXI2HTML $@"
+	-$(Q) $(HTML) $(srcdir)/libext2fs.texinfo
+
+.PHONY: distclean
+distclean:: clean
+	$(RM) -f Makefile
+
+.PHONY: clean
+clean:: clean-all
+
+.PHONY: clean-all
+clean-all:: clean-tex clean-backup clean-final clean-tarfiles clean-html
+
+.PHONY: clean-final
+clean-final::
+	$(RM) -f *.ps *.info *.info-? *.html *.pdf
+
+.PHONY: clean-tex
+clean-tex::
+	$(RM) -f *.aux *.cp *.dvi *.fn *.ky *.log *.pg *.toc *.tp *.vr *.fns
+
+.PHONY: clean-backup
+clean-backup::
+	$(RM) -f *~ #*
+
+.PHONY: clean-tarfiles
+clean-tarfiles::
+	$(RM) -f *.tar *.tar.gz *.tgz
+
+clean-html::
+	$(RM) -f *.html
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.02.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.02.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27dce52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.02.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.02 (January 16, 1996)
+=================================
+
+Fix to allow e2fsprogs to be compiled on recent 1.3 (pl45+) kernels.
+
+Change e2fsck to print statistics of how many non-contiguous files are
+on the system.  Note that a file which is larger than 8k blocks, it is
+guaranteed to be non-contiguous.
+
+In mke2fs, print a warning message if a user tries to format a whole
+disk (/dev/hda versus /dev/hda1).  If a user really wants to format a
+whole disk, the -F (force) option forces mke2fs to format a whole disk
+as a filesystem.
+
+Fix a bug in fsck where in some cases it might start checking
+partitions in the next pass before it finishes checking partitions in
+the current pass.  This still won't cause two partitions on the same
+disk will be checked, so it's rarely a problem in real life.
+
+Patch lsattr so that it won't hang when checking a named pipe.
+
+Minor compilation fixes:
+	* Fix the order of libraries that were linked in debugfs.
+	* Allow the sources to be compiled with -ansi turned on.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.03.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.03.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e6b25e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.03.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.03 (March 27, 1996)
+===============================
+
+Change the m68k bit numbering for bitmasks to match the bit numbering
+used by all other ext2 implementations.  (This change was requested by
+the m68k kernel development team.)
+
+Support (in-development) filesystem format revision which supports
+(among other things) dynamically sized inodes.
+
+Fixed a bug in the ext2 library so that an intelligent error is
+returned if mke2fs is run with a ridiculously small number of blocks
+for a partition.
+
+Fixed a bug in the ext2 library which required that the device be
+openable in read/write mode in order to determine its size.  This
+caused e2fsck -n to require read/write access when it was not
+previously necessary.
+
+Fixed a bug in e2fsck which caused it to occasionally fail the test
+suite depending on which version of the floating point library it was
+using.
+
+Fixed a bug in e2fsck so that it now halts with a fatal error when
+certain superblock consistency checks fail.  Previously it continued
+running e2fsck, with some potential confusing/damaging consequences.
+
+Added new flag to fsck which allows the root to be checked in parallel
+with other filesystems.  This is not the safest thing in the world to
+do, but some system administrators really wanted it.
+
+Fixed -Wall flames in lib/ss.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.04.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.04.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0120c90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.04.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.04 (May 16, 1996)
+=============================
+
+First "official" (1.03 was a limited release only) to support building
+e2fsprogs under Linux 2.0 kernels (as well as late model 1.3 and 1.99
+kernels).
+
+This package includes a RPM specs file, that it can be built using the
+RedHat Package Manager.
+
+E2fsck now prints a hint that if there are lots of incorrectly located
+inode bitmaps, block bitmaps, and inode table blocks, the user might
+want to try using e2fsck -b 8193 first, to see if that fares any
+better.
+
+For ext2 filesystem written with the hurd, debugfs will now print out
+the translator field when printing an inode structure.
+
+Lots of miscellaneous linking/installation cleanups:
+
+  Libraries are now linked using a relative pathname, instead of
+  relying on -L working correct.  It doesn't, in many cases, including
+  current versions of GNU ld.  This guarantees that the build tree is
+  linking with the right libraries, instead of the ones installed in
+  /usr/lib.
+
+  Header files, man pages, and the et/ss shell scripts are now
+  generated using a custom substitution script, instead of relying on
+  the configure script.  This prevents needless recompilation of
+  files; in addition, the custom substitution script is much faster.
+
+  e2fsck may now be linked dynamically, by using the
+  --enable-dynamic-e2fsck flag to configure.  This is not recommended,
+  since it increases e2fsck's dependence on other files, but some
+  people need to save disk space, and other critical programs on their
+  systems were being linked dynamically anyway.
+
+  Programs such as fsck which didn't need to be linked against
+  libext2fs (or mke2fs which didn't need to be linked against libe2p)
+  only link against libraries they actually need.  Otherwise, those
+  programs would require the presence of libraries that otherwise
+  could be removed from a rescue diskette.
+
+  The ss include files are now installed correctly so they can
+  actually be used by another package.
+
+  If the profiling libraries are built, they are now installed on a
+  "make install-libs".
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.05.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.05.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b1d22c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.05.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.05 (September 7, 1996)
+==================================
+
+Add support for new fields in the ext2 superblock --- volume name,
+volume UUID, and last mounted field.  Dumpe2fs displays these fields,
+tune2fs and mke2fs allows you to set them.  E2fsck will automatically
+generate a UUID for those volumes that don't have them.  
+
+Put in support for e2fsck to recognize HURD specific ext2 features ---
+most notably, the translator block.  The e2fsprogs tools will now use
+the creator_os field in the superblock to correctly handle different
+OS-specific variants of the ext2 filesystem.
+
+E2fsck now fixes inodes which have a the deletion time set, but which
+have a non-zero i_link_count field by offering to clear the deletion
+time.  Previously e2fsck assumed that the inode was deleted (per 0.3c
+ext2 kernel behavior) and offered to unlink the file.
+
+If e2fsck sets the clean bit, but nothing else, set the exit code
+FSCK_NONDESTRUCT.  After all, e2fsck did fix a filesystem error --- it
+set the filesystem valid bit when it was previously cleared.  :-) This
+was needed to make the HURD fsck driver happy.
+
+If the  user  refuses to attach an  unattached  inode, e2fsck  will no
+longer set the inode's link count.  Otherwise, the  inode would end up
+getting marked as unused, which might cause loss of data later.
+
+Make the message issued by e2fsck when the superblock is corrupt less
+confusing for users.  It now mentions that another reason for the
+"corrupt superblock" message might be that the partition might not be
+an ext2 filesystem at all (it might swap, msdos filesystem, ufs, etc.)
+
+Make the libext2 library more robust so that e2fsck won't coredump on
+an illegal superblock where the blocksize is zero.  (f_crashdisk is
+the test case).
+
+By default, create filesystems where the default checkinterval is 6
+months (180 days).  Linux servers can be robust enough that 20 reboots
+can be a long, long time.
+
+Added configure flag --enable-old-bitops, which forces the bitops to
+use the old (native) bitmask operations.  By default on the sparc
+platform, the standard ext2 bit ordering is now used.
+
+Added a new feature to e2fsck to byte-swap filesystems; this can be
+used to convert old m68k filesystems to use the standard byte-order
+storage for the superblock, inodes, and directory blocks.  This
+function is invoked by using the '-s' option to e2fsck.
+
+Debugfs's "dump" command has been enhanced so that it writes out the
+exact size of the file so that the nulls at the end of the file are
+eliminated.  The command also accept a new "-p" option which will
+attempt to preserve the ownership, permissions, and file
+modification/access times.
+
+Debugfs has two new options, -f and -R.  The -R option allows the user
+to execute a single debugfs command from the command line.  The -f
+option allows the user to specify a "command file" containing debugfs
+commands which will get executed.
+
+Dumpe2fs now pretty prints the check interval, instead of just
+printing the check interval as a number of seconds.
+
+Fix bugs in debugfs: the params command when no filesystem is opened
+no longer causes a core dump.  It is now possible to unlink a file
+when a pathname containing a '/' is specified.
+
+Tune2fs has a new -C option which sets the number of times the
+filesystem has been mounted.
+
+Fix the chattr '-v' option so that it actually works.  Chattr was
+being buggy about the -v option parsing.
+
+Programmers' notes:
+-------------------
+
+The directory lib/uuid contains a set of library routines to generate
+DCE compatible UUIDs.  
+
+Extended ext2fs_namei() to handle symbolic links.  Added new function
+ext2fs_nami_follow() which will follow last symbolic link in the case
+where the pathname points to a sym link.
+
+The ext2fs_block_iterate function will now return the HURD translator
+block, if present.  The new flag BLOCK_FLAG_DATA_ONLY will cause the
+iterator to return data blocks only.  The ext2fs.h file now defines
+constants BLOCK_COUNT_IND, BLOCK_COUNT_DIND, BLOCK_COUNT_TIND, and
+BLOCK_COUNT_TRANSLATOR, which are the magic values passed in the block
+count field of the iterator callback function.
+
+The test script driver now takes an optional second argument, which is
+the test case to be run.  This allows you to run a test case without
+needing to run the entire test suite.
+
+On Linux ELF systems, install the .so files in the correct places
+(/usr/lib).  The .so files must be stored in the same directory as the
+.a files.
+
+Fixed miscellaneous HURD compilation issues with header file being
+included in the right order.
+
+Fixed debugfs so that it resets optind to zero, not one, since setting
+optind to zero is more correct.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.06.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.06.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6b8c92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.06.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.06 (October 7, 1996)
+================================
+
+Fixed serious bug in e2fsck: if the block descriptors are bad, don't
+smash the backup copies in ext2fs_close().  (The problem was that when
+e2fsck -p discovered the problem, while it was closing the filesystem
+and exiting, it was also blowing away the backup superblocks on the
+disk, which was less than friendly.)  We now make it the case that we
+only write out the backup superblock and the back block descriptors if
+the filesystem is completely free from problems.
+
+Fixed a bug in block_interate in the lib/ext2fs library which caused
+e2fsck to fail on GNU Hurd-created filesystems.
+
+Add support for Linux/FT's bootloader, which actually uses
+EXT2_BOOT_LOADER, and sets its mode bits which caused e2fsck to want
+to clear the inode.
+
+Add support for the "A" (no atime update) attribute.  (Note: this
+attribute is not yet in production kernels.)
+
+The test suite is not automatically run when doing a "make all" from
+the top level directory.  Users should manually run "make check" if
+they wish to run the test suite.
+
+Upon a preenhalt(), make the printed message more explicit that
+running e2fsck "MANUALLY" means without the -p or -a options.
+
+In e2fsck, if a disconnected inode is zero-length, offer to clear it
+instead of offering to connect it to lost+found.
+
+In e2fsck, if a filesystem was just unmounted uncleanly, and needs
+e2fsck to be run over it, change e2fsck to explicitly display this
+fact.
+
+For dumpe2fs and e2fsck, cause the -V option to print out which
+version of the ext2fs library is actually getting used.  (This will
+help detect mismatches of using a 1.06 utility with a 1.05 library,
+etc.)
+
+Programmers' notes:
+-------------------
+
+EXT2_SWAP_BYTES was changed to EXT2_FLAG_SWAP_BYTES, which better fits
+the naming convention.
+
+In ext2fs_initialize(), make sure the description for the inode bitmap
+is correctly initialize.
+
+Fixed minor type typo in ext2fs_allocate_generic_bitmap();
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.07.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.07.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d780c93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.07.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.07 (March 9, 1997)
+==============================
+
+E2fsck is now uses much less memory when checking really large
+filesystems (or rather, filesystems with a large number of inodes).
+Previously a filesystem with 1 million inodes required 4 megabytes of
+memory to store inode count statistics; that storage requirement has
+now been reduced to roughly half a megabyte.
+
+E2fsck can now properly deal with bad blocks appearing inside the
+inode table.  Instead of trying to relocate the inode table (which
+often failed because there wasn't enough space), the inodes in the bad
+block are marked as in use.
+
+E2fsck will automatically try to use the backup superblocks if the
+primary superblocks have a bad magic number or have missing meta-data
+blocks (or meta-data blocks which are out of range).
+
+E2fsck's pass 3 has been made more efficient; most noticeable on
+filesystems with a very large number of directories.
+
+Completely revamped e2fsck's system of printing problem reports.  It
+is now table driven, to make them more easily customizable and
+extendable.  Error messages which can be printed out during preen mode
+are now one line long.
+
+Fixed e2fsck's filesystem swapping code so that it won't try to swap
+fast symbolic links or deleted files.
+
+Fixed e2fsck core dumping when fixing a filesystem which has no
+directories (not even a root directory).
+
+Added a check to e2fsck to make sure that the length of every
+directory entry is a multiple of 4 (since the kernel complains if it
+isn't).
+
+Added a check to e2fsck to make sure that a directory entry isn't a
+link to the root directory, since that isn't allowed.
+
+Added a check to e2fsck to now make sure the '.' and '..' directory
+entries are null terminated, since the 2.0 kernel requires it.
+
+Added check to write_bitmaps() to make sure the superblock doesn't get
+trashed if the inode or block bitmap is marked as being block zero.
+
+Added checking of the new feature set fields in the superblock, to
+avoid dealing with new filesystem features that this package wasn't
+set up to handle.
+
+Fixed a fencepost error in ext2fs_new_block() which would occasionally
+try to allocate a block beyond the end of a filesystem.
+
+When the UUID library picks a random IEEE 802 address (because it
+can't find one from a network card), it sets the multicast bit, to
+avoid conflicting with a legitimate IEEE 802 address.
+
+Mke2fs now sets the root directory's owner to be the real uid of the
+user running mke2fs.  If the real uid is non-zero, it also sets
+the group ownership of the root directory to be the real group-id of
+the user running mke2fs.
+
+Mke2fs now has more intelligent error checking when it is given a
+non-existent device.
+
+When badblocks is given the -vv option, it now updates the block that
+it is currently testing on every block.
+
+Fixed a bug in fsck where it wouldn't modify the PATH environment
+currently correctly if PATH wasn't already set.
+
+Shared libraries now built with dependencies.  This allows the shared
+library files to be used with dlopen(); it also makes the transition
+to libc 6 easier, since ld.so can tell which libc a particular shared
+library expects to use.
+
+Programmer's notes:
+-------------------
+
+Added new abstraction (defined in dblist.c) for maintaining a list of
+blocks which belongs to directories.  This is used in e2fsck and other
+programs which need to iterate over all directories.
+
+Added new functions which test to see if a contiguous range of blocks
+(or inodes) are available.  (ext2fs_*_bitmap_range).
+
+Added new function (ext2_inode_has_valid_blocks) which returns true if
+an inode has valid blocks.  (moved from e2fsck code).
+
+Added new function (ext2fs_allocate_tables) which allocates the
+meta-data blocks as part of initializing a filesystem.  (moved from
+mke2fs code).
+
+Added a new I/O manager for testing purposes.  It will either allow a
+program to intercept I/O requests, or print debugging messages to
+trace the activity of a program using the I/O manager.
+
+The badblocks_list functions now store the bad blocks in a sorted
+order, and use a binary search to speed up badblocks_list_test.
+
+The inode scan function ext2fs_get_next_inode() may now return a soft
+error returns: MISSING_INODE_TABLE and BAD_BLOCK_IN_INODE_TABLE in
+those cases where part of an inode table is missing or there is a bad
+block in the inode table.  
+
+Added a new function (ext2fs_block_iterate2) which adds new arguments to
+the callback function to return a pointer (block and offset) to the
+reference of the block.
+
+Added new function (ext2fs_inode_scan_goto_blockgroup) which allows an
+application to jump to a particular block group while doing an inode
+scan.
+
+The badblocks list functions were renamed from badblocks_* to
+ext2fs_badblocks_*.  Backwards compatibility functions are available
+for now, but programs should be modified to use the new interface.
+
+Some of the library functions were reorganized into separate files to
+reduce the size of some programs which statically link against the
+ext2 library.
+
+Put in some miscellaneous fixes for the Alpha platform.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.08.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.08.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f33ead5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.08.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.08 (April 10, 1997)
+===============================
+
+E2fsck 1.07 was very slow when checking very large filesystems with a
+lot of files that had hard links (i.e., news spools).  This was fixed
+by seriously revamping the icount abstraction.  Added a formal test
+suite for the icount abstraction.
+
+Debugfs now has a "-l" option to the "ls" command, which lists the
+inode number, permissions, owner, group, size, and name of the files
+in the directory.
+
+Fix a bug in e2fsck where when a directory had its blocks moved to
+another location during the pass 1b processing, the directory block
+list wasn't updated, so pass 2 wouldn't check (and correct) the
+correct directory block.
+
+E2fsck will now treat inodes which contain blocks which are claimed by
+the filesystem metadata by treating them as multiply claimed blocks.
+This way, the data in those blocks can be copied to a new block during
+the pass 1b--1d processing.
+
+E2fsck will attempt to determine the correct superblock number and
+display it in the diagnostic and warning messages if possible.
+
+Add support for a new (incompatible) feature, "sparse_super".  This
+feature reduces the number of blocks which contain copies of backup
+superblocks and block group descriptors.  (It is only an incompatible
+feature because of a bug in ext2_free_blocks.)  mke2fs and tune2fs now
+support a new -s option; e2fsck will recognize filesystems built with
+this feature turned on.
+
+E2fsck now checks the library to make sure is the correct version,
+using new library functions.  (This helps to diagnose incorrectly
+installed e2fsprogs distributions.)
+
+Dumpe2fs now prints more information; its now prints the the
+filesystem revision number, the filesystem sparse_super feature (if
+present), the block ranges for each block group, and the offset from
+the beginning of the block group.
+
+Mke2fs now distributes the inode and block bitmap blok so that the
+won't be concentrated in one or two disks in RAID/striping setups.
+Also, if the user chooses a 2k or 4k block group, mke2fs will try to
+choose the largest blocks per group that be chosen.  (For 2k blocks,
+you can have up to 16384 blocks/group; for 4k blocks, you can have up
+to 32768 blocks/group.)  Previously mke2fs would not allow
+specification of more than 8192 blocks per group, even if you were
+using a 2k or 4k block group.
+
+Programmer's notes:
+-------------------
+
+Added a new function ext2fs_create_icount2() which takes a "hint"
+argument.  This hint argument presets the icount array with the list
+of inodes which actually need to be in the icount array.  This really
+helps to speed up e2fsck.
+
+Added a new function ext2fs_icount_validate() which checks the rep
+invariant for the icount structure.  This is used mostly for testing.
+
+The error message given when a bad inode number is passed to
+test_generic_bitmap to reflect EXT2FS_TEST_ERROR (instead of
+EXT2FS_UNMARK_ERROR).
+
+Added a new function ext2fs_set_dir_block which sets the block of a
+dblist entry, given the directory inode and blockcnt.
+
+Added a new function ext2fs_get_library_version() which returns the
+current library version, and ext2fs_parse_version_string() which
+returns a version number based on a e2fsprogs version string.
+
+The icount functions will return EINVAL if the passed in inode number
+is out of bounds.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.09.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.09.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..415de75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.09.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.09 (April 14, 1997)
+===============================
+
+Fixed bug in mke2fs (really in lib/ext2fs/initialize.c) which was
+accidentally introduced in the 1.08 release.  The overhead calculation
+was accidentally removed, which caused ext2fs_initialize() to not
+notice when the filesystem size needed to be adjusted down because
+there wasn't enough space in the last block group.
+
+Fixed bug in version parsing library routine; it was always parsing
+the library version string, instead of using the passed-in string.
+
+Clarified chattr man page.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.10.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.10.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1fa0a5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.10.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.10 (April 24, 1997)
+===============================
+
+Mke2fs once again defaults to creating revision #0 filesystems, since
+people were complaining about breaking compatibility with 1.2 kernels.
+Warning messages were added to the mke2fs and tune2fs man pages that
+the sparse superblock option isn't supported by most kernels yet (1.2
+and 2.0 both don't support parse superblocks.)
+
+Added new flag to mke2fs, -R <raid options>, which allows the user to
+tell mke2fs about the RAID configuration of the filesystem.  Currently
+the only supported raid option is "stride" which specifies the width
+of the RAID stripe.
+
+Fixed bug in e2fsck where pass1b would bomb out if there were any
+blocks marked bad in the inode table.
+
+Fixed rare bug in mke2fs where if the user had a very unlucky number
+of blocks in a filesystem (probability less than .002) the resulting
+filesystem would be corrupt in the last block group.
+
+Fixed bug where if e2fsck tried to allocate a block to fix a
+filesystem corruption problem and the filesystem had no free blocks,
+ext2fs_new_block() would loop forever.
+
+The configure script now checks explicitly to see if "-static" works,
+since that can't be assumed to be true --- RedHat doesn't install
+libc-static by default.
+
+Fixed bug in libext2's block iterator functions where under some
+circumstances, file with holes would cause the bcount parameter to the
+callback function to be incorrect.  This bug didn't affect any of
+e2fsprogs programs, but it was discovered by Paul Mackerras, the
+author of the PPC boot loader.
+
+Removed use of static variables to store the inode cache in libext2fs.
+This caused problems if more than one filesystem was accessed via
+libext2fs (static variables in libraries are generally a bad idea).
+Again, this didn't affect e2fsprogs programs, but it was discovered by
+Paul Mackerras.
+
+Fixed minor bugs and version code drift to assure that e2fsprogs 1.10
+will compile cleanly with 1.2.13 kernels (even with a.out shared
+libraries!)
+
+Programmer's notes:
+-------------------
+
+Added new functions to duplicate an ext2 filesystem handle, and its
+associated substructure.  New functions: ext2fs_dup_handle(),
+ext2fs_copy_dblist(), ext2fs_badblocks_copy(), ext2fs_copy_bitmap().
+Other structures, such as the io_channel and the inode_cache, now have
+a ref count so that they only get freed when they are no longer used
+by any filesystem handle.  (These functions were added as part of the
+development effort for an ext2 resizer).
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.11.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.11.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..33c89d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.11.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.11 (June 17, 1997)
+==============================
+
+Fixed e2fsck to detect (previously ignored) conflicts between the
+superblock or block group descriptors and block bitmaps, inode
+bitmaps, and inode tables.
+
+Fixed bug in e2fsck so that when the message printed out when a block
+or inode bitmap conflicts with other data, it has the correct group
+number.
+
+Fixed bug in e2fsck and mke2fs where the blocksize wasn't being passed
+to badblocks.  This meant that not all of the filesystem was being
+tested for bad blocks! 
+
+Fixed an array boundary overrun case which cropped up in
+ext2fs_badblocks_list_test when a user tried running "mke2fs -c 
+-b 4096".
+
+Adjusted the number of columns printed by mke2fs when displaying the
+superblock backups to avoid running over 80 columns when making a
+really big filesystem.
+
+Fixed up the man pages for e2fsck, debugfs, badblocks, chattr,
+dumpe2fs, fsck, mke2fs, and tune2fs (typos and other minor grammar
+fixes), thanks to some suggestions from Bill Hawes (whawes@star.net).
+
+Programmer's notes:
+-------------------
+
+Fixed install rule in lib/ss so that ss_err.h is actually getting
+installed.
+
+Fixed bug in ext2fs_copy_bitmap; the destination bitmap wasn't getting
+passed back to the caller.
+
+Fixed bug in ext2fs_inode_scan_goto_blockgroup; it had not been
+setting the current inode number (which meant this function wasn't
+working at all).
+
+Fixed bug in ext2fs_resize_generic_bitmap; it had not be zeroing all
+blocks in the bitmap when increasing the size of the bitmap.
+
+Changed the initial number of blocks allocated by ext2fs_init_dblist()
+to be more realistic.
+
+Added a new function ext2fs_allocate_group_table, which sets up the
+group descriptor information (and allocates inode and block bitmaps,
+and inode tables for a particular group).  The function was created by
+factoring out code form ext2fs_allocate_tables().
+
+Added a new function ext2fs_move_blocks which takes a bitmap of the
+blocks to be moved, and moves them to another location on the
+boardboard.
+
+Make the unix_io channel's io_channel_flush implementation calls sync()
+to to flush the kernel buffers to disk.
+
+Added a new function ext2fs_dblist_count returns the number of
+directory blocks in dblist.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.12.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.12.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a11cd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.12.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.12 (July 9, 1998)
+==================================
+
+E2fsprogs now works with glibc (at least with the version shipped with
+RedHat 5.0).  The ext2fs_llseek() function should now work even with
+i386 ELF shared libraries and if llseek() is not present.  We also
+explicitly do a configure test to see if (a) llseek is in libc, and
+(b) if llseek is declared in the system header files.  (See standard
+complaints about libc developers don't understand the concept of
+compatibility with previous versions of libc.)
+
+The ext2fs library now writes out the block group number in each of
+the superblock copies.  This makes it easier to automatically
+determine the starting block group of the filesystem when the block
+group information is trashed.
+
+Added support for the EXT2_FEATURE_INCOMPAT_FILETYPE feature,
+which means that e2fsprogs will ignore the high 8 bits of the
+directory entry's name_len field, so that it can be used for other
+purposes.
+
+Added support for the EXT2_FEATURE_RO_COMPAT_LARGE_FILE feature.
+E2fsprogs will now support filesystems with 64-bit sized files.
+
+Added support for the EXT2_FEATURE_COMPAT_DIR_PREALLOC feature.
+
+Added new program "e2label", contributed by Andries Brouwer.  E2label
+provides an easy-to-use interface to modify the filesystem label.
+
+Fixed bug so that lsattr -v works instead of producing a core dump.
+
+Fixed a minor bug in mke2fs so that all groups with bad superblock
+backup blocks are printed (not just the first one).
+
+Mke2fs will check the size of the device, and if the user specifies a
+filesystem size larger than the apparent size of the device it will
+print a warning message and ask if the user wants to proceed.
+
+E2fsck has a new option -C, which sends completion information to the
+specified file descriptor.  For the most part, this is intended for
+programs to use, although -C 0 will print a spinning character to the
+stdout device, which may be useful for users who want to see something
+happening while e2fsck goes about its business.
+
+Fixed a bug in e2fsck which could cause a core dump when it needs to
+expand the /lost+found directory, and sometimes the bitmaps haven't
+been merged in.  Also fixed a related bug where ext2fs_write_dir_block
+was used to write out a non-directory block.  (Which would be bad on a
+non-Intel platform with byte swapping going on.)
+
+Fixed bug in e2fsck where it would print a "programming error" message
+instead of correctly identifying where a bad block was in used when
+the bad block was in a non-primary superblock or block group
+descriptor.  Also fixed a related bug when sparse superblocks are in
+use and there is a bad block where a superblock or block group
+descriptor would have been in a group that doesn't include a
+superblock.
+
+Fixed a bug in e2fsck (really in libext2fs's dblist function) where if
+the block group descriptor table is corrupt, it was possible to try to
+allocate a huge array, fail, and then abort e2fsck.
+ext2fs_get_num_dirs() now sanity checks the block group descriptor,
+and substitutes reasonable values if the descriptors are obviously bogus.
+
+If e2fsck finds a device file which has the immutable flag set and the
+i_blocks beyond the normal device number are non-zero, e2fsck will
+offer to remove it, since it's probably caused by garbage in the inode
+table.
+
+When opening a filesystem, e2fsck specially checks for the EROFS error
+code, and prints a specific error message to the user which is more
+user friendly.
+
+If the filesystem revision is too high, change the e2fsck to print
+that this is either because e2fsck is out of date, or because the
+superblock is corrupt.  
+
+E2fsck now checks for directories that have duplicate '.' and '..'
+entries, and fixes this corruption.
+
+E2fsck no longer forces a sync of the filesystem (with attendant sleep
+calls) at all times.  The ext2fs_flush() function now performs a sync
+only if it needed to write data blocks to disk.
+
+Fixed a minor bug in e2fsck's pass1b's file cloning function, where
+certain errors would not be properly reported.
+
+Updated and expanded a few points in the man pages which users
+complained weren't explicit enough.
+
+Added special case byte-swapping code if compiling on the PowerPC, to
+accommodate the strange big-endian variant of the ext2 filesystem that
+was previously used on the PowerPC port.
+
+
+Programmer's notes:
+-------------------
+
+Removed C++ keywords from the ext2fs libraries so that it could be
+compiled with C++.
+
+E2fsck's internal organization has now been massively reorganized so
+that pass*.c don't have any printf statements.  Instead, all problems
+are reported through the fix_problem() abstraction interface.  E2fsck
+has also been revamped so that it can be called as a library from a
+application.
+
+Added new fileio primitives in libext2fs for reading and writing
+files on an unmounted ext2 filesystem.  This interface is now used by
+debugfs.
+
+Added a new libext2fs function for mapping logical block numbers of
+a file to a physical block number.
+
+Added a new libext2fs function, ext2fs_alloc_block(), which allocates
+a block, zeros it, and updates the filesystem accounting records
+appropriately.
+
+Added a new libext2fs function, ext2fs_set_bitmap_padding(), which
+sets the padding of the bitmap to be all one's.  Used by e2fsck pass 5.
+
+The libext2fs functions now use a set of memory allocation wrapper
+functions: ext2fs_get_mem, ext2fs_free_mem, and ext2fs_resize_mem,
+instead of malloc, free, and resize.  This makes it easier for us to
+be ported to strange environments where malloc, et. al. aren't
+necessarily available.
+
+Change the libext2fs function to return ext2-specific error codes
+(EXT2_DIR_EXISTS and EXT2_DB_NOT_FOUND, for example) instead of using
+and depending on the existence of system error codes (such as EEXIST
+and ENOENT).
+
+Renamed io.h to ext2_io.h to avoid collision with other OS's header
+files.
+
+Add protection against ext2_io.h and ext2fs.h being included multiple
+times.
+
+The types used for memory lengths, etc. have been made more portable.
+In general, the code has been made 16-bit safe.  Added Mark
+Habersack's contributed DOS disk i/o routines.
+
+Miscellaneous portability fixes, including not depending on char's
+being signed.
+
+The io_channel structure has a new element, app_data, which is
+initialized by the ext2fs routines to contain a copy of the filesystem
+handle.
+
+ext2fs_check_directory()'s callback function may now return the error
+EXT2_ET_CALLBACK_NOTHANDLED if it wishes ext2fs_check_directory() to
+really do the checking, despite the presence of the callback function.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.13.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.13.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..35a69e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.13.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.13 (December 15, 1998)
+==================================
+
+Fixed a bug in debugfs where an error messages weren't getting printed
+when the ext2 library routines to read inodes returned errors in the
+stat, cmri and rm commands.
+
+Fixed a bug in mke2fs so that if a ridiculous inode ratio parameter is
+provided, it won't create an inode table smaller than the minimum
+number of inodes required for a proper ext2 filesystem.
+
+Fsck now parses the /etc/fstab file directly (instead of using
+getmntent()), so that it can distinguish between a missing pass number
+field and pass number field of zero.  This caused problems for
+diskless workstations where all of the filesystems in /etc/fstab have
+an explicit pass number of zero, and fsck could not distinguish this
+from a /etc/fstab file with missing pass numbers.
+
+E2fsck will create a /lost+found directory if there isn't one in the
+filesystem, since it's safer to create the lost+found directory before
+it's needed.
+
+Fixed e2fsck so that it would detect bogus immutable inodes which
+happen to be sockets and FIFO files, and offer to clear them.
+
+If a filesystem has multiple reasons why it needs to be checked, and
+one of the reasons is that it is uncleanly mounted, e2fsck will print
+that as the reason why the filesystem is being checked.
+
+Cleaned up the output routines of mke2fs so that it doesn't overflow
+an 80 column display when formatting really big filesystems.
+
+Added a sanity check to e2fsck to make sure that file descriptors 0,
+1, 2 are open before opening the hard disk.  This avoids a problem
+where a broken program might exec e2fsck with those file descriptors
+closed, which would cause disastrous results if the kernel returns a
+file descriptor for the block device which is also used by FILE *
+stdout.
+
+Fixed up the e2fsck progress reporting functions so that the values
+reliably reach 100% at the completion of all of the e2fsck passes.
+
+Fixed minor documentation bugs in man pages and usage messages.
+
+Programmer's notes:
+-------------------
+
+Fixed a number of lint warnings in the ext2fs library and potential
+portability problems from other OS's header files that might define
+CPP macros for names like "max" and "min".
+
+ext2fs_badblocks_list_add() has been made more efficient when it needs
+to grow the bad blocks list.
+
+Fixed a bug in e2fsck which caused it to dereference a freed pointer
+just before exiting.
+
+Fixed the substitution process for generating the mk_cmds and compile_et
+scripts so that they will work outside of the build tree.
+
+Add sanity check to e2fsck so that if an internal routine
+(ext2fs_get_dir_info) returns NULL, avoid dereferencing the pointer
+and causing a core dump.  This should never happen, but...
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.14.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.14.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1653587
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.14.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.14 (January 9, 1999)
+================================
+
+Fix the fstab parsing code so that it can handle blank lines and
+comment characters.  Also, missing pass numbers need to be treated as
+zero.
+
+Fixed a bug in e2fsck where under some circumstances (when e2fsck
+needs to restart processing after fixing an egregious inconsistency)
+it would try to access already freed memory.
+
+E2fsck now prints non-printable characters in directory entries and
+pathnames using '^' and 'M-' notation.
+
+Fixed chattr so that it will ignore symbolic links when doing
+recursive descent traversals.  For both chattr and lsattr, no longer
+print the version string unless the -V option is given.
+
+Allow the system administrator to directly specify the number of
+inodes desired in the filesystem, for some special cases where this is
+necessary.
+
+Fix portability problems so that e2fsprogs can be compiled under Linux
+1.2 systems and Solaris systems.
+
+Update the config.guess file with a more recent version that will
+identify newer Linux platforms.
+
+Programmer's notes
+------------------
+
+Ext2fs_read_inode and ext2fs_write_inode will now return an error if
+an inode number of zero is passed to them.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.15.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.15.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b132bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.15.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.15 (July 18, 1999)
+==============================
+
+Add configuration checks so that e2fsprogs will compile cleanly on
+Linux 2.3 kernels that have renamed i_version to i_generation.
+
+E2fsck now prints a progress/completion bar (and not just a simple
+spinner) if the -C0 option is requested or if it receives a SIGUSR1
+signal.  Fsck will automatically manage the (potentially multiple)
+e2fsck processes to print completion bars if it is given a -C option,
+with the right thing happening if multiple filesystems are being
+checked in parallel.
+
+Mke2fs now has better automatic heuristics to determine the filesystem
+parameters to be used for a particular filesystem.  Added a new option
+-T which allows the user to specify how the filesystem is to be used,
+which helps mke2fs do a better job selecting the filesystem parameters.
+
+Mke2fs now creates revision 1 filesystems by default, and with the
+sparse superblock feature enabled.  The sparse superblock feature is
+not understood by Linux 2.0 kernels, so they will only allow read-only
+mounts of filesystems with this sparse superblocks.
+
+Fix bug where if /dev/null couldn't be opened (should never happen),
+e2fsck would hang in a tight loop.
+
+Make e2fsck handle the case where /lost+found isn't a directory.
+
+E2fsck now uses mallinfo if it exists to get accurate statistics about
+its memory usage.
+
+Fix bug in e2fsck where it wouldn't check to see if a disconnected
+inode had any problems before connecting it to /lost+found.
+
+Add check to e2fsck so it makes sure that total number of inodes in
+the filesystem is a sane number.
+
+Fix fencepost error when clearing an the end of the block bitmap which
+caused the last block in the bitmap not to get cleared.
+
+Cleaned up a number of messages in e2fsck:
+	* The message "Group's #'s copy of the group descriptor..."
+		was fixed so that the correct number would be displayed.
+	* Added missing space in the "disk write-protected" error message
+	* Cleaned up the error message printed when a non-interactive
+		e2fsck needs to abort a check because the filesystem
+		appears to be mounted.
+
+Added a new command-line utility, uuidgen, which will create and print
+a UUID.
+
+Make debugfs's icheck command more robust by checking to make sure an
+inode has valid blocks before iterating over the inode's blocks.
+
+UUID generation now uses a random-based scheme whenever possible to
+prevent potential privacy problems.
+
+Man pages for all of the UUID functions in the library were added.
+
+Fixed bug in fsck so it won't coredump if a filesystem not in
+/etc/fstab is given to it.
+
+Fsck now understands the UUID=xxxx and LABEL=yyyy forms in /etc/fstab
+that most of the other mount utilities understands.
+
+Mke2fs will make a filesystem even if it appears mounted if the force
+option is given.
+
+Dumpe2fs has new command-line options which allow a filesystem expert
+to specify the superblock and blocksize when opening a filesystem.
+This is mainly useful when examining the remains of a toasted
+filesystem.
+
+The badblocks program has been updated to display correctly on disks
+with large block numbers.
+
+The badblocks program no longer gives spurious errors when errors
+occur on non-block boundaries, which is common if the blocksize is
+larger than 1k.
+
+Mke2fs will sync the disk device every MKE2FS_SYNC block groups if the
+MKE2FS_SYNC environment variable is set.  This is to work around a VM
+bug in the 2.0 kernel.  I've heard a report that a RAID user was able
+to trigger it even using a 2.2 kernel, but hopefully it will not be
+needed for most Linux 2.2 users.
+
+Fixed miscellaneous documentation and man pages.
+
+Programmer's notes:
+-------------------
+
+Cleaned up functions such as pass1_get_blocks, pass1_read_inode which
+in e2fsck's pass1.c really should have been static.
+
+The return value of the uuid_compare() function was changed to make it
+match with the conventions used by strcmp, memcmp, and Paul Leach's
+UUID sample document.
+
+The "make depend" process has now been made more automated; it now
+automatically word-wraps the dependencies, and only replaces source
+Makefile.in if there has been a change in the dependencies.  Also, a
+top-level "make depend" now recurses through all the subdirectories
+automatically.
+
+The Makefile in .../util has been changed so that subst is built using
+the native C compiler during a cross-compilation, since the subst
+program is only used during the build process.  Also add an explicit
+rule to build util/subst by cd'ing to the correct directory and
+running Makefile.
+
+The man directories are defined in terms mandir, so that the configure
+script can override the location of the manual pages.
+
+The config files have been updated to recognize new machine types for
+both the i386 and alpha families.
+
+Fsck has been modified so that it will accurately create an
+fsck_instance even when the noexecute flag is set.  This allows for
+accurate debugging of the fsck pass structure.  Also, when the verbose
+flag is given twice, fsck will print debugging information about when
+fsck is waiting for jobs to finish.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.16.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.16.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..babf0fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.16.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.16 (October 22, 1999)
+=================================
+
+Fixed a race condition bug in fsck; when printing a progress bar, if
+checking multiple filesystems in parallel, it was possible for fsck to
+send e2fsck a SIGUSR1 signal before e2fsck had installed its signal
+handler, which would cause it to terminate with a signal 10.
+
+E2fsck now properly handles filesystems that have the
+INCOMPAT_FILETYPE feature turned on.  It can be used to convert a
+filesystem into using or not using FILETYPE feature.
+
+E2fsck now properly handles filesystems that have the IMAGIC feature
+turned on (this is used on Linux AFS servers).
+
+The mke2fs program now creates filesystems that have the filetype and
+sparse_superblock features enabled by default, unless it is run on a
+pre-2.2 kernel.  These features are not supported by a pre-2.2 kernel,
+so there is now a new flag -O which allows the user to specify with
+which features she would like to create the filesystem; "mke2fs -O
+none" will create a filesystem compatible with 2.0 kernels.
+
+The tune2fs program now has a -O option which allows the user to set
+and reset "safe" filesystem features.  Currently, the only ones which
+allows to be modified are the filetype and sparse_superblock features.
+Note setting or clearing either feature will require running e2fsck on
+the filesystem afterwards.  (n.b. Clearing the sparse_superblock feature
+requires that there is enough free space on the filesystem for the
+extra superblocks which will be created by e2fsck.)
+
+Debugfs can now set and print filesystem features in the superblock
+using the "features" command.  Dumpe2fs will print out the complete
+set of features when listing the superblock.
+
+Dumpe2fs has new options -f (force) and -h (header-only).
+
+Fixed a bug in e2fsck which could cause the PROGRAMMING ERROR/bonehead
+message to come up.  This could happen when decrementing or
+incrementing a link count could result in an overflow.
+
+Fixed a bug in e2fsck where the block count on the lost+found
+directory would not be properly incremented when the directory was
+expanded to the point where an indirect block needed to be allocated.
+
+E2fsck now makes some additional sanity checks on the superblock to
+avoid crashing or giving a memory allocation error if some of the
+values in the superblock are unreasonable (but the superblock otherwise
+looks valid).
+
+Fixed a bug in e2fsck where a very badly corrupted filesystem might
+require two passes to completely fix the filesystem.  This happened if
+an inode claimed blocks that was part of the filesystem metadata
+(typically, when garbage was written into an inode table or indirect
+block, since this kind of filesystem corruption normally doesn't
+happen otherwise).
+
+On the Alpha, glibc declares st_flags although it isn't actually used;
+the configure script was improved to detect this case so that
+e2fsprogs can avoid using the non-functional stat field.
+
+The manual pages were updated to use a more consistent formatting
+style consistent with standard Unix man pages.  Mke2fs's man page
+added documentation for a few previously undocumented options.
+
+Fixed minor display bugs in tune2fs and mke2fs.
+
+Programmer's notes:
+-------------------
+
+Improved portability of e2fsprogs to non-Unix systems (in particular, NT).
+
+Added features to parse and print feature strings into the e2p library.  
+(e2p_feature2string, e2p_string2feature, e2p_edit_feature).
+
+ext2fs_mkdir() and ext2fs_new_dir_block() now creates directories
+whose directory entries contain proper filetype information if the
+filesystem supports it.
+
+ext2fs_link() now uses the low 3 bits of its flags parameter to pass
+the directory entry filetype information.  This is used to set the
+directory entry filetype information if the filesystem supports it.
+
+Fixed a bug in ext2fs_expand_dir() where the block count in a
+directory's inode would not be properly incremented when the directory
+was expanded to the point where an indirect block needed to be
+allocated.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.17.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.17.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..21ba194
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.17.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.17 (October 26, 1999)
+=================================
+
+Fixed nasty typo in fsck which caused parallelized fsck's to go into an
+infinite loop.
+
+Fixed a bug in fsck where it used strncmp to compare a binary UUID,
+thus potentially causing problems if a binary UUID contained a NULL
+character.
+
+E2fsck now uses stricter checks for directory entries in pass 2:
+zero-length filenames are not allowed; neither are 8 byte long
+directory entries.
+
+The debugfs "dirty" command now clears the filesystem valid bit.
+(Previously this just set the dirty-as-in-needs-writing-out-to-disk
+bit in the in-core superblock image.  The new functionality is more
+what the user expects, and is more useful.)
+
+Added a debugging hook to test parallel fsck; if the environment
+variable FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL, then filesystems on the same drive
+will be checked in parallel when they normally would not be.
+
+Programmer's notes:
+-------------------
+
+Fixed some #ifdef's for compilation under the Hurd OS.
+
+Fixed minor W2K compatibility problems.
+
+Fixed some miscellaneous GCC warnings.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.18.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.18.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..17cc283
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.18.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.18 (November 10, 1999)
+==================================
+
+Fix a core dumping bug in e2fsck if an imagic inode is present or
+(more rarely) if the filesystem is badly corrupted enough that e2fsck
+has to restart pass 1 processing.  E2fsck now closes the filesystem
+before freeing a large number of its data structures, so in the case
+of future memory faults, at least the fixed filesystem will be fully
+written out.
+
+If a filesystem doesn't support imagic inodes, and e2fsck discovers an
+imagic inode, it will offer to clear the imagic flag.
+
+E2fsck will now offer to clear the immutable flag on special files
+(device/socket/fifos) when running it in non-preen mode.
+
+E2fsck will now set the filetype when creating /lost+found, and when
+connected orphaned inodes to /lost+found.
+
+Debugfs's ncheck and icheck commands now handles the case where there
+are bad blocks in the inode table without bombing out.
+
+The badblocks list processing code has been made more efficiently for
+appending a large number of (ordered) badblocks to the badblocks list.
+
+Some minor man page updates.
+
+Fsck now allows interactive e2fsck's when using fsck -As (not a common
+mode, but some people like to do this in boot scripts for silly reasons).
+
+Programmer's notes:
+-------------------
+
+The internal e2fsck problem code for PR_2_SPLIT_DOT was fixed to meet
+with the problem code convention.
+
+The badblocks list regression test program has been updated to work
+with previously made API name changes.
+
+The ext2fs_free() command now uses the new badblocks API to avoid
+using the compatibility layer.
+
+Added new regression test cases; the run_e2fsck test script now
+supports the ability for a test case to run a preparatory command
+before running e2fsck.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.19.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.19.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b8bbc6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.19.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.19 (July 13, 2000)
+==============================
+
+Release the resize2fs program since the timeout before it could
+be released under the GPL has finally expired.
+
+Add experimental support needed for the ext2 compression patches.
+This requires compiling e2fsprogs with the --enable-compression flag
+to the configure script.
+
+Added ext3 journalling support.  E2fsck will run the journal (if
+necessary) by temporarily mounting the filesystem.  /sbin/fsck.ext3 is
+installed as a symlink to e2fsck.  Fsck has been taught about ext3,
+and treats it the same as ext2 in terms of the progress bar logic.
+Dumpe2fs will display the superblock journalling information if the
+filesystem has a journal.  The ext2 library will now permit opening an
+ext3 filesystem with the recovery flag set.  This is necessary for
+on-line dump's to work correctly, but there may be issues with this
+working well since ext3 is much less aggressive about syncing blocks to
+the filesystem, since they're safe on the journal.
+
+Tune2fs and e2fsck have been changed to allow the mount_count check to
+be disabled by setting max_mount_count to -1.  (This was already
+supported by the kernel.)
+
+Create a symbolic link for fsck.ext3, since the e2fsprogs utilities
+are used for ext3 as well.
+
+Added internationalization support for e2fsprogs; must be enabled
+by passing --enable-nls to configure.
+
+Always use the provided ext2fs header files to insulate ourselves from
+kernel version changes.  Which include files are used by e2fsprogs
+have also been cleaned up to improve portability.
+
+Limit the number of times that e2fsck updates the progress bar so that
+people who are booting using a 9600 baud console don't get swamped by
+too many updates.
+
+Improved the loop detection algorithm in e2sck's pass #3 so that it is
+much, much faster for large filesystems with a large number of
+directories.
+
+The memory footprint for e2fsck is now slightly smaller than before.
+
+E2fsck now checks if special devices have a non-zero size, and offers
+to clear the size field if it finds such an inode.  
+
+E2fsck now checks if special devices have the append-only flag set,
+and offers to clear the inode.
+
+E2fsck now properly handles some "should never fail" cases during a
+bitmap copy in pass5.
+
+E2fsck now properly prints control characters in filenames as ^A .. ^Z.
+
+E2fsck now calculates the correct location of the backup superblock in
+the case of filesystem blocksizes > 1k.
+
+Fixed a bug in e2fsck's calculation of the number of inodes_per_block
+which normally didn't cause problems under most filesystem parameters,
+but could cause a valid superblock to be rejected in extreme cases.
+Other checks for validating superblock values were made more
+stringent.
+
+Added non-destructive write testing to the badblocks program, courtesy
+of David Beattie.  The badblocks also now has an option to input the
+current set of bad blocks, so that known bad blocks are skipped to
+speed up the badblocks test.  There is also a persistent rescan
+feature which causes badblocks to run until it has completed some
+number of passes without discovering any new bad blocks.
+
+Badblocks now checks to see if the device is mounted and refuses to do
+the tests involving writing to the device if it is mounted.  Also,
+badblocks now allows the number of blocks to be checked to be
+defaulted to the size of the partition.
+
+Fixed a bug in fsck which didn't allow non-root users to be able to
+check filesystems if there were any LABEL= or UUID= entries in
+/etc/fstab.
+
+The Hurd doesn't support the filetype filesystem feature.  The mke2fs
+program now makes sure that for the Hurd, the filetype feature is
+turned off.  E2fsck will check to see if the filetype feature is
+turned on for Hurd filesystems, and offer to turn off the feature.
+
+Mke2fs now has a safety check to make sure the number of blocks do not
+exceed 32 bits even on a 64 bit platform.
+
+Really fixed a bug in fsck to allow "fsck -As" to run interactive
+fsck's.  (For those people who like to do interactive fsck's in the
+/etc/rc scripts!?!)
+
+Debugfs has a few new features: the rdump command, which will do a
+recursive dump of a directory and all of its contents, and the lcd
+command which does a local chdir (much like the ftp command of the
+same name).  In addition, the debugfs program and the open_filesystem
+command now takes three new options: -b and -s, which allows the
+blocksize and superblock location to be specified, and the -c option
+which is used in catastrophic situations where the block group
+descriptors are corrupt.  If the -c option is specified, debugfs will
+skip trying to read in the block and inode bitmaps.
+
+Debugfs's lsdel command was fixed to handle bad blocks in the inode
+table.
+
+A Y2K bug in debugfs's "ls -l" handling was fixed by switching to use
+4 digit years.
+
+General improvements in error messages
+
+  - Mke2fs prints a sane error message if the partition size is zero
+	(usually because the partition table wasn't reread by the
+	kernel due to the partition being busy), instead of "invalid
+	argument passed to ext2 library while initializing superblock".
+
+  - Fsck now prints more self-explanatory message if an invalid UUID=
+	or LABEL= specification is passed to it.
+
+UUID library changed to use the LGPL.
+
+Fixed a bug in the UUID library where very rapid calls to the
+time-based UUID generator could cause duplicate UUID's to be returned.
+This was not a problem for e2fsprogs, but it could be a problem for
+other users of the library.
+
+Make the UUID library more robust in the face of missing or an
+improper /dev/urandom or /dev/random files.
+
+Added some random portability fixes for Solaris.
+
+Some minor man page updates.
+
+Fixed a memory leak in the ss library.
+
+
+Programmer's notes:
+-------------------
+
+We now try to use lseek64 and open64 from the LFS if possible.
+
+The 3rd parameter in e2p's print_flags is now a flags word, instead of
+a boolean option.
+
+The mark and unmark bitmap functions now return the previous state of
+the bit that was being changed, which is useful for some speed
+optimizations.
+
+The following functions have been added to enhance the badblocks list
+handling in libext2fs: ext2fs_write_bb_FILE, ext2fs_read_bb_FILE2, and
+ext2fs_badblocks_equal.
+
+The ext2 header files now have the latest journalling fields to the
+superblock.
+
+The ext2fs_mkdir function in libext2fs now properly backs out of error
+conditions robustly.
+
+Cleaned up makefiles:
+  - to cleanly  compile with the -j flag.
+  - so distclean removes all generated files.
+  - so in case of an error while installing header files, the make aborts.
+
+Fix test_script so that it works correctly when compiling in the
+source directory.
+
+The random UUID generation routine has been made slightly better in
+the case where /dev/random doesn't exist.  (Use of randomly-based UUID
+is still not recommended if /dev/random doesn't exist, however; it's
+better to use the time/ethernet MAC address UUID in this case.)
+
+Clean up the build process so it's more friendly in case of missing
+directories.
+
+The ext2fs header file can now be #include'd into C++ programs.
+
+The e2p.h header file is now installed.
+
+Added workaround to a gawk 3.0.5 bug in lib/ss/mk_cmds.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.20.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.20.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2423ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.20.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.20 (May 20, 2001)
+=============================
+
+Add support for replaying the ext3 journal purely in user mode,
+including handling the orphaned inode list.  Used code contributed by
+Andreas Dilger, with bug fixes and the orphaned inode handling done
+by Theodore Ts'o.
+
+The mke2fs and tune2fs programs can create or modify a filesystem to
+include an ext3 journal.  Tune2fs also can be used to remove an ext3
+journal from a filesystem.
+
+E2fsck will now check for the existence of a linked list of orphan
+inodes in the superblock, and clear those inodes before starting the
+rest of the filesystem check (but after the journal playback).
+
+E2fsck now validates the file descriptor passed to the -C option,
+which saves against the completion bar getting written to an
+unexpected location, such as the disk being checked.  (Debian
+bug/wishlist #55220)
+
+E2fsck will now bump the filesystem revision number from zero to one
+if any of the compatibility bits are set.
+
+Fixed a bug where a badly corrupted directory on a big endian system
+could cause e2fsck to die with a bus error.  The
+ext2fs_read_dir_block() and ext2fs_process_dir_block() functions in
+the ext2 library now does alignment sanity checks on the rec_len field
+of the directory entry before using it.
+
+The ext2 library has been enhanced to make tune2fs safe to run on
+mounted filesystems.  (Users could usually get away with using tune2fs
+on mounted filesystems before, but with the advent of ext3 and
+journalling, it became important to make tune2fs was *really* safe for
+use even when the filesystem being modified is mounted.)  E2label is
+now implemented by tune2fs using an argv[0] dispatch, so that e2label
+is also now safe for use on mounted filesystems.
+
+Added a new program, e2image, which creates a backup of critical ext2
+filesystem data structures.  The generated image file can be examined
+using dumpe2fs and debugfs.  In the future, e2fsck will be able to use
+the image file to help recover very badly damaged filesystems.
+
+Fixed a number of LFS bugs in e2fsck; very, very large (> 2**42) files
+no longer cause e2fsck to bomb out.  Also treat files > 2GB as being
+large file when deciding whether or not the filesystem has large files.
+
+Fixed lsattr and chattr so that they work correctly on large files.
+(Fixes Debian bug #72690.)
+
+Removed limitation in get_device_size() which imposed a one terabyte
+filesystem limitation.  (Most 2.2 kernels still have a signed int
+problem which cause 1 TB block device limitation.  Fortunately, the
+kernel patches to fix this are much easier than fixing the 2TB
+limitation in the kernel.  :-)
+
+A max_mount_count of zero is now treated as if no mount count were
+set.  (Previously, no mount count was indicated by using -1, and a
+mount count of zero caused e2fsck to always be run.)
+
+Mke2fs supports two new filesystem types largefile and largefile4.
+
+Mke2fs now adds some randomness in s_max_mount_count so that multiple
+filesystems won't be all checked at the same time under normal
+operations.
+
+Fixed bug in the progress bar printing code which could cause e2fsck
+to core dump on an illegal filesystem.
+
+Fixed bug in fsck which could allow more than one instance of e2fsck
+to be printing a progress bar.  (Debian bug #65267)
+
+Fsck using a UUID or a LABEL specifier will work even if devfs is
+compiled into the kernel and not mounted.  If the pathnames in
+/proc/partitions are incorrect, fsck will search /dev for the correct
+device (using the new ext2fs_find_block_device library function).
+Fsck now also checks the RAID devices first so that they are properly
+found when they are in use.  Support has also been added to support
+additional IDE disks and the DAC 960 device names.  (Debian bug #94159)
+
+Fixed a bug in fsck which caused it not deal properly with 16
+byte long filesystem labels.
+
+Fsck's -t option has been made a lot more flexible.  The semantics for
+what happens if a comma-separated list to fsck has been regularized,
+and it is now possible to filter what filesystems will get checked
+based what is in the filesystem's fstab entry's option field.  (Debian
+bug #89483.)
+
+The dumpe2fs program can now print out the group description
+information in hex, and also prints the location of the superblock and
+block group descriptor for those block groups that have them.
+
+Mke2fs now clears the ext2 superblock before it starts creating a
+filesystem, so that the superblock magic number is only written if the
+filesystem creation process successfully completes.
+
+The debugfs program's stat command now pretty-prints the blocks used
+by an inode so that it's more compact and informative.
+
+The debugfs stats command now uses the same libe2p code (which is used
+by dumpe2fs) to print the superblock header information.  This is more
+complete, and it avoids a bit of code duplication.
+
+Added a new debugfs command, set_super_value (ssv) which allows the
+user to set arbitrary superblock fields.
+
+Debugfs was extended to support inode numbers in hex (by prefixing
+them with 0x), and so that modify_inode can set the inode generation
+number.  Also, there is now a new function command called logdump
+which will dump an ext3 journal.
+
+Fixed a bug in debugfs so that quitting out of the pager doesn't kill
+debugfs.
+
+Debugfs's dump command now stops immediately upon reporting a disk
+read error.  (Fixed a bug in ext2fs_file_read library routine which
+caused debugfs not to stop.)  (Debian bug #79163)
+
+On systems with /proc/mounts (mainly Linux systems), /proc/mounts is
+checked before /etc/mtab is used, since /proc/mounts is more likely to
+be accurate.
+
+Added portability fixes for Solaris and Linux/ia64.
+
+Various manual pages were clarified and cleaned up.  (Fixed debian
+bugs #63442, #67446, and #87216)
+
+
+Programmer's notes:
+-------------------
+
+The e2fsck message printer now supports %Iu and %Ig, which will print
+out the inode's user and group owners, respectively.
+
+E2fsprogs now includes its own version of include/linux/ext2_fs.h, so
+that no longer dependent on the system having the correct version of
+the kernel header files.
+
+Added a new function to libext2, ext2fs_find_block_device(), which
+searches the system (i.e., /dev, /devfs, /devices) for a pathname to a
+device given its device number.
+
+Added a new function to libext2, ext2fs_sync_device, which centralizes
+all of the places which might try to use the BLKFLSBUF or FDFLUSH
+ioctls (and usually failing to define them since the system header
+files don't usually do this for us, and we're trying to avoid usage of
+kernel include files now).
+
+Added new utility programs in tests/progs: random_exercise and
+hold_inode.  They aren't built by default; they're useful for
+exercising ext3 filesystem code.
+
+Added a new ext2 filesystem flag, EXT2_FLAG_SUPER_ONLY, which causes
+the filesystem close functions to only update the superblock, and to
+not touch the block group descriptors.  Needed by tune2fs when
+modifying a mounted filesystem.
+
+Got rid of struct ext2fs_sb and replaced it with the standard struct
+ext2_super_block from include/linux/ext2_fs.h.  Note: this may break
+source (but not binary) compatibility of some users of the ext2
+library.  Those applications should just simply do a global search and
+replace of struct ext2fs_sb with struct ext2_super_block, and include
+the new header file <ext2fs/ext2_fs.h> which defines it.
+
+The ino_t type has been renamed ext2_ino_t to protect applications
+that attempt to compile -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64, since this
+inexplicably changes ino_t(!?).  So we use ext2_ino_t to avoid an
+unexpected ABI change.
+
+The Makefiles have been reworked so that "make check" can be run from
+the top-level Makefile.
+
+Fix general gcc -Wall complaints and removed dead code.
+
+Remove use of NOARGS, because we assume everyone does ANSI C these
+days.
+
+Added build-rpm script from sct.
+
+New functions ext2fs_image_{inode,super,bitmap}_{read,write} added 
+to support e2image.
+
+New function ext2fs_flush_icache which must be called if the
+application program modifies the inode table blocks without going
+through ext2fs_write_inode() interface.
+
+New ext2fs_check_mount_point() function, which will return the mount
+point of a device if mounted.
+
+The io_channel abstraction now has an optional interface,
+io_channel_write_range, which allows specific byte ranges to be
+written.  
+
+The unix_io IO channel now supports write-through caching, so that
+journal creation is more efficient.
+
+Added x86 assembly language routines to support byte swapping, to
+reduce executable size.
+
+Fixed bug in the utility program subst so that it's possible to
+replace a substitution variable with a zero-length string.
+
+Fixed numbering e2fsck pass1 problem numbers; an extra zero had
+slipped into some of the problem number.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.21.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.21.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0a56e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.21.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.21 (June 15, 2001)
+==============================
+
+Added new configure flags which allow a subset e2fsprogs to be built;
+this is most useful for boot floppies, since the resulting shared
+libraries and programs are slimmed down by removing features that
+aren't necessary for a boot floppy.  The new flags that were added
+are: --disable-swapfs, which removes support for byte swapping old
+legacy PPC/68k filesystems, --disable-debugfs, which removes support
+for debugfs from the libext2fs library, --disable-imager, which
+removes support for the e2image program, and --disable-resizer, which
+removes support for resize2fs.
+
+E2fsck now prints the number of mounts or days elapsed since the last
+check when e2fsck is forced to check an otherwise clean filesystem.
+
+Tune2fs now prints an informative message about how often a filesystem
+will be checked when adding a journal to the filesystem, to remind the
+user that he/she may want to adjust those parameters using tune2fs
+-c/-i.
+
+Worked around hurd brain-damage which causes e2fsck to sometimes
+believe a filesystem is the root filesystem based on device numbers
+(since Hurd doesn't have dev_t's, which is arguably a POSIX.1
+violation).
+
+Fixed a bug introduced in 1.20 which caused e2fsck to abort with an
+erroneous error with the -F option was specified.
+
+Fixed a ext3 recovery bug in the revoke handling; synchronized with
+ext3 0.7a.
+
+Fixed two bugs in e2fsck's handling of dup block handling, dealing
+with relatively uncommon edge cases: a directory with an indirect
+block which is claimed by another file, and when the last inode in the
+filesystem has blocks claimed by another file.
+
+E2fsck now checks to see if the i_size field of a fast symlink is too
+big, and offers to clear the symlink if so.
+
+E2fsck now checks to see if i_size_high of special files is non-zero,
+and offers to clear i_size_high.
+
+Fix e2fsck's handling of incompatible journal flags so that the user
+has chance to abort, and then has the option to clear out the journal
+entirely.  (Addresses Debian bug #98527.)
+
+Fixed a bug in fsck which could cause it to core dump if a mix of
+standard and non-standard device names are used in /etc/fstab.
+(Debian bug #100559)
+
+Fixed a bug in debugfs which caused read errors when copying a file to
+not be noticed.
+
+The debugfs set_super_value command can now modify the s_lastcheck field.
+
+Fixed a bug in lsattr and chattr which was accidentally introduced in
+1.20 to support > 2GB files; both lsattr and chattr wasn't reading
+directories correctly because the change modified the layout of struct
+dirent to be incompatible with the libe2p shared library.
+
+Cleaned up the mke2fs manual page and included a discussion about why
+it's good to periodically check the filesystem even when journalling is
+enabled.
+
+Programmer's notes:
+-------------------
+
+Fix general gcc -Wall complaints.
+
+The types needed by the ext2 header files are now provided by
+lib/ext2fs/ext2_types.h, instead of include/asm/types.h.
+
+Integers are now preferred to longs when trying to find a 32-bit type
+in ext2_types.h.  Also, if linux/types.h has already been defined,
+don't try to redefine the types.
+
+Fixed make depend script so that it automatically corrects the
+pathname cleanups performed by make -M, so I don't have to fix them up
+by hand.
+
+Fixed the d_loaddump test case to be more robust, and not depend on
+bash'isms.
+
+Removed debugfs's dependence on pread(), which was accidentally
+introduced in e2fsprogs 1.20
+
+Fixed a performance bug in the libext2fs's icount routine; the size
+estimate of the icount array was incorrectly being calculated.
+
+Removed use of the badblocks compatibility functions in the e2fsprogs
+programs.
+
+Added paranoia code which protects against strange cases where /etc
+isn't on the root filesystem, or if /etc/mtab doesn't exist.
+
+The header file ext2_types.h is now installed.
+
+Autoconf is used to determine when we are on big-endian machines,
+instead of doing run-time tests, to save a few bytes of code.
+
+The ext2fs_mark_generic_bitmap and ext2fs_unmark_generic_bitmap
+functions are no longer inline functions, which saves space and
+doesn't really cost any real performance.
+
+The ext2fs library no longer depends on the e2p library.  (What need
+there was of it --- namely, fsetflags, was coded in-line).
+
+Fixed the makefile so that lib/ext2fs/ext2_types.h is generated even
+when the user is stupid and tries compiling the package using "make
+install" as root.
+
+Miscellaneous code cleanups:
+	* Added missing files from Makefile.in's SRCS file, so that 
+		their dependencies would be properly calculated.
+	* Removed redundant code
+	* Fixed comments in code
+	* Removed no-longer needed argsused #pragma.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.22.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.22.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..204a0c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.22.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.22 (June 22, 2001)
+==============================
+
+Fixed a bug in e2fsck's handling of orphan inodes which are special
+files (i.e., block/character device files, named FIFO's, etc.).
+
+Fixed a bug accidentally introduced in e2fsprogs 1.21 which caused
+tune2fs to fail at adding a journal to a mounted filesystem.
+
+Fixed a few big-endian bugs in e2fsprogs
+	* The directory block functions were accidentally reporting
+		some directories as corrupted when they weren't.
+	* If e2fsprogs is compiled --disable-swapfs, the C language 
+		equivalents weren't being included for big-endian platforms.
+		(Fixes Debian bug #101686).
+
+Fixed a Hurd compilation problem.  (Addresses Debian bug #101361)
+
+Programmer's notes:
+-------------------
+
+Use platform independent method of defining the BLKFLSBUF and FDFLUSH
+ioctls, and allow them to be defined for non-i386 platforms.
+
+The uuid.h header file is now protected against multiple inclusions.
+
+E2fsprogs is now being developed using BitKeeper.  Changed the test
+scripts to deal with BK's stripping CR characters from text files,
+and changed the top-level Makefile.in to avoid including BitKeeper
+files when generating the source tarball.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.23.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.23.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c62b6f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.23.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.23 (August 15, 2001)
+================================
+
+Add initial support for extended attributes (EA); e2fsck will
+correctly handle a filesystem with EA's and check the EA blocks for
+corruptions.
+
+E2fsck's symlink sanity checking has been cleaned up.  It now checks
+the i_size value of fast symlinks, and checks for immutable flags
+being set of symlinks, etc.
+
+E2fsck now offers to clear inodes which are special files that have a
+non-zero i_blocks or i_size field.  (The i_size field check was in the
+previous version of the code, but due to a bug it didn't offer to
+clear the inode unless i_size and i_size_high were both non-zero.)
+
+E2image can now create "raw" image files, which only contain the
+filesystem metadata placed in a spare file so that e2fsck, dumpe2fs,
+debugfs, etc., can be run directly on the raw image file.
+
+Add support for the 64-bit block device patches.
+
+Fixed bugs in creating external journals with a 1k blocksize.
+
+Add initial support for external journals (so long as the external
+journal only supports a single filesystem) in e2fsck.
+
+Remove requirement for needing to run fsck on a filesystem after
+removing a journal (either internal or external).
+
+The man pages now document how to create and manage external journals.
+
+Speed up the check of an ext3 filesystems by avoiding a needless flush
+of all of the superblock and block group descriptors.
+
+Speed up creating an internal journal using tune2fs in the case where
+the filesystem has a lot blocks already allocated.
+
+Tune2fs has been fixed to make sure that only error messages go to
+stderr, and normal message go to stdout. (Addresses Debian bug #108555)
+
+Fixed a minor bug in mke2fs; if -O none is passed to mke2fs, it will
+now not set the sparse_super feature.  (Addresses Debian bug #108165)
+
+Add support in fsck for the filesystem type "auto".
+
+Fsck -A will not try to interpret device names for filesystems which
+have a pass number is 0.  (Addresses Debian bug #106696).
+
+Fsck prints a warning message if now valid filesystems are passed to
+it.  (Addresses Debian Bug #107458.)
+
+E2fsck now gives an explicit warning if there filesystem still has
+errors at the end of the run. (Addresses Debian bug #104502)
+
+E2fsck will set the EXT2_ERROR_FS flag if the journal superblock
+reflects an error.  E2fsck will also not run the orphan list if the
+filesystem contains errors, since the orphan list might be corrupted.
+
+E2fsck now prints the number of large files when given the -v option.
+
+Fixed minor memory leaks in e2fsck.
+
+Some minor man pages updates. (Addresses Debian bug #30833, #108174)
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.24.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.24.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f8fd56c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.24.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.24a (September 2, 2001)
+===================================
+
+Fix brown-paper bug in mke2fs which caused it to segfault when
+printing the version string.
+
+
+E2fsprogs 1.24 (August 30, 2001)
+================================
+
+Revert the BLKGETSIZE64 support, since for some distributions, this
+ioctl has been used by an unofficial kernel patch to update the last
+sector on the disk, and this was causing disk corruption problems as a
+result.
+
+Mke2fs is now more careful about zapping swap space signatures and
+other filesystem/raid superblock magic values so that programs like
+mount who try to use heuristics to determine the filesystem type of a
+partition are less likely to be confused.
+
+E2fsck will no longer complain if the the mode of EXT2_RESIZE_INO is a
+regular file (since Andreas Dilger's on-line resizing tools will set
+its mode bits).
+
+Fixed some minor texinfo, man pages nits for spelling errors,
+texinfo warnings, etc.  (Addresses Debian bug #110621.)
+
+E2fsprogs program no longer print the filesystem version number
+(i.e. 0.5b), since it only confuses people and doesn't serve any real
+purpose.
+
+E2fsck will once again compile under libc5, since it will supply its
+own version of strnlen if necessary.
+
+mke2fs and tune2fs will allow the use of UUID= or LABEL= specifiers
+when specifying the external journal device.  tune2fs will also search
+devices looking for the external journal device when removing it.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.25.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.25.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2f3be23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.25.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.25 (September 20, 2001)
+===================================
+
+This is primarily a bug-fix release; no new features were added, but
+there are a number of embarrassing bug fixes and cleanups applied.
+
+Fix a bug mke2fs which causes stack garbage to be written to disk when
+zapping disk sectors.  (This bug could cause mke2fs to core dump for
+some kernels, I suspect with security enhancement patches.)
+
+Remove unneeded #include of <linux/config.h> which was breaking
+building e2fsprogs on the Hurd.  (Addresses Debian bug #112414.)
+
+Updated tune2fs man page to reflect the fact that adding or removing a
+journal doesn't require running e2fsck.
+
+Remove use of AC_REQUIRE from autoconf which had been used to prevent
+AC_CANONICAL_HOST from being called twice; unfortunately this causes
+recent autoconf to bomb out since they don't allow AC_REQUIRE to be
+used outside of autoconf macros.  Fortunately, it doesn't seem to be
+necessary any more, anyway.
+
+E2fsck will now not fall back to an alternate superblock if the user
+specifies the superblock location explicitly on the command-line.
+This allows easier recovery from a situation where the primary
+superblock and block groups are slightly corrupted, but the backup
+superblocks are completely broken.  
+
+Fix problem which caused compile_et and mk_cmds to blow up if
+e2fsprogs was in a directory with a pathname that contained spaces.
+
+We are now more paranoid about checking the entry in /etc/mtab to make
+sure the filesystem is really mounted, since some broken distributions
+(read: Slackware) don't initialize /etc/mtab before checking non-root
+filesystems.  (Slackware also doesn't check the root filesystem
+separately, and reboot if the root filesystem had changes applied to
+it, which is dangerous and broken, but there's nothing I can do about
+that.)
+
+Make UUID library C++ friendly by adding appropriate extern "C"
+declarations and using const in the function declarations.
+
+Fix up the com_err texinfo file so that it can product a valid info
+file (previously, it could only be used to generate paper
+documentation using texinfo.tex).
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.26.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.26.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0c4609c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.26.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.26 (February 3, 2002)
+=================================
+
+Dumpe2fs will keep going now if the bad block inode can't be read.
+(Previously it stopped with a fatal error.)
+
+E2fsck will now give an opportunity to run the journal even if the
+recovery flag is not set.  This is the default behaviour if e2fsck is
+using a backup superblock, since the needs_recovery flag will never be
+set in the backup superblock copies.
+
+E2fsck now automatically finds the backup superblock/group descriptors
+even when the primary superblock is completely destroyed for 2k and 4k
+filesystems.  (Previously it just guessed/assumed that we were dealing
+with a 1k filesystem in that case, and users had to manually specify
+the backup superblock number.)
+
+Fixed a bug in e2fsck where it dereferences a null pointer when there
+is a problem opening a filesystem in preen mode.
+
+E2fsck now handles external journals correctly; previously it trashed
+the external journal device if the journal needed to be replayed.
+
+Work around ulimit incompatibility problem caused by recent 2.4
+kernels; the unix IO module will automatically try to set any resource
+limits to be infinite on startup.
+
+Fixed a bug in e2fsck where it wasn't allocating a new block or inode
+bitmap if it wasn't present and the blocksize was 2k or 4k.
+ (Addresses Debian Bug #116975)
+
+E2fsck will check and fix botched ext3 V1 to V2 superblock updates by
+clearing the new V2 fields if they do not make sense or if the ext3
+superblock is version 1 superblock.
+
+E2fsck will automatically relocate the ext3 journal from a visible
+file (i.e., /.journal) to an hidden inode if the filesystem has been
+opened read/write.  This allows the users to add a journal while the
+filesystem is mounted, but the next time the system is rebooted, the
+journal file will disappear.  This avoids problems with backups,
+stupid operators with superuser bits, etc.
+
+Fix a bug in fsck where it would not support a filesystem type of
+"auto" if the device was specified in terms of LABEL=xxx or UUID=xxx.
+
+Fsck now supports fstab entries of the form "ext3,ext2".  It will also
+automatically identify reiserfs filesystems.
+
+The number of processes spawned by fsck can now be limited using the
+FSCK_MAX_INST environment variable.
+
+Fsck now searches the LVM proc hierarchy to find logical volumes which
+should be searched for  UUID and label information.
+
+Work around a bug in 2.4.10+ kernels by trying to unset the filesize
+limit if at all possible, when opening a block device.  (The filesize
+limit shouldn't be applied against writes to a block device.)
+
+In mke2fs and e2fsck, specifying the -c option twice will now do
+a read/write test on the disk.  Update the man pages to encourage
+using the -c option, and to discouraging running badblocks separately,
+since users tend to forget to set the blocksize when running 
+badblocks.
+
+Mke2fs now automatically clears the immutable attribute on a
+pre-existing .journal file left over from a previous failed attempt to
+add a journal to an already-mounted filesystem.
+
+Fixed mke2fs's exit codes to consistently indicate when the mke2fs
+operation failed.
+
+Mke2fs now creates the lost+found directory with permissions of 0700,
+so that files that had previously lived in protected directory are
+safe if they get dropped in lost+found and the system administrator
+doesn't deal with immediately.  (Addresses Debian #bug 118443)
+
+Mke2fs and e2fsck (and all programs that use the
+ext2fs_check_if_mounted function) will now properly identify that a
+device is mounted, even in cases where devfs has confused things with
+multiple devices names with the same identity, or if a dim-witted
+system administrator has done something stupid like creating device
+file aliases in their home directory.  Also now checks for swap devices
+by using /proc/swaps.  (Addresses Debian bug #106622)
+
+Added a new option (-T) to tune2fs which sets the time a filesystem
+was last checked.
+
+Speed up e2image when creating sparse raw image files by optimizing
+away excess lseek() system calls.
+
+Fix support of large (> 2GB) files when used as a filesystem in
+mke2fs, tune2fs, debugfs, and findsuper.
+
+Debugfs's stat and icheck commands now properly deals with large (>
+2GB) files.
+
+Debugfs's set_super_value command now prints out the list of valid
+superblock fields which can be set using the command.
+
+Debugfs's rm and kill_file command now updates the superblock free block
+and inode counts, thus keeping the filesystem consistent.
+
+Debugfs's lsdel command now takes an optional argument which allows
+the user to only see the most recently deleted files.
+
+A new command (undel) was added to debugfs which automates
+undeleting a deleted inode and linking it back to a directory.
+
+Debugfs's ls command now takes a new option, -d, which lists 
+deleted directory entries.
+
+Debugfs's testb, freeb, setb, and find_free_block commands now take an
+optional count argument.
+
+Add support for a new ext2 file attribute, EXT2_NOTAIL_FL, which will
+be used to signal that a particular inode should not be eligible for
+tail-merging --- this is needed for programs like LILO.
+
+The findsuper (an unreleased, uninstalled utility program) has been
+improved to add extra validity checks and to add a progress meter.
+(It is still an unsupported program; the officially supported way to
+recover from a trashed partition table is to use gpart; findsuper is
+for wizards only.  :-)
+
+Debugfs was fixed to compile with "configure --disable-swapfs".
+
+Cleaned up various manual pages.   (Addresses Debian bug #119624, #120171)
+
+Added new translation file for Turkish.
+
+Programmer's notes:
+-------------------
+
+Fix general gcc -Wall complaints.
+
+E2fsprogs (mostly) works with the dietlibc.
+
+The programming texinfo file has been expanded to include description
+of additional libext2fs functions.  (Still not completely done, but a
+lot of the more important functions have been documented.)
+
+Added a umask structure to struct_ext2_filsys, which currently only
+modifies the behaviour of ext2fs_mkdir(), but if we add any file
+creation functions to libext2fs, we should also make sure they respect
+the umask setting.
+
+The build-rpm script was fixed to be a bit more safe.
+
+The tests' Makefile now has a way of automating test case creation 
+for e2fsck, using "make testnew".
+
+Created a new function, ext2fs_dir_iterate2 which passes more
+information to the callback function (identical to the one used by
+ext2fs_dblist_dir_iterate).  The directory iterator functions take a
+new flag, DIRENT_FLAG_INCLUDE_REMOVED, which will return deleted
+directory entries.  If the directory entry is deleted, the callback
+function will be called with the entry parameter set to
+DIRENT_DELETED_FILE.
+  
+Added new functions, ext2fs_inode_alloc_stats and
+ext2fs_block_alloc_stats, which takes updates block/inode allocation
+statistics in the bitmaps, block group descriptors, and superblock
+when inodes or blocks are allocated or deallocated.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.27.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.27.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc302af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.27.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.27 (March 8, 2002)
+==============================
+
+The warning messages for mke2fs now go to standard error.
+
+Fixed to make sure "make check" runs all of the test programs with
+LD_LIBRARY_PATH set, so that we test the libraries in the build tree.
+
+The mke2fs program checks the boot sector for the BSD disk label, and
+avoids erasing it if it is there.
+
+Fixed a bug in e2fsck which caused it to core dump if the journal
+inode was missing when it was supposed to be there.
+
+E2fsck now prints ranges in pass 5 when printing deltas for the block
+and inode bitmaps.
+
+Debugfs's "ls -l" command now will print out the file type information
+in the directory entry.
+
+Create man pages and hard links for fsck.ext3 and mkfs.ext3.  If
+mke2fs is invoked as mkfs.ext3, create the filesystem with a journal.
+
+Debugfs can now examine the experimental directory indexing
+information.
+
+Fixed bug in debugfs which caused it to core dump if modify_inode is
+called without an open filesystem.
+
+The debugfs lsdel command now runs its output through a pager first.
+
+When installing manual pages, remove the compressed manual pages first.
+
+Synchronized with Debian's packaging information for e2fsprogs-1.26-1.
+
+Fix the 2.4 resource limitation workaround introduced in 1.26 which
+actually broke things on mips32, sparc32, and Alpha platforms.
+
+Updated the I18N code so that calls to setlocate(LC_CTYPE, 0) are made
+(which is required by the newer libintl libraries).
+
+Programmer's notes:
+-------------------
+
+Fixed various gcc -Wall complaints.
+
+Fixed a few memory leaks in the e2fsck journalling code, and in the
+ismounted code checking for a swap device.
+
+Add new inode I/O abstraction interface which exports an inode as
+an I/O object.
+  
+Exported ext2_file_flush as a public interface.
+  
+In ext2_file_write, we now mark the buffer void * argument as a const, since ext2_file_write doesn't modify the buffer.
+
+Lots of small random portability fixes to make e2fsprogs build under
+AIX --- even without the 5L compatibility toolkit, and even using the
+uber-crippled AIX native C compiler.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.28.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.28.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4463996
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.28.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.28 (August 31, 2002)
+================================
+
+Add support for the Hashed-Tree Directory Indexing to e2fsck.  Support
+for setting the htree flag is not included yet, although it can be
+manually turned on via the debugfs program.
+
+Clarified e2fsck error message which is printed when it cannot find
+sufficient contiguous block when relocating filesystem metadata.
+
+Added support for building an EVMS plugin module for ext2/3.  This
+module is substantially the same as the EVMS module shipping with EVMS
+1.1, with one or two bugfixes.  E2fsprogs can also build this plugin
+for use with EVMS 1.0 (which did not include the ext2 plugin module),
+if the configure --enable-old-evms flag is given.
+
+Fsck will search through EVMS volumes when trying to resolve
+filesystem specifications such as LABEL=xxx or UUID=xxx.
+  
+Added a new utility program, /sbin/findfs, which will return
+filesystem specifications such as LABEL=xxx or UUID=xxx, and prints
+the device name.
+
+Update and clarified various man pages. (addresses Debian Bug #145044,
+#146437, #131350, #151990, #144621, #141938)
+
+If there are no filesystems specified on fsck's command line, fsck now
+treat that as if the -As options were given.  Previously it would
+simply do nothing.  (Addresses Debian Bug #153102)
+
+Mke2fs no longer treats a failure to be able to clear the MD signature
+at the end of the filesystem as a fatal error.  (Addresses Debian Bug
+#155007)
+
+The e2p library functions (which are used by lsattr and chattr) now
+double check to make sure the file is a regular file or directory
+before attempting to use the ext2 ioctls.  Some device drivers
+unfortunately respond to the ext2 ioctl's with unknown behaviour.
+(Addresses Debian Bug #152029).
+
+The extended attribute handling has been updated to correspond with
+the latest V2 bestbits ACL code.
+
+Fixed bug in e2fsck which caused it to not clear the dtime field when
+processing truncated inodes on the orphan list.  This could cause data
+loss(!) if a filesystem is rebooted before a truncate has been
+committed.
+
+E2fsck now uses red/black trees in pass1b, which removes some O(n**2)
+algorithms.  This makes e2fsck much faster in the case of severely
+corrupted filesystems where a large number of blocks are claimed by a
+large number of inodes.  (Thanks to the 2.5 IDE device driver for
+inspiring this work.)
+
+Resize2fs has been significantly sped up when shrinking and expanding
+a filesystem by a very small number of blocks (for example, when EVMS
+is converting a partition to be an EVMS legacy volume).
+
+Added a new option to e2fsck, -D, which will optimize or compress all
+of the directories in the filesystem.
+
+E2fsck now catches SIGINT and SIGTERM to make sure it will can
+properly clean up and only exit at safe points.  Fsck will pass
+SIGINT/SIGTERM to its child processes, and wait until they have all
+exited before it exits.
+
+The uuid parsing code in the uuid library now properly complains when
+an illegally formatted uuid is presented to it.  (Addresses Debian bug
+#152891)
+
+Restrict use of the 2.4 setrlimit ABI f*ckup to kernels between 2.4.10
+and 2.4.17, since the workaround can cause problems when using a 2.4
+kernel with an old version of glibc built with the 2.2 headers.
+
+Fixed a bug in mke2fs where it wasn't properly clearing the initial
+superblock used by other filesystems.  (Addresses Debian bug #147256.)
+
+Added support for the synchronous directory feature written by Andrew
+Morton.
+
+The debugfs program can delete directories using the rmdir command.
+
+Add support for 8k and 16k filesystems (for systems with page sizes
+that are greater or equal to 8k or 16k, respectively).  Note that
+these filesystems can not be mounted on x86 systems, or other systems
+with only 4k page sizes, due to limitations in the current Linux VM
+code.
+
+Resize2fs requires that the filesystem state be valid and have no
+errors; otherwise, e2fsck -f must be run first.  (Previously it simply
+required that the last fsck time be greater than the last mount time.)
+
+Configure now defaults the man pages directory to /usr/share/man on
+Linux systems.
+
+E2fsck now offers to truncate inodes which contain too many blocks (so
+that i_blocks would overflow.  Also fixed handling of large sparse
+files.
+
+E2fsck now more completely checks for symlink validity, including
+requiring NULL termination and length checks.
+
+E2fsck will offer to try forcing a disk write to remap a bad block
+after finding a read error when reading a filesystem metadata block.
+
+Fixed a bug in debugfs which caused the -b and -s options to crash
+debugfs, as well as breaking the testb, setb, and clearb functions.
+
+Added a bmap command to debugfs which calculates the logical to
+physical block mapping for a particular inode.
+
+Fixed a bug in code which checked to see if a device was mounted which
+sometimes (rarely) failed in the case of a plain file.
+
+Fixed a bug in resize2fs where when it reported an error, it would
+print a message erroneously indicating that the filesystem had been
+resized before it aborted.
+
+When resizing a plain file which is smaller than the requested size,
+resize2fs will attempt to extended the file so that programs like
+e2fsck will not complain that the file is too small.
+
+Resize2fs will print the actual new size of the filesystem when it is
+finished resizing.
+
+Fixed a bug in debugfs where "ls -l" would report incorrect file type
+information on big-endian systems.
+
+
+Programmer's notes:
+-------------------
+
+Fixed collisions with C++ reserved words.
+
+Added portability fixes for building e2fsprogs on the HURD and AIX.
+
+Added the ext2ed program for creation of test cases.  (ext2ed has many
+limitations and bugs which make it unsuitable for production use.)
+
+The ext2fs_read_dir_block2 and ext2fs_write_dir_block now take a new
+flag, EXT2_DIRBLOCK_V2_STRUCT, which will will reverse when the
+name_len field is byte swapped on big-endian machines, since in the
+V2 structure, name_len is a char field which is doesn't need to be
+byte swapped --- except if an old-style kernel had byte-swapped the
+name_len field as part of the V1 structure.
+  
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.29.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.29.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a060eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.29.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.29 (September 24, 2002)
+===================================
+
+Fixed a bug in e2fsck which could corrupt a directory when optimizing
+it (via the -D option) or rebuilding the hash tree index with a 1 in
+512 probability, due to a fence post error.
+
+Fixed a bug in the LVM support code which caused LABEL='xxx' not to
+work correctly.
+
+Mke2fs now enables the directory indexing flag by default.  (Since
+this is a compatible feature flag, it's safe to do so.)
+
+Tune2fs will support setting the directory indexing feature flag.  It
+will automatically set up the default hash algorithm and hash seed
+fields in the superblock.
+
+If the bone-headed user enters the root filesystem twice in
+/etc/fstab, the -R option which skips the root filesystem will skip
+all of them.  (Addresses Debian bug #159423).  Note!  This is not a
+precedent for dealing intelligently with any other kind of doubled
+entry in /etc/fstab!
+
+
+Programmer's notes: 
+-------------------
+
+Removed perror declaration in lib/et/internal.h.  All modern systems
+can be expected to define perror() these days.  Besides, the lib/et
+code wasn't using perror at all anyway.  :-)
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.30.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.30.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36b2f14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.30.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.30 (October 31, 2002)
+=================================
+
+When resizing a filesystem, and inodes need to moved, resize2fs will
+update the inode's ctime field, and the mtime field of the containing
+directories, so that incremental backups using dump/restore will work
+correctly.
+
+In order to avoid spurious errors, e2fsck will check the last
+superblock write time to determine whether or not it can safely use
+the LOW_DTIME checks to determine if there are inodes on the orphan
+inode linked list that had somehow gotten disconnected.  (Addresses
+Sourceforge bug #620980)
+
+Partition in /proc/partitions that being with the string "lvm" are
+considered real partitions even if they do not end with a number.
+
+Fixed a bug in the the uuid generation function, where if /dev/urandom
+is not present, but /dev/random is, and there isn't sufficient
+entropy, the get_random_byte function could spin a loop forever.
+
+E2fsck, mke2fs, etc. will now reliably notice when image files are
+mounted using the loopback interface.  (Addresses Sourceforge bug
+#619119)
+
+When flushing buffers (as is done by badblocks, for example) check to
+see if the BLKFLSBUF ioctl succeeds, and if so, avoid using the
+FDFLUSH ioctl which causes the MD device driver which causes confusing
+syslog messages about obsolete ioctl messages.  (Addresses Sourceforge
+bug #545832).
+
+Debugfs's write command now checks to see if the destination filename
+exists before creating it.  (Addresses Sourceforge bug #478195.)
+
+When installing man pages, search for compressed man pages using all
+commonly used compression extensions (i.e., .Z, .gz, .bz2, etc.)
+
+Fixed a bug in fsck where multiple filesystems specified on the
+command were not being checked in parallel due to a logic bug
+introduced to support the FSCK_MAX_INST environment variable.
+
+We have added a new superblock field, s_mkfs_time, which indicates
+when a filesystem was created.  It is set via mke2fs, and printed out
+by dumpe2fs, but is not actually touched by the kernel.
+
+Dumpe2fs has been made more robust by not aborting if there is an
+error reading the block/inode bitmaps; instead it will still print out
+the location of the block/inode bitmaps and inode table.
+
+Add support for the an alternative block group descriptor layout which
+allows for on-line resizing without needing to prepare the filesystem
+in advance.  (This is the incompat feature flag meta_bg.)
+
+Add support for storing default mount options in the superblock, so
+that the filesystem can be mounted with specific mount options without
+needing to specify them on the mount command line or in the /etc/fstab
+file.
+
+Add support for a new inode flag, which is to be used for indicating
+the top of directory hierarchies for the Orlov block allocator.
+
+Fix e2fsck so that if it creates the lost+found directory, it does so
+with the more appropriate permissions of 0700.  Also change
+mklost+found so that it also creates the directory 0700.
+
+Fixed format bug in e2fsck if NLS is in use.
+  
+Add a German translation for e2fsprogs's NLS support.
+
+Fixed e2fsck so that it more handles BAD_BLOCK_IN_INODE_TABLE even at
+the beginning of the inode table.  This won't matter much, since if
+there is a bad block at the beginning of the inode table, the root
+directory won't be available.  But at least e2fsck won't crash in this
+case.
+
+Fixed endian problems in the htree code for e2fsck and debugfs.
+  
+When byte-swapping a filesystem on a PPC architecture, byte-swap the
+bitmaps since the historical big-endian ext2 variant had byte-swapped
+bitmaps, and the ext2fs library assumes this.  This fixes the
+regression test suite on PPC machines.
+
+Fix e2image so that it handles a bad block in the inode table
+appropriately.
+
+E2fsck now uses a more sophisticated algorithm to salvage corrupted
+directories that recovers more information in the corrupted directory
+block.
+
+E2fsck now performs additional consistency checks on indexed (HTREE)
+directories.
+
+Fix a bug where e2fsck might get confused about whether a completely
+empty directory block is an empty leaf block or an interior htree
+node.  This could cause e2fsck to get confused into think that a valid
+indexed directory was corrupted.
+
+E2fsck no longer creates an empty directory entry at the end of a
+directory block when optimizing a directory.  This would cause some
+earlier versions of the dxdir kernel code to corrupt the directory
+when attempting to split a node containing an empty directory entry.
+
+E2fsck could sometimes in rare circumstances leave the indexed flag
+set after a small directory was optimized by compressing it instead of
+indexing it.  (This should never happen in real life, since
+directories that small wouldn't have been indexed, but better safe
+than sorry.)
+
+E2fsck now only updates the master superblock in all cases.  This
+slightly shortens its run time.
+
+Ext2ed can deal with directory entries of length 0; previously it
+would get stuck in an infinite loop.
+
+Fsck now has support for reiserfs volumes when parsing LABEL= and UUID=
+specifiers.  (Sourceforge patch #613447)
+
+Badblocks will now work correctly on read-only devices such as
+CD-ROM's.  (Sourceforge patch #600451)
+
+Updated and clarified man pages.  (Addresses Debian bug #167108)
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.31.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.31.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fcc55ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.31.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.31 (November 8, 2002)
+=================================
+
+Update EVMS ext2fsim plugin with EVMS 1.2.  (We still support
+compiling the fsim plugin with EVMS 1.0 and 1.1.)  Add better error
+handling for child process that die unexpectedly.  Add a hack to force
+mkfs to create filesystems that won't cause problems with hardware
+that has 2k or 4k minimum blocksize requirements.  Read from child
+processes in non-blocking mode, so that the GUI continues to update.
+
+Fix e2fsck so that it returns the appropriate exit code when the root
+filesystem has been changed, so that system's rc scripts will be told that 
+the system needs to be rebooted.
+
+Fix a bug in ext2fs_flush/ext2fs_close; when the MASTER_SB_ONLY flag
+was set, some of the descriptor blocks that should have been written
+out were getting skipped.
+
+Changed e2fsck to force out changes to the backup copies of the
+superblock and block group descriptors when important changes are made
+to those data structures.
+
+Fix a bug where e2fsck could erroneously mark a filesystem as being
+clean if a check of dirty filesystem is interrupted with a ^C.  (Bug
+introduced in e2fsprogs 1.28.)
+
+If journal debugging is enabled using --enable-jbd-debug, the debugging
+level is now set via the E2FSCK_JBD_DEBUG environment variable.
+
+If byteswapping support is disabled using configure --disable-swapfs,
+skip the tests which depend on byte-swapping, so that "make check"
+won't bomb out.
+
+Lsattr will now display the indexed directory flag.  Also, some of
+the more esoteric compression flags are suppressed unless compression
+support has been enabled.
+
+Update man pages.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.32.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.32.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15af94d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.32.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.32 (November 9, 2002)
+=================================
+
+Fixed a bug in the Unix I/O routines which caused needless writebacks
+of clean blocks from the unix_io cache (they were erroneously marked
+as being dirty, so they were getting written back to disk before
+getting evicted from the disk cache).  This was harmless, but it
+significantly slowed down e2fsck.
+
+Made some other minor optimizations to the Unix I/O routines to save a
+small amount of CPU time.
+
+Updated internationalization files.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.33.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.33.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d0f1742
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.33.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.33 (April 21, 2003)
+===============================
+
+Added a new utility program, logsave, which captures the output of a
+command in a log file, even if the containing directory hasn't been
+mounted yet (in which case the it saves the output in memory until it
+can write out the logfile).  This is useful for capturing the
+output of fsck during the boot sequence.
+
+Fixed some portability problems that were causing problems under
+the Cygwin32 environment.
+
+Mke2fs now interprets a negative number to the -b option as a minimum
+block size.
+
+Fixed a bug in mke2fs which was incorrectly checking the argument to
+the -g option if the default block size was used.  (Addresses Debian
+bug #188319)
+
+Fsck now explicitly ignores tmpfs and devpts, and it will complain if
+it can not find filesystem checkers for jfs, reseirfs, and xfs.
+
+E2fsck now updates the global free block and inode counters from the
+block group specific counters quietly.  This is needed for an
+experimental patch which eliminates locking the entire filesystem when
+allocating blocks or inodes; if the filesystem is not unmounted
+cleanly, the global counts may not be accurate.
+
+Imported bug fixes to the EVMS plugin from the EVMS 2.0 tree.  (EVMS
+2.0 is not yet supported; this only pulled in the bug fixes: fixed
+possible hangs caused by bugs in calling waitpid, and not setting the
+pipe to non-blocking mode; also fixed a file descriptor leak; made
+sure all functions call log entry/exit functions.)
+
+Badblocks now flushes its output file as bad blocks are discovered.
+
+The uuid library is now more paranoid about assuming the correctness
+of the /dev/random device; it mixes in a stream of bytes from
+random/srandom, just in case.
+
+Update Debian files to reflect the fact that I am now the Debian
+maintainer of e2fsprogs.  Other various Debian-specific packaging
+cleanups.
+
+Move the source tarball generation functions from the top-level
+makefile to the util/gen-tarball script.  
+
+Updated the Turkish .po translation file.
+
+Added Heimdal and MIT krb5 extensions to the com_err library to make
+it more compatible with com_err libraries from those distributions.
+
+Changed dumpe2fs to always display the superblock fields relating to
+the journalling and/or directory indexing feature even if those
+features are not enabled.
+
+Updated and clarify copyright statement vis-a-vis alpha releases of
+e2fsprogs.
+
+The ss library will now try to dynamically link to the readline
+library and use it if it is present in the system.  This means that
+the debugfs program now has line editing and history features.  The
+SS_READLINE_PATH environment variable is used to find a readline or
+readline-compatible library.
+
+E2fsck now finds most duplicate filenames (all when rebuilding all
+directories via the -D option) and offers to delete or rename
+duplicate filenames/directory entries.  (Addresses Debian Bug #176814).
+
+Fix bug in e2image.  When writing out a raw image file, include data
+blocks from symlinks that do not store the symlink within the inode.
+
+Fix bug in resize2fs which incorrectly moved the block and inode
+bitmaps for sparse superblock filesystems and incorrectly marked
+blocks as in use.  (Addresses Debian bug #174766)
+ 
+Added a new shared library, the blkid library, which efficiently
+allows fsck, mke2fs, e2fsck, and tune2fs to be able to look up LABEL
+and UUID filesystem specifiers without needing to search all of the
+devices in the system.  Instead, the device is looked up in a cache
+file, and then verified to make sure the blkid cache is correct.
+
+Tune2fs and e2label will accept LABEL=xxx and UID=yyy specifiers for
+the device name, using the blkid library.  (Addresses Debian bugs
+#166048, #179671)
+
+Fsck now supports backslash escapes in /etc/fstab so that \040 can be
+used for spaces in device labels.
+
+Removed 32-bit limitations for debugfs's dump command.
+
+If the user specifies a large number of inodes, Mke2fs will
+automatically adjust the number of blocks per group to find a valid
+set of filesystem parameters.
+
+Add workaround to detect broken MD devices where when some of the
+underlying devices are marked read-only, writes to the MD device are
+silently dropped.  E2fsck will detect if there is an attempt to run
+the journal twice, and abort with an error if this is the case.
+(Addresses IBM Bugzilla bug #1226)
+
+E2fsck will print an error if more than one of the -p/-a, -n or -y
+options are specified.
+
+E2fsck will fix HTREE corruptions in preen mode, without stopping the
+boot process.  This is needed because the 2.4 ext2 filesystem
+accidentally had the INDEX_FL backwards compatibility code removed.
+
+Mke2fs no longer creates filesystems with the dir_index flag set by
+default; the user has to specifically request it.
+
+Update and clarified various man pages. (Addresses Debian bugs
+#173612, #175233, #175113, and #170497, #185945, #188318)
+
+Created man page for the mk_cmds program (from the libss library).
+
+Programmer's notes: 
+-------------------
+
+Fix various gcc -Wall nits.
+
+Fixed a lot of portability problems that caused e2fsprogs not to build
+successfully under Solaris and Apple/Darwin.
+
+Fixed a Makefile dependency to allow building e2fsprogs using parallel
+make jobs.
+
+Changes to create a subset distribution which consists only of the
+et, ss, uuid, and blkid libraries.  The configure script and top-level
+makefile were changed to support working with a subset distribution.
+
+Removed EXT2_FEATURE_RO_COMPAT_BTREE_DIR mention of since it's not
+actually used, and might people who are looking for
+EXT2_FEATURE_COMPAT_DIR_INDEX, which is in use.
+
+Updated debian files to fix a number of Lintian warnings.
+
+Updated config.guess and config.sub with newer versions from the FSF.
+
+Removed unnecessary libraries from being linked into the fsck, lsattr, 
+chattr, and blkid executables.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.34.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.34.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f61095c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.34.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.34 (July 25, 2003)
+===============================
+
+Fixed a bug introduced in E2fsprogs 1.30 which caused fsck to spin in
+a tight loop while waiting for a child fsck to exit in some cases.
+This burns CPU times which slows down the low-level filesystem check.
+
+Added code to mke2fs to assure that the default block size for a
+filesystem is at least as big as the sector size of the device, if it
+can be determined.
+
+Changed mke2fs and resize2fs to round the default size of a filesystem
+to be an even multiple of the VM pagesize in order to avoid a Linux
+kernel bug introduced when the storage of the buffer cache was moved
+into the page cache.
+
+Mke2fs will warn the user when creating a filesystem with journalling
+and a blocksize greater than 4096.  (Addresses Debian bug #193773)
+
+Fixed a bug in resize2fs which caused it to fail on filesystems with a
+non-empty bad block list.  Resize2fs now discards any blocks on the
+badblock list which are no longer part of the filesystem as the result
+of a filesystem shrink.  (Note: this means that shrinking and then
+enlarging a filesystem is no longer a reversible operation;
+information about bad blocks in the part of the filesystem which is to
+be chopped off will be lost.)
+
+Changed resize2fs so the user can use prefixes to specify the units of
+the new filesystem size (sectors, kilobytes, megabytes, or gigabytes),
+and to make the error and informational messages explicitly display
+the blocksize used by the filesystem, in order to avoid confusion.
+(Addresses Debian bug: #189814)
+
+Added a new debugfs command, dump_unused, which dumps the contents of
+all unused blocks to stdout.  (Useful as an emergency try-to-find
+deleted data command.)
+
+Added a new debugfs command, imap, which prints the location of a
+specified inode in the inode table.
+
+Fixed a bug in the badblocks program which caused it to use one bit of
+randomness in its non-destructive read/write test, instead of using a
+full 8 bits of randomness.
+
+Added a new option (-t) to badblocks, which allows the user to control
+the test pattern(s) used when checking a disk.
+
+The blkid probe function now more correctly detects UDF filesystems.
+
+Fixed a bug in the blkid library which caused it to not update its
+cache if a filesystem changes from having a label to not having a
+label.
+
+Fixed a bug in the blkid library which could avoid an infinite loop
+in blkid_find_dev_with_tag() if /proc is not mounted and there the
+/etc/blkid.tab file has not yet been created.
+
+Fixed the badblocks program so that the destructive read/write test
+honors the -c option, and to use O_DIRECT when possible to avoid
+thrashing the system block buffer cache.
+
+Fixed various NLS issues.
+ - Added Czech and Swedish translations
+ - Removed testing NYC translation
+ - Fixed NLS support for message abbreviations in e2fsck
+ - Remove de-utf.po, since we shouldn't have two versions using different
+	charset encodings.
+ - Used ngettext() (abbreviated with the macro P_(str1, str2, n)) to
+	simplify the statistics reporting in e2fsck.
+
+Changed configure.in so that its defaults for *BSD systems no longer
+build an fsck wrapper, and not to install in /usr/local by default.
+
+Fixed some minor spelling errors/typo's in e2fsck and the configure
+script.
+
+Fixed various Debian packaging issues (see debian/changelog). 
+
+Updated and clarified man pages.  (Addresses Debian Bug #195616)
+
+Programmer's notes: 
+-------------------
+
+Fix gcc -Wall nitpicks.
+
+Updated gettext implementation used by e2fsprogs to 0.11.5, and enable
+NLS support by default.  (Added partial workaround for gettext/Darwin
+incompatibility problems.)
+
+Added full MIT KRB5 and Himdall compatibility support to the com_err
+library and the compile_et program.  (Addresses Debian bug #191900)
+
+Added the blkid_known_fstype() function to the blkid library, which
+returns true if it is passed a filesystem type which is recognized by
+the blkid probing functions.
+
+Improved the documentation for the blkid library.
+
+Added the ext2fs_get_device_sectsize() function the the ext2fs library, which
+returns the hardware sector size of a device, if it is available.
+
+Added a dependency in the blkid library's .so file to the uuid
+library, since the former uses the latter.  (Addresses Debian bug
+#194094)
+
+Added --with-diet-libc and --disable-evms to the configure script.
+
+Fixed a minor memory leak in the badblocks program.
+
+Fixed a portability problem in tune2fs --- not all systems have strptime().
+
+Fixed a portability problem in debugfs with the use of getopt() more
+than once.  Old-style BSD, new-style BSD, and Linux C libraries all do
+things differently.
+
+Add support Windows support to ext2fs_get_device_size().
+
+Added (normally disabled) debugging code to the Unix I/O manager which
+causes it to disable all userspace caching if the NO_IO_CACHE is
+defined.
+
+Changed the test I/O manager so it can always be linked into e2fsck,
+mke2fs, and tune2fs if enabled via --enable-test-io-debug to the
+configure script.  The test I/O manager will only print any debugging
+information if the TEST_IO_FLAGS or TEST_IO_BLOCK environment
+variables are set, which specifies which I/O operations are logged and
+a block number to watch, respectively.  The log messages are sent to
+stderr by default, unless a filename is specified via the
+TEST_IO_LOGFILE environment variable.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.35.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.35.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a4c520
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.35.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.35 (February 28, 2004) 
+==================================
+
+E2fsck has a new -k option, which in conjunction with the -c options,
+preserves the existing badblocks list.
+
+Cleaned up e2fsck's preen-mode messages during the passes 1b, 1c, and 1d.
+
+E2fsprogs will now deal correctly with symlinks that contain
+extended attribute information, which can be created using SE Linux.
+(Addresses Debian Bug #232328)
+                                                                               
+Remove a double longjmp into an invalid stack frame bug in e2fsck.
+(This was during an abort sequence, which normally worked on Linux and
+caused a core dump on other operating systems.)
+
+Fix NLS bug in e2fsck, by avoiding trying to expand an empty string
+(the NLS library will replace "" with the .po header information).
+ 
+Fix a bug in mke2fs which caused -T largefile or -T largefile4 to core
+dump due to a division by zero error.  (Addresses Debian bug #207082)
+
+Fixed a bug in e2fsck which caused it to incorrectly fix a filesystem
+when reconnecting a directory requires creating a lost+found
+directory.  (Addresses Debian bug #219640).
+
+Fixed a bug where e2fsck would bomb out if a journal needed to be
+replayed when using an alternate superblock.
+ 
+E2fsck will give an extra grace period before actually forcing a check
+if the laptop is running on battery.  The next time fsck runs while
+the system is on the AC mains, or after the grace period is exceeded,
+the filesystem will be checked.  (Addresses Debian bug #205177)
+
+E2fsck will inform the user when there are 5 or fewer mounts before a
+filesystem check will be forced.  (Addresses Debian bug #157194)
+
+Fix e2fsck's handling of corrupted indirect blocks in the bad block.
+We now correctly handle the case where there is an overlap between a
+block group descriptor or a superblock and a bad block indirect block.
+In the case where the indirect block is corrupted, we now suggest
+"e2fsck -c".
+
+Fix byte swap bugs in e2fsck that caused the journal backup location 
+in the superblock and symlinks created by SE Linux to be cleared
+by e2fsck on big-endian machines.  (Addresses Debian bug #228723)
+
+E2fsck -c now replaces the current list of bad blocks with the ones
+found by badblocks.
+
+Fix bugs in e2fsck and tune2fs which could cause a core dump if a
+non-existent LABEL or UUID specifier is to e2fsck or tune2fs.
+
+Fix a potential bug in e2fsck which could cause it to core dump when
+trying to print the location of the backup superblock.
+
+Protect against a potential core dump in e2fsck when printing a
+message about backup superblocks.
+
+Add support for backing up the journal inode location in the
+superblock.  E2fsck will automatically save the journal information in
+the superblock if it is not there already, and will use it if the
+journal inode appears to be corrupted.  ext2fs_add_journal_inode()
+will also save the backup information, so that new filesystems created
+by mke2fs and filesystems that have journals added via tune2fs will
+also have journal location written to the superblock as well.
+Debugfs's logdump command has been enhanced so that it can use the
+journal information in the superblock.
+
+E2fsck will now update all superblocks when moving the journal inode.
+  
+Shrink the size of the e2fsck executable by moving some initialized
+variables to the BSS segment.
+
+E2fsck will avoid printing the ^A and ^B characters which bracket the
+progress bar when stdout and stdin are a tty device instead of a pipe
+to another program.  (Addresses Debian bug #204137)
+
+Debugfs's mkdir command will automatically expand the directory if
+necessary.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #217892)
+ 
+Fixed a bug in debugfs so that copying a file from /dev/null uses the
+correct mode bits.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #217456)
+ 
+If the environment variables DEBUFS_PAGER and PAGER are not set,
+debugfs now searches for the appropriate pager to use, beginning with
+/usr/bin/pager, and then falling back to 'more' and 'less'.
+(Addresses Debian bug #221977)
+
+Debugfs will now support 2.6 device numbers where the major or minor
+number may be larger than 255.  (Addresses Sourceforge bug #865289)
+ 
+Fix debugging printf in resize2fs.  (Addresses Debian Bug #271605)
+
+Chattr now stops processing options when it sees '--'.  (Addresses
+Debian bug #225188)
+
+Fix regression tests so they work correctly when e2fsprogs is compiled
+with configure --disable-htree.
+
+Fix bug in uuid library when there is no network card and the library
+is generating a time-based uuid.  The random MAC address was not
+correctly generated to be a multicast address.
+ 
+Add compile_et extensions from Heimdall that were missed the first time
+around.
+
+Fix bug in badblocks when using O_DIRECT; we need to make sure that
+we're reading from an offset which is page aligned.  For read-only and
+read-write tests, we try to recover after an error so that we can
+continue reading on page-aligned boundaries.  (Addresses Debian Bug
+#203713)
+  
+Badblocks now checks 64 blocks at a time instead of 16.  (Addresses
+Debian bug #232240)
+ 
+Updated and clarified various man pages.  (Addresses Debian Bug
+#206845, #222606, #214920, #232406)
+
+Updated and fixed translations.   (Addresses Debian bugs #200086, #214633)
+
+Fixed various Debian packaging issues (see debian/changelog).
+
+Programmer's notes: 
+-------------------
+
+Fixed a build problem so that e2fsprogs would compile with the
+--enable-profile option to configure selected.  (Addresses Sourceforge
+bug #811408)
+ 
+Fixed C++ problems with the ext2fs.h header.  (Addresses Red Hat
+Bugzilla Bug #112448)
+                                                                               
+Centralize code which calculates the location of the superblock
+and block group descriptors so that it is in a single library routine.
+
+Added two new functions, ext2fs_file_open2() and
+ext2fs_inode_io_intern2() which take a pointer to an inode structure.
+
+Fix compile_et to output the correct prototype for
+initialize_xxx_err_table_r() in the header file.  (Addresses Debian
+bug #204332)
+
+In the lib/et makefile, make sure com_err.info is deleted on "make clean".
+  
+Fix 64-bit warnings in e2fsprogs pass1b by using inttypes.h if
+present.  This is for when we try stuffing an int into void * pointer.
+
+Fix type-punning which can cause gcc 3.x to miscompile code by getting
+confused about pointer aliasing.  ext2fs_getmem(), ext2fs_free_mem(),
+and ext2fs_resize_mem() all now take a 'void *' instead of a 'void
+**'.  The EVMS code uses an ugly union approach since we don't want to
+modify the EVMS interfaces. 
+
+Make sure all Makefiles use $(MAKE) rather than hardcoded "make", to
+aid build process on systems can use invoke GNU make as "gmake".
+
+Added regression testing for mke2fs.
+
+Fixed gcc -Wall nitpicks.
+
+Fixed various compiler warnings.
+
+Add portability fixes for FreeBSD and for using fsctl under Darwin to
+support ext2 ioctl's.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.36.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.36.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..912bad2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.36.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.36 (February 4, 2005)
+=================================
+
+All of the patches that were applied to Fedora Core 3's
+e2fsprogs-1.35-11.2 have been integrated, although sometimes with a
+lot of bug fixes first.  Users of Fedora Core 3 are strongly
+encouraged to upgrade to e2fsprogs 1.36 as soon as possible.
+
+Add support for filesystem with the online resizing via resize inode
+feature.  Fixed numerous bugs from the Fedora patches.  The Fedora
+patches also didn't bother to do any consistency checking on the
+resize inode, or add any tests to the regression test suite.  The "-R
+resize=4g" option to mke2fs was a no-op in the Fedora patches, despite
+being listed in mke2fs's usage message.  All of these shortcomings
+have been corrected.
+
+E2fsck can also also fix filesystems trashed by Fedora's resize2fs
+program.  In order to do this, the user must run the commands:
+
+	debugfs -w /dev/hdXXX -R "features ^resize_inode"
+        e2fsck -f /dev/hdXXX
+
+Optionally, the ext2prepare command can be used to re-enable online
+resizing after the filesystem has been fixed.
+
+The fsck program will now accept an optional filedescriptor argument
+to the -C option.  (The Fedora version of this patch would sometimes
+cause fsck to ignore a parameter on fsck's command line in some rare
+cases, sigh.)
+
+Make sure e2fsprogs doesn't write garbage into the reserved portion of
+large inodes.
+
+Make sure resize2fs releases the blocks belonging to the old inode
+table blocks when moving the inode table.  (Addresses Debian Bug:
+#290894)
+
+Skip the r_resize_inode test if resize2fs is not compiled (due to
+configure --disable-resizer)
+
+E2fsck now checks the summary filesystem accounting information, and
+if any of the information is obviously wrong, it will force a full
+filesystem check.  (Addresses Debian Bug #291571)
+
+Fix e2fsck to not complain when the resize_inode feature is enabled,
+s_reserved_gdt_blocks is zero, and there is no DIND block allocated in
+the resize inode.
+
+Fix e2fsck to note delete symlinks that contain an extended attribute
+after the ext_attr feature flag has been cleared.  (Addresses Red Hat
+Bugzilla #146284).
+
+Add new utility program, copy_sparse.c, which is very useful
+for dealing with large sparse files (such as e2image files).
+
+Add support for jnl_blocks[] for debugfs's set_super_value.
+
+Fix filefrag so that it works correctly with sparse files.
+
+Filefrag -v will print first and last blocks.
+
+Add interpretation of OS Creator values for FreeBSD and Lites in mke2fs
+and dumpe2fs.
+
+Add mke2fs support so that it can support filesystems larger than 4TB
+automatically, by retrying with a 4k blocksize if the device size is
+too big to be expressed using a 1k blocksize.  (Addresses Sourceforge
+bug #1106631)
+
+Change blkid to test for NTFS first because Windows sometimes doesn't
+clear enough of the partition to confuse the probing routines into
+thinking the old filesystem type is still valid.  (Addresses Debian
+Bug #291990)
+
+Add support for swap partition label and uuid's in the blkid library.
+
+Add support to the blkid library to recognize Oracle ASM volumes.
+
+Make blkid -t display all devices that match the specified criteria,
+not just the first one, and work more consistently when the blkid
+cache file is not available or set to /dev/null.  (Addresses Debian
+Bug #290530 and #292425)
+
+Badblocks will now correctly display block numbers greater than
+999,999,999 in its progress display.
+
+The tune2fs program will not allow the user from setting a ridiculous
+number of reserved blocks which would cause e2fsck to assume the
+superblock was corrupt.  E2fsck's standards for what is a ridiculous
+number of reserved block has also been relaxed to 50% of the blocks in
+the filesystem.
+
+The blkid library will return vfat in preference to msdos, and ext3 in
+preference to ext2 (if the journalling flag is set) so that mount will
+do the right thing.  (Addresses Debian bug #287455)
+  
+Mke2fs will now use the -E option for extended options; the old -R
+(raid options) option is still accepted for backwards compatibility.
+Fix a double-free problem in resize2fs.  (Red Hat Bugzilla #132707)
+
+Mke2fs will now accept a size in megabytes, gigabytes, and other units
+(via "32m" or "4g" on the command line) if the user finds this more
+convenient than specifying a block count.
+
+Fix an obscure, hard-to find bug in "e2fsck -S" caused by an inode
+cache coherency problem.
+
+Debugfs now supports a new command, set_inode_field, which allows a
+user to manually set a specific inode field more conveniently, as well
+as set entries in the indirect block map.
+
+Debugfs's set_super_value command has been enhanced so that the user
+can set most superblock fields, including the date/time fields and
+some of the more newly added superblock fields.
+
+E2fsprogs programs now accept an offset to be passed to the file
+specifiers, via the syntax: "/tmp/test.img?offset=1024".
+
+E2fsprogs programs will now accept blocksizes up to 65536; kernel
+support on the x86 doesn't exist for now, but it can be useful on
+other architectures with page sizes greater than 4k.  There are 2.6
+kernel patches out there which enable this, but they are of this
+writing still experimental.
+
+The e2image command now takes the -s option which will scramble
+directory entries for raw image files.
+
+Fix a file descriptor leak in the filefrag program.
+
+Make sure e2fsck doesn't crash when /proc/acpi/ac_adapter is not
+present.
+
+Fix bug in debugfs where kill_file would lead to errors when deleting
+devices and symlinks.  (Sourceforge Bugs #954741 and #957244)
+
+Fix bug in the blkid library when detecting the ocfs1 filesystem 
+
+Remove obsolete EVMS 1.x and a.out DLL support.
+
+E2fsck will attempt to recover from a journal containing illegal blocks.
+
+Fixed two potential ordering constraint problems in e2fsck which might
+cause the filesystem to be corrupted if e2fsck is interrupted during a
+(extremely narrow) race window.  Thanks to Junfeng Yang from the
+Stanford Metacompilation group for pointing this out.
+
+Fixed bug in e2fsck where it would not accurately detect whether or
+not the system is running on adaptor if the ACPI device representing
+the AC adapter didn't correspond to the what was used on IBM
+Thinkpads.
+
+Change e2fsck to accept directories greater than 32MB.
+
+Fix e2fsck so that a checkinterval of zero disables a time-based check
+of the filesystem.
+
+Debugfs will check the DEBUGFS_PAGER environment variable in preference
+to the PAGER environment variable.  (Addresses Debian Bug #239547)
+
+Tune2fs will not mark rewrite the superblock if the feature bitmasks 
+are not modified.
+
+The debugfs program will set the filetype information when creating a
+link.
+
+Add debugfs -d option to use a separate source of data blocks when
+reading from an e2image file.
+
+Add e2image -I option which allows the e2image metadata to be
+installed into a filesystem.
+
+Fixed bug in the badblocks program which caused "done" to always
+appear in English even when a translation was available.  (Addresses
+Debian Bug #252836)
+
+The blkid program has a new option -o which controls the output format
+of the blkid program; this is makes blkid more convenient to use in
+shell scripts.
+
+Fix a minor bug in uuid library, which was not using the full 14 bits
+of clock sequence when generating UUID's.
+
+Fix a Y8.8888K problem in the uuid library.
+
+Logsave now creates a new session id for itself to avoid getting
+killed by init when transitioning between init levels.
+
+Change the licensing of the UUID library to be the 3-clause BSD-style
+license; this allows Apple to use the uuid library in Darwin.
+
+Add ocfs and ocfs2 probe support into the blkid library.
+
+Fix a memory and file descriptor leak in the blkid library.
+
+The blkid library will revalidate the device if the system time is
+earlier than last verification time of the device, since that
+indicates that the system time is probably not trustworthy.
+
+The blkid library will override the default location of the blkid.tab
+file by the BLKID_FILE environment variable, if it is available.
+
+Change the getsize functions to use the BLKGETSIZE64 ioctl on Linux 2.6.
+
+Add various portability fixes for lame new versions of glibc, Darwin
+and GNU/KFreeBSD, as well as removing XSI:ism's.  (Addresses Debian
+Bugs #239934, #264630, #269044, #255589, #289133)
+
+Add support for Windows 9x/NT under Cygwin.
+
+Updated and clarified various man pages.  (Addresses Debian Bugs #236383,
+	#241940, #238741, #242995, #256669, #268148, #256760, #273679)
+
+Updated and fixed translations.   (Addresses Debian bugs #244105, #262836)
+
+Update the rpm spec files so that it works better with Fedora core 2
+and RH9.
+
+Fixed various Debian packaging issues (see debian/changelog).  In
+particular, fixed the Debian initrd scripts.  (#241183, #248050,
+#253595, #247775)
+
+
+Programmer's notes: 
+-------------------
+
+Fixed various gcc -Wall warnings.
+
+The uuid library now has new functions uuid_unparse_upper() and
+uuid_unparse_lower() which forces the case of the hex digits to be
+upper case, or lower case.
+
+The build process has been sped up by enhancing the subst program
+to update the modtime on the generated files even when the generated
+file hasn't changed.
+
+The uuid library now uses C99 stdint.h types instead of custom types.
+
+Updated config.guess and config.sub with newer versions from the FSF.
+
+Removed out of date .cvsignore files from the source distribution.
+
+The ext2fs_unlink() function will return an error if both the name and
+inode number are unspecified, to avoid doing something surprising
+(such as unconditionally deleting the first directory entry).
+Directory entries are now deleted by coalescing them with the previous
+directory entry if possible, to avoid directory fragmentation.  This
+is not an issue with the e2fsprogs suite, but may be a problem for
+some of the users of libext2fs, such as e2tools.
+
+Add support for version numbers of the form "1.36-rc1".
+
+Fix build of mke2fs.static.
+
+Add basic ext2fs library support for large (EA in inode) inodes.
+
+The test_io mechanism can now abort after n reads or writes to a
+particular block.  The block is specified by TEST_IO_BLOCK environment
+variable, and the read/write count by the TEST_IO_READ_ABORT and
+TEST_IO_WRITE_ABORT environment variables.  The block data is now only
+dumped if the 0x10 bit is set in TEST_IO_FLAGS.
+
+UUID_DEFINE() in the uuid library now creates a static variable, with
+__attribute__ ((unused)) if we are using GCC, so that UUID_DEFINE can
+be used in header files.
+
+Add support for the install-strip and install-shlibs-strip targets, as
+suggested by the GNU coding guidelines.  "make install" no longer
+strips the binaries which are installed.
+
+Remove support for the --enable-old-bitops configure option which was
+only for very old sparc systems.
+
+Remove support for --enable-clear-htree; this was only needed during
+the early development of the htree patch.
+
+Use Linux-kernel-style makefile output so it is easier to see compiler
+warnings.
+
+Update gettext files to version 0.14.1.
+
+Update to use autoconf 2.5x.
+
+Improved support for compiling e2fsprogs under dietlibc.
+
+Make e2fsprogs portable to Solaris and FreeBSD systems.
+
+Add blkid_verify(), blkid_get_library_version(), and
+blkid_parse_version_string() functions to the blkid library.
+
+Add pkg-config files for e2fsprogs's libraries.
+
+Fix "make uninstall" to so that it removes everything that is installed.
+
+Add a configure --enable-maintainer-mode option which enables the
+makefile rules to rebuild the configure script from configure.in, and
+to rebuild the .gmo files in po directory.
+
+Drop the sparc assembly bitwise operations; it's less efficient
+than the GCC 3.4 compile code and triggers compiler warnings on
+sparc64.  Thanks to Matthias Andree for his analysis and suggestions.
+(Addresses Debian Bug #232326)
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.37.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.37.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b2646b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.37.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.37 (March 21, 2005)
+===============================
+
+Add support for checking the validity of Extended Attributes stored in
+inodes to e2fsck.
+
+Add support for dumping the contents of large inodes to debugfs,
+including the extended attributes stored in inodes.
+
+Fix mke2fs, e2fsck, debugfs, and the ext2fs_mkdir function so that
+when we create a new inode we make sure that the extra information in
+the inode (any extra fields in a large inode and any ea-in-inode
+information) is initialized correctly.  This can take place when
+mke2fs creates the root and lost+found directory, when e2fsck creates
+a new root inode or a new lost+found directory, and when the user uses
+the debugfs write, mknod, or mkdir commands.  Otherwise, the newly
+create inode could inherit garbage (or old EA information) from a
+previously deleted inode.
+
+Fixed a bug in e2fsck so it would notice if a file with an extended
+attribute block was exactly 2**32 blocks, such that i_blocks wrapped
+to zero.
+
+Added support to filefrag to detect files which are using the new
+experimental file extents format, and use the non-ext2 algorithm in
+that case.  Fixed a bug to avoid reporting a false discontinuity if
+there is one or more unallocated blocks at the beginning of a file.
+
+Duplicated a check for noticing whether or not the number of blocks
+(given a certain blocksize) is greater than 2**32 when the
+BLKGETSIZE64 ioctl is not available to ext2fs_get_device_size().  This
+allows mke2fs to automatically use a larger blocksize when creating a
+filesystem on a very large device when run on systems that do not
+support BLKGETSIZE64.
+
+Fix the I18N build which was broken in e2fsprogs 1.36 because the
+build system had been switched to treat the .gmo files as shipped
+files (for backwards compatibility with systems that have older GNU
+I18N tools installed), but the gen_tarball.in script was still
+removing the .gmo files from the official source distribution.
+
+Fixed various Debian packaging issues --- see debian/changelog for
+details.  (Addresses Debian Bugs ##296769, #299341)
+
+Programmer's notes:
+-------------------
+
+Added new functions to the e2p library which convert between a string
+and os_type: e2p_os2string() and e2p_string2os(), and used them to
+make the generated binaries more compact.
+
+Fixed a compile-time error on Darwin systems.
+
+Cleaned up the lib/ext2fs Makefile slightly.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.38.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.38.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d8ab030
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.38.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.38 (June 30, 2005)
+==============================
+
+Fix blkid's test programs (built with "make check") compile correctly
+even without "configure --enable-blkid-debug".
+
+Fix ia64 core dump bug caused by e2fsprogs running afoul of C99 strict
+type aliasing rules on newer gcc compilers.  (Addresses Red Hat
+Bugzilla ##161183.)
+
+Fix com_err library to make it more compatible with recent changes
+made to the com_err library in MIT Kerberos V5 version 1.4.
+(Addresses Sourceforge Bug #1150146)
+
+General cleanup of messages printed by e2fsprogs programs for grammar,
+consistency, and to make life easier for translators.  Fixed a few
+strings containing English that had not been marked as needing
+translations.  Removed strings that do not need to be translated, to
+make life easier for translators.
+
+Mke2fs and badblocks will take advantage of a feature in Linux 2.6 to
+test to see if a device appears to be in use instead of just relying
+on /proc/mounts and /etc/mtab.  (Addresses Debian Bug #308594).
+
+Fix portability problem in the filefrag program affecting platforms
+where the size of an integer is smaller than the size of a long.
+(Addresses Debian Bug #309655)
+
+Mke2fs will now use a larger journal by default for filesystems
+greater than 4GB.  (128 MB instead of 32MB).
+
+Mke2fs will refuse to create filesystems greater than 2**31-1 blocks,
+unless forced.  This is to avoid signed vs. unsigned kernel bugs in
+block numbers that still need to be fixed.
+
+The blkid program has a new option which will more efficiently search
+for device when it is known (or expected) that only one matching
+device will be found in the system, such as when doing a lookup by
+UUID.
+
+Debian's e2fsprogs-specific initrd fragment will avoid including
+unnecessary libraries into the initrd ramdisk by unsetting LD_PRELOAD
+and LD_LIBRARY_PATH, and filtering out libraries found in
+/etc/ld.so.preload.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #304003)
+
+Fixed a potential portability issue in the blkid programs for
+architectures where the char type is unsigned.  (Addresses Sourceforge
+Bug: #1180585)
+
+Fix a bug in filefrag so that it doesn't falsely count an extra
+discontinuity when the first block found is an indirect block.
+(Addresses Debian Bug #307607).
+
+Fix blkid's recognition of cramfs filesystems, and enhance it to be
+able to handle cramfs labels.
+
+Fix debugfs's stat command to not core dump when a filesystem is not
+open.
+
+Fix e2fsck's handling of error conditions caused by the resize inode
+claiming blocks that are also used by other inodes, a filesystem
+corruption which was commonly caused by a bug in Fedora Core 3's
+resize2fs program.
+
+Fixed bug in filefrag which caused it to fail on non-ext2/3
+filesystems.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #303509)
+
+If the superblock last mount time indicates that the system clock may
+not be accurate, then e2fsck will omit checking inodes' deletion time
+field for indications of a potential corrupted orphaned inode list.
+(Previously e2fsck only omitted these LOW_DTIME checks when the
+superblock's last write time looked insane.)
+
+Fixed a IA64 core dump bug in the e2p library which affected dumpe2fs.
+(Addresses Debian bug #302200)
+
+Make the blkid library more paranoid about being run from setgid
+programs, and to use __secure_getenv() from libc if it is available.
+
+Fixed spelling mistakes, typos, and otherwise clarified man pages.
+(Addresses Debian Bugs: #304591, #304592, #304594, #304597, #304593
+and Sourceforge Bug: #1189803)
+
+Updated and fixed translations.
+
+Fixed various Debian packaging issues --- see debian/changelog for
+details.
+
+Programmer's notes:
+-------------------
+
+Ext2fs_set_bit(), ext2fs_clear_bit(), and ext2fs_test_bit( have been
+changed to take an unsigned int for the bit number.  Negative bit
+numbers were never allowed (and didn't make any sense), so this should
+be a safe change.  This is needed to allow safe use of block numbers
+greater than or equal to 2**31.
+
+The compile_et program will avoid recreating generated foo_err.c and
+foo_err.h files if no changes are necessary.  The compile_et program
+will also atomically replace these files to avoid a potential parallel
+build race problem on SMP systems.  (Addresses Sourceforge Bug:
+#1157933)
+
+Added a new function to the blkid library, blkid_probe_all_new(),
+which only probes newly added disk devices, and change
+blkid_find_dev_with_tag() to use this function so that when a
+requested tag is not found, devices that were previously not checked
+are searched before searching all devices in the system.
+
+Added new functions to the blkid library, blkid_dev_set_search() and
+blkid_dev_has_tag().
+
+E2fsck's problem strings can now use @m and @n as abbreviations for
+"multiply-claimed" and "invalid", respectively.
+
+The e2fsprog.pot file now has an explanation of how the @-expansion
+and %-expansion works, and strings in e2fsck/problem.c which contain @
+characters now have comments in e2fsprogs.pot with the @-expansion to
+make life easier for translators.
+
+Fixed missing return values in the ext2fs library which could cause it
+to return random garbage in certain error conditions.
+
+Allow the current time to be overridden via the E2FSCK_TIME environment
+variable for use in regression tests.
+
+The test script driver program now exits with a non-zero status if
+there any of its test that it ran failed.
+
+Fixed problems with parabuilds on SMP systems.  (Addresses Sourceforge
+Bug: #1157933)
+
+Fixed "make check" so that it compiles correctly even when e2fsprogs'
+header files have not be installed in the system include directories.
+(Addresses Sourceforge Bug: #1180572)
+
+Fixed gcc -Wall nits.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.39.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.39.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7c4e9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.39.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,248 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.39 (May 29, 2006) 
+=============================
+
+Fix 32-bit cleanliness in e2fsprogs so that we can support filesystems
+between 2**31 and 2**32 blocks.
+
+Change mke2fs to use /etc/mke2fs.conf as a configuration file to
+configure the filesystem features, blocksize, and inode_ratio for
+different filesystem types.
+
+Mke2fs will now create filesystems hash trees and on-line resizing
+enabled by default, based on the new /etc/mke2fs.conf file.
+
+The e2fsprogs tools (resize2fs, e2fsck, mke2fs) will open the
+filesystem device node in exclusive mode to prevent accidents by
+system administrators.  In the case of resize2fs and mke2fs, it will
+only use exclusive mode if the filesystem is not mounted.
+
+Fixed a bug in mke2fs which caused it to to fail when creating the
+resize inode for large filesystems.  (Addresses Debian Bug #346580)
+
+When allocating space for the RAID filesystems with the stride
+parameter, mke2fs will now place each portion of the group's inode
+table right up after the superblock (if present) in order to minimize
+fragmentation of the free space.
+
+Speed up mke2fs and e2fsck by writing inode and block bitmaps more
+efficiently by writing the inode and block bitmaps in one pass, thus
+reducing the number of disk seeks required.
+
+Add support for on-line resizing to resize2fs.
+
+Fix blkid library so that logic to determine whether or not a device's
+cached information in /etc/blkid.tab needs to be verified or not
+doesn't get confused by a system clock which is insane (for example,
+if the battery is dead on a Macintosh running PPC Linux.  (Addresses
+Red Hat Bug: #182188)
+
+The blkid library will now store the UUID of the external journal used
+by ext3 filesystems, so that in the future, the userspace mount binary
+can use this to find the location of the external journal and pass
+this information to the kernel.
+
+E2fsck will now consult a configuration file, /etc/e2fsck.conf to
+control how various options should be handled.  See the e2fsck.conf
+man page for more details.   (Addresses Debian Bug: #150295)
+
+E2fsck now prints an explanatory message when delaying a filesystem
+check when the system is running on battery.  (Addresses Debian Bug:
+#350306)
+
+E2fsck will detect if the superblock's last mount field or last write
+field is in the future, and offer to fix if so.  (Addresses Debian Bug
+#327580) These problems will be fixed automatically in preen mode
+since Debian's boot sequence bogusly doesn't set the time correctly
+until potentially very late in the bootup process, and this can cause
+false positives which will cause users' systems to fail to boot.
+(Addresses Debian Bugs #343662 and #343645)
+
+E2fsck now checks to see if the superblock hint for the location of
+the external journal is incorrect, and if so, offer to update it.
+(Addresses Debian Bug: #355644)
+
+Fix e2fsck from segfaulting on disconnected inodes that contain one or
+more extended attributes.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #316736, #318463)
+
+E2fsck will stop and print a warning if the user tries running a
+read/write badblocks test on a read-only mounted root filesystem.
+
+Fix a memory leak in e2fsck's error paths.  (Thanks to Michael
+C. Thompson for pointing these out; they were originally found using
+Coverity.)
+
+When resizing a file containing a filesystem, resize2fs will expand or
+truncate a file as necessary.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #271607)
+
+Resize2fs will now automatically determine the RAID stride parameter that
+had been used to create the filesystem, and use that for newly created
+block groups.   The RAID stride parameter may also be manually specified
+on the command line using the new -S option to resize2fs.
+
+Fix mke2fs so that it correctly creates external journals on
+big-endian machines (such as a S/390).  
+
+Fix a bug in the e2p library which could cause dumpe2fs to (rarely)
+fail to print out the journal or hash seed UUID.  (Thanks to Guillaume
+Chambraud for pointing this out.)
+
+Dumpe2fs will now print the size of the journal (if present).
+
+Fix debugfs's set_inode_field command so it can properly set the frag,
+fsize, uid_high, gid_high, and author fields in the inode instead of
+silently failing, and so that setting the i_size actually sets i_size
+correctly.
+
+Add a new debugfs command, set_current_time, which sets fs->now so
+that regression test suites can repeatedly modify the filesystem's
+last_write fields.
+
+Fix a bug in debugfs's icheck which would incorrectly report the owner
+of an extended attribute block.
+
+Fix the debugfs commands htree_dump, dx_hash, and list_dir so they print a
+print a usage message when an illegal option character is given.
+
+Fix debugfs's dump_unsued command on filesystems with a 64k blocksize
+so it won't core dump.  (Addresses SourceForge bug #1424311)
+
+Fix mklost+found so that it creates a full-sized directory on
+filesystems with larger block sizes.
+
+Fix a file descriptor leak in blkid library.
+
+Fix a display bug in "badblocks -sv" so that the done message properly
+clears the block number at the end of the test.  (Addresses Debian Bug
+#322231)
+
+Allow fractional percentages to the -m option in mke2fs and tune2fs
+(Addresses Debian Bug: #80205)
+
+Use fstat/fstat64 in getsize.c if the the target is a regular file,
+instead of attempting to do a binary search.  Fix some fd leaks in
+error cases.
+
+Add support for device mapper library to the blkid library to ensure
+that the "best" (i.e., leaf) device is probed by the blkid library.
+
+Fix the blkid library so that it notices when an ext2 filesystem is
+upgraded to ext3.
+
+Improve the blkid's library VFAT/FAT detection; it now understands
+labels stored in the root directory, and is more paranoid about
+checking the FAT superblock values.
+
+Fixed a fd leak in the uuid library which was causing problems for the
+LVM tools.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #345832)
+
+Add support for the reiser4 and software suspend partitions to the
+blkid library.  Also add support for extract the label from iso9660
+filesystems.
+
+Fix a compile_et bug which miscount the number of error messages if
+continuations are used in the .et file.
+
+Add extra sanity checks to protect users from unusual circumstances
+where /etc/mtab may not be sane, by checking to see if the device is
+reported busy (works on Linux 2.6) kernels.  (Addresses Debian Bug
+#319002)
+
+Updated French, Dutch, Polish, and Swedish translations.  (Addresses Debian
+Bug: #343149, #341911, #300871, #316604, #316782, #330789)
+
+Fix use-after-free bug in e2fsck when finishing up the use of the
+e2fsck context structure.
+
+Fixed spelling mistakes, typos, and otherwise clarified man pages and
+documentation.  (Addresses Debian Bugs: #329859, #322188, #316811,
+#312515, #351268, #357951, #347295, #316040, #368392, #368393, #368394,
+#368179)
+
+Fixed various Debian packaging issues --- see debian/changelog for
+details.  (Addresses Debian Bugs #317862, #320389, #290429, #310950,
+#310428, #330737, #330736, #329074, #356293, #360046, #366017, #364516,
+#362544, #362970)
+
+
+Programmer's notes:
+-------------------
+
+Update config.guess and config.sub to latest version (2006-02-23) from
+FSF.
+
+Fix asm_types.h type conflicts on AMD 64 platforms.  (Addresses Debian
+Bugs: #360661, #360317)
+
+Fixed the Makefile so that they work correctly on newer versions of
+GNU make (i.e., 3.81).
+
+Add valgrind support to the regression test suites, and eliminate
+false positives from valgrind.
+
+Add a regression test suite for the blkid library.
+
+Fix a fencepost error in resize2fs caught by valgrind.  
+
+Fix compiler warnings about missing memcpy prototypes.
+
+We no longer have the sparc assembly code in the header file any more,
+so we shouldn't set _EXT2_HAVE_HAS_BITOPS_ for the sparc.  This would
+break compiles on the sparc architectures when using gcc.
+
+In the libext2fs library, add the new field fs->now which if non-zero
+is used instead of the system time when setting various filesystem
+fields (last modified time, last write time, etc.)
+
+Fix gcc 4.01 complaints by adding a missing #include <string.h> to
+ext2fs.h which is needed since the inline functions use memcpy().
+(Addresses Sourceforge Bug #1251062)
+
+Use BUILD_CFLAGS and BUILD_LDFLAGS instead of CFLAGS and LDFLAGS in
+the build system when building files in the util directory which are
+needed during the build process.  This avoids potential problems when
+cross-compiling and some of the options specified in CFLAGS or LDFLAGS
+are not recognized as valid by the host compiler.  (Addresses
+Sourceforge Bug #1261547)
+
+Clean up the blkid library by making the superblock and generic i/o
+functions to be more generic.  Clean up interface to the probe
+function, and fix memory leak.  Finally, remove an unneeded reference
+to probe.h in the lib/blkid/resolve.c
+
+Add an ext2fs_read_bb_FILE regression test to confirm proper detection
+of invalid block #'s.
+
+The x86 asm constraints for ext2fs_{set/clear}_bit have been fixed to
+indicate that the the function read/writes the memory location.
+
+Fix various gcc -Wall complaints.
+
+Add a dependency to make sure that the subdirectories are created
+before creating all of the object files, in order to address parallel
+build problem in the library Makefiles.  (Addresses Sourceforge Bug:
+#1261553)
+
+Add $(LDFLAGS) to the command line argument when generating an ELF or
+Solaris shared library, to allow cross-compile and other builds that
+might need to specify -L paths to needed libraries.  (Addresses
+Sourceforge Bug #1261549)
+
+Add a new feature, EXT2_FEATURE_COMPAT_LAZY_BG, which is initially
+intended for testing purposes.  It allows an ext2/ext3 developer to
+create very large filesystems using sparse files where most of the
+block groups are not initialized and so do not require much disk
+space.  Eventually it could be used as a way of speeding up mke2fs and
+e2fsck for large filesystem, but that would be best done by adding an
+RO_COMPAT extension to the filesystem to allow the inode table to be
+lazily initialized on a per-block basis, instead of being entirely
+initialized or entirely unused on a per-blockgroup basis.
+
+Fix backwards compatibility so e2fsprogs will better compile on Linux
+2.0.35 systems.
+
+Make test scripts more robust against locale-related environment variables
+
+Fix type warning problem with sizeof() in ext2fs_open2().
+
+Fix type warning problem with time_t in debugfs.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.40.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.40.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08608d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.40.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,1043 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.40.11 (June 17, 2008)
+=================================
+
+Mke2fs, tune2fs, and resize2fs now use floating point to calculate the
+percentage of reserved blocks.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #452639)
+
+Updated Spanish and Catalan translations.
+
+Fixed various Debian packaging issues --- see debian/changelog for
+details.  (Addresses Debian Bugs: #483962, #483023)
+
+Add detection for ZFS volumes to the libblkid library.
+
+Fixed spelling mistakes, typos, and otherwise clarified man pages.
+(Addresses Debian Bug: #486463)
+
+Programmer's notes:
+-------------------
+
+Fix marginal C code in probe_lvm2() function to the blkid library more
+portable for older compilers.
+
+Fix build problems on MacOS X.  (Addresses Sourceforge Bug: #1972473)
+
+Fix ext2fs_swap{16,32,64} functions so they can be used by external
+applications on big-endian machines.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #484879)
+    
+
+E2fsprogs 1.40.10 (May 21, 2008)
+================================
+
+When deciding whether or not to revalidate a blkid cache entry, if the
+device's mtime is newer than the last time the cached entry was
+validated, force a revalidation.
+
+Fix a potential data corruption bug in e2fsck in the journal replay.
+The chances of this is happening is extremely remote, especially the
+default data=ordered or data=writeback modes.  However, if a block
+which has been journalled starts with the first four bytes 0xc03b3998,
+when e2fsck replays the journal, those four bytes will be replaced
+with zero's.  Fortunately, it is highly, highly unlikely for e2fsck
+metadata to begin with those fatal 4 byte sequence, and unless
+data=ordered mode is in use, data blocks are never journalled.
+
+Updated German, Dutch, Swedish, and Vietnamese translations.
+
+Programmer's notes:
+-------------------
+
+Fixed various Debian packaging issues --- see debian/changelog for
+details.
+
+Remove default sizes of types when cross compiling, since autoconf
+2.50 can figure this out automatically now.
+
+
+E2fsprogs 1.40.9 (April 27, 2008)
+=================================
+
+SuSE's security team audited uuidd and came up with a few minor
+issues.  None of them are serious given that uuidd runs setuid as a
+unprivileged user which has no special access other than libuuid
+directory, but it's good to get them fixed.
+
+One additional fix in ext2fs_swap_inode_full() needed for resize2fs to
+work correctly with in-inode extended attributes.
+
+Updated German, Czech, Dutch, French, Polish, Swedish, and Vietnamese
+translations.
+
+Debugfs will avoid using a pager if the standard output is not a tty.
+
+Fix debugfs and tune2fs to correctly handle daylight savings time when
+parsing a time string.
+
+Fixed spelling mistakes, typos, and otherwise clarified man pages.
+
+Fix fsck completion bars when multiple filesystems were being checked
+in parallel.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #432865, Addresses Launchpad Bug:
+#203323, Addresses Sourceforge Bug: #1926023)
+
+Fix fsck so that progress information is sent back correctly when
+multiple filesystems are being check and the output of fsck is being
+redirected to a file descriptor.  Also, include the device name (w/o
+spaces) in the progress information sent back via a file descriptor.
+(Addresses Launchpad Bug: #203323, Addresses Sourceforge Bug:
+#1926023)
+
+Teach fsck to treat "ext4" and "ext4dev" as ext* filesystems.
+
+If logsave receives a SIGTERM or SIGINT signal, it will now pass that
+signal to its child process.
+
+Fix mke2fs's creation of are resize inode when there is a non-standard
+s_first_data_block setting.
+
+Fix bug in blkid when run by an unprivileged user; most devices were
+not reported correctly.  9Addresses Launchpad Bug: #220275)
+
+Mke2fs will not allow the logically incorrect combination of
+resize_inode and meta_bg, which had previously caused mke2fs to create
+a corrupt filesystem.
+
+Fix fsck in German locales so that a 'j' means yes.
+(Addresses Sourceforge Bug: #1947683)
+
+
+Programmer's notes:
+-------------------
+
+Fixed various Debian packaging issues --- see debian/changelog for
+details.
+
+Update valgrind options in test_script to work with valgrind 3.2.3
+
+Update texinfo.tex to a much newer version from the FSF.
+
+Remove bashism for configure script and from the lib/ss Makefile.
+Addresses Sourceforge Bug: 1921969
+
+Fix some silently broken tests: m_no_opt, m_meta_bg, and m_raid_opt.
+
+Fix build system so that if texinfo is not installed, it won't print a
+(harmless) error message.
+
+
+E2fsprogs 1.40.8 (March 13, 2008)
+=================================
+
+Fixed e2image -I so it works on image files which are larger than 2GB.
+
+Fixed e2fsck's handling of directory inodes with a corrupt size field.  If
+the size is larger than the number of blocks found in the inode, don't
+try to allocate extra empty blocks at the end of the directory to make
+up the difference; there's no point to doing that.  In addition, if
+the size is not a multiple of a blocksize, always fix it.
+
+E2fsck handled a pass 2 "should never happen error" by not giving
+enough information and then core dumping.  Unfortunately, it was all
+too easy to trigger the "should never happen" situation if a
+directory's inode size was not correct.  This has been fixed, but
+e2fsck has also been taught how to handle this situation more
+gracefully, by simply removing the inode hash tree information, so
+that it can be rebuilt again after e2fsck's pass 3.  (Addresses
+Launchpad Bug: #129395)
+
+Resize2fs had a bug resizing large inodes with extended attributes
+that was fixed in 1.40.6; unfortunately, it turned out it wasn't fixed
+completely on big-endian systems such as PowerPC.  The bug should be
+completely fixed now.  Yay for regression test suites.  (Addresses Red
+Hat Bugzilla: #434893)
+    
+Updated German, Czech, Dutch, Polish, Swedish, and Vietnamese
+translations.  Many thanks to Philipp Thomas from Novell for stepping
+up to become the new German translation maintainer!  (Addresses Debian
+Bugs: #302512, #370247, #401092, #412882).
+
+When e2fsck is clearing a corrupt inode's HTREE directory information,
+make it clear that it is just clearing the HTREE information, not the
+entire inode.
+
+Fixed spelling mistakes, typos, and otherwise clarified man pages.  
+
+Programmer's notes
+------------------
+
+Add new functions, ext2fs_dblist_get_last() and
+ext2fs_dblist_drop_last(), which allows the caller to examine the last
+directory block entry added to the list, and to drop if it necessary.
+
+Fixed a portability problem in libblkid with DJGPP.
+
+Fix an obvious typo in an "internal error" message in e2fsck.  Thanks
+to Philipp Thomas for pointing this out.
+
+If the info files are not built, change "make install" so it doesn't
+fail with an error code.
+
+
+E2fsprogs 1.40.7 (February 28, 2008)
+====================================
+
+Remove support for clearing the SPARSE_SUPER feature from tune2fs, and
+depreciate the -s option, since it can result in filesystems which
+e2fsck can't fix easily.  There are very good reasons for wanting to
+disable sparse_super; users who wants to turn off sparse_super can use
+debugfs.  (Addresses Sourceforge Bug: #1840286)
+    
+Add missing options to mke2fs's usage message.  (Addresses Sourceforge
+Bug: #1751393)
+    
+Fix bug in resize2fs when large (greater than 128 byte) inodes are
+moved when a filesystem is shrunk; it was only moving the first 128
+bytes, so extended attributes were not getting moved.  (Addresses Red
+Hat Bugzilla: #434893)
+
+E2fsck now prints an explicit message when the bad block inode is
+updated, to avoid confusion about why the filesystem was modified.
+(Addresses Sourceforge Bug: #756460)
+    
+Allow mke2fs and tune2fs manipulate the large_file feature.
+Previously we just let the kernel and e2fsck do this automatically,
+but e2fsck will no longer automatically clear the large_file feature.
+It still isn't really necessary to worry about this feature flag
+explicitly, but some users seem to care.  (Addresses Red Hat Bugzilla:
+#258381)
+    
+Suppress message about an old-style fstab if the fstab file is empty.
+(Addresses Debian Bug: #468176)
+    
+Fix (really minor) bug in debugfs's find_free_block so it avoids
+reporting a free block more than once if there are too few free blocks
+in the filesystem.  (Addresses Sourceforge Bug: #1096315)
+    
+Change e2fsck to no longer clear the LARGE_FILES feature flag
+automatically, when there are no more > 2GB files in the filesystem.
+It's been almost a decade since there have been kernels that don't
+support this flag, and e2fsck clears it quietly without telling the
+user why the filesystem has been changed.
+    
+Fix bug which could cause libblkid to seg fault if a device mapper
+volume disappears while it is being probed.  (Addresses RedHat
+Bugzilla: #433857)
+    
+Enhance e2fsck's reporting of unsupported filesystem feature flags.
+(Addresses Sourceforge Feature Request: #1175808)
+    
+Fix option syntax in dumpe2fs for explicit superblock and blocksize
+parameters.  What was currently documented in the man page has been
+broken for some time, due to getopt() implementation changes.  The
+option syntax has been changed to one which is can be more portable
+supported and which is consistent with the format for extended options
+in mke2fs and tune2fs.  (Addresses Sourceforge Bug: #1830994)
+    
+Add support to tune2fs to clear the resize_inode feature.  This
+requires an fsck afterwards.  (Addresses Red Hat Bugzilla: #167816)
+
+Teach blkid to detect LVM2 physical volumes.  (Addresses Red Hat
+Bugzilla: #409321)
+
+Add support for setting RAID stride and stripe-width via mke2fs and
+tune2fs.  Teach dumpe2fs to print the RAID parameters.
+
+Add support for setting new superblock fields to debugfs's
+set_super_value.
+
+Add support for printing "mostly-printable" extended attributes in
+Debugfs.
+
+Add support for the -M option to fsck, which causes it to ignore
+mounted filesystem.
+
+Fix uuidd so that it creates the pid file with the correct pid number.
+(Addresses Sourceforge Bug: #1893244)
+
+Fix various gcc -Wall warnings.
+
+Update Czech, Dutch, Polish, Swedish, and Vietnamese translations
+
+Fixed spelling mistakes, typos, and otherwise clarified man pages.  
+(Addresses Sourceforge Patch: #1399325)
+
+
+Programmer's notes:
+-------------------
+
+Fixed various Debian packaging issues --- see debian/changelog for
+details.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #466929)
+
+Add new flag EXT2_FLAG_NONFREE_ON_ERROR ext2fs_open2() which returns a
+partially filled-in filesystem object on an error, so that e2fsck can
+print more intelligent error messages.
+    
+Add a new function e2p_edit_feature2() which allows the caller to
+specify which feature flags are OK to set or clear, and which returns
+more specific information about feature flags which are not allowed to
+be set/cleared.
+    
+Set the C locale in the test_script driver since it uses [A-Za-z].
+(Addresses Sourceforge Bug: #1890526)
+
+Use fcntl locking instead of lockf in libuuid since Cygwin doesn't
+support lockf().
+
+Change configure.in to avoid using the 'dc' command unless it is
+absolutely needed. (i.e., when using parsing a WIP-style version
+number)  (Addresses Sourceforge Bug: #1893024)
+
+Add portability checks to support compilation under DJGPP.
+
+Update to the latest samba tdb code before the LGPLv3 change, which
+fixes a realloc() leak on failure.
+
+Fix memory leak in ext2fs_alloc_block().
+
+Fix makefile dependency issues for various install targets.
+(Addresses-Sourceforge-Patches: #1903484, #1903466, #1903456)
+    
+Improve descriptions for the r_move_itable and r_resize_inode tests.
+
+
+E2fsprogs 1.40.6 (February 9, 2008)
+===================================
+
+Add support for returning labels for UDF filesystems in the blkid
+library.
+
+Fix bug in the blkid library where cached filesystems was not being
+flushed when opening USB devices returned the error ENOMEDIUM.
+(Addresses Debian Bug: #463787)
+
+Added logic to the blkid library to automatically choose whether a
+filesystem should be mounted as ext4 or ext4dev, as appropriate.
+
+Allow tune2fs to set and clear the test_fs flag on ext4 filesystems.
+
+Fix a bug in e2fsck which caused it to core dump if e2fsprogs had been
+configured with --enable-jbd-debug.
+
+Document the BLKID_FILE environment variable in the libblkid man page
+
+Programmer's Notes:
+-------------------
+
+Update e2fsprogs translation template and Vietnamese and Czech translations
+
+Fixed various Debian packaging issues --- see debian/changelog for
+details.  (Addresses Debian Bugs: #436058)
+
+Don't try to create $DESTDIR/etc/init.d as part of make install as we
+don't install the init.d script (and it's not the recommended way to
+start uuidd anyway).  (Addresses Sourceforge Bug: #1885085)
+
+Use thread local storage to fix a theoretical race condition if two
+threads try to format an unknown error code at the same time in the
+com_err library.
+
+
+E2fsprogs 1.40.5 (January 27, 2008)
+===================================
+
+Fix a potential overflow big in e2image if the device name is too
+long.
+
+Mke2fs will now create new filesystems with 256 byte inodes and the
+ext_attr feature flag by default.  This allows for much better future
+compatibility with ext4 and speeds up extended attributes even on ext3
+filesystems.
+
+Teach e2fsck to ignore certain "safe" filesystem features which are
+set automatically by the kernel.  Having the kernel set features
+automagically behind the user's back is a bad idea, and we should try
+to break the kernel of this habit, especially for the newer ext4
+feature flags.  But for now, we will try to avoid needless full checks
+which can annoy users who are doing fresh installs.
+
+Add support in tune2fs and mke2fs for making a filesystem as being "ok
+to be used with test kernel code".  This will be needed for using test
+filesystems with the latest ext4 kernel code.
+
+Change e2fsck -fD so that it sorts non-htree directories by inode
+numbers instead of by name, since that optimizes performances much
+more significantly.  (Addresses-Sourceforge-Feature-Request: #532439)
+
+If e2image fills the disk, fix it so it exits right away instead of
+spewing large numbers of error messages.
+(Addresses-Sourceforge-Feature-Request: #606508)
+
+If ftruncate64() is not available for resize2fs, let it use ftrucate()
+instead, but have it check to see if the size would get truncated, and
+skip calling ftruncate in that case.
+
+Add support for detecting HFS+ filesystems in the blkid library.
+
+Add support in the blkid library for ext4/ext4dev filesystems.
+
+Fix a bug in blkid where it could die on a floating point exception
+when presented with a corrupt reiserfs image.
+
+Fix blkid's handling of ntfs UUID's so that leading zeros are printed
+such that UUID string is a fixed length.
+
+Add sample python bindings for the uuid library to the contrib
+directory.  (Addresses-Sourceforge-Patches: #778817)
+
+Fix debugfs's 'lsdel' command so it uses ext2fs_block_iterate2 so it
+will work with large files.  (Addresses Sourceforge Feature Request:
+#1257500 and Sourceforge Support Request: #1253511)
+    
+Allow the debugfs 'undel' command to undelete an inode without linking
+it to a specific destination directory, since this might require
+allocating blocks that could overwrite some yet-to-be-recovered
+deleted files.  (Addresses-Sourceforge-Feature-Request: #967141)
+
+Update Swedish translation from the Translation Project.
+
+Programmer's Notes:
+-------------------
+
+Fix configure handling of --sbindir (which should rarely be used, but
+someone did complain, so let's fix it).  (Addresses Sourceforge Bug:
+#498381)
+
+Updated e2fsprogs.spec file to include a new uuidd package
+
+Use pkg-config to determine where to find the devmapper library so we
+can find out where it is located on different distributions.
+
+Fix Makefile race so that "make -j3 distclean" works correctly
+
+Fix portability problems on non-Linux/non-Hurd/non-Masix systems,
+especially on MacOS X systems.  (Addresses Sourceforge Bugs: #1861633,
+#1819034, #1863819)
+
+Fixed spelling mistakes, typos, and otherwise clarified man pages.
+
+Fixed various Debian packaging issues --- see debian/changelog for
+details.  (Addresses Debian Bugs: #459403, #459475, #459614)
+
+Remove the --enable-dynamic-static configure option, and build e2fsck
+dynamically by default.  If the user wants e2fsck.static, he/she will
+need to build it via "make -C e2fsck e2fsck.static"
+
+Fix various build warnings due to missing prototypes.
+(Addresses Sourceforge Patch: #1861663, #1861659)
+
+
+E2fsprogs 1.40.4 (December 31, 2007)
+====================================
+
+Improve time-based UUID generation.  A new daemon uuidd, is started
+automatically by libuuid if necessary.  This daemon is setuid to allow
+updates to /var/lib/libuuid, so the clock sequence number can be
+stored and so if the clock is set backwards, it can be detected.
+(Addresses Sourceforge Bug: #1529672, Addresses Red Hat Bugzilla:
+#233471)
+
+Filter out the NEEDS_RECOVERY feature flag when writing out the backup
+superblocks.  This avoids e2fsck from concluding that a full
+filesystem check is required before backing up the superblock due to
+changes in the feature flags.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #454926)
+
+Fix fsck to only treat the '#' character as a comment at the beginning
+of the line in /etc/fstab.  Otherwise fstabs for the fuse filesystem
+will cause fsck to issue an bogus warning message.
+(Addresses Gentoo bug: #195405, Addresses Sourceforge bug: #1826147)
+
+Format control characters and characters with the high eighth bit set
+when printing the contents of the blkid cache, to prevent filesystems
+with garbage labels from sending escape sequences to the user's screen
+that might, for example place it in graphics mode.  (Addresses Ubuntu
+Bug: #78087)
+
+Fix sign-extension problem on 64-bit systems in in the com_err
+library.  (Addresses Sourceforge Bug: #1809658)
+
+Avoid division by zero error when probing an invalid FAT filesystem in
+the blkid library.  (Addresses Sourceforge Bug: #1831627)
+
+Update Dutch, Polish, and Vietnamese translations from the Translation
+Project.  Remove the Rwandan translation upon advice of the
+Translation Project.
+
+Programmer's Notes:
+-------------------
+
+Fix the libss "make check" regression test so that it works if the
+current directory is not in the user's path or if the libss shared
+library is not installed.  (Addresses Sourceforge Bug: #1848974)
+
+Fixed spelling mistakes, typos, and otherwise clarified man pages.
+(Addresses Debian Bugs: #444883, #441872)
+
+Fixed various Debian packaging issues --- see debian/changelog for
+details.  (Addresses Debian Bugs: #437720, #451172, #458017)
+
+Fix build failure on non-Linux/non-Hurd/non-Masix systems.
+(Addresses Sourceforge Bug: #1859778)
+
+Fix Hurd portability issues.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #437720)
+
+
+E2fsprogs 1.40.3 (December 5, 2007)
+===================================
+
+Fix a potential security vulnerability where an untrusted filesystem
+can be corrupted in such a way that a program using libext2fs will
+allocate a buffer which is far too small.  This can lead to either a
+crash or potentially a heap-based buffer overflow crash.  No known
+exploits exist, but main concern is where an untrusted user who
+possesses privileged access in a guest Xen environment could corrupt a
+filesystem which is then accessed by the pygrub program, running as
+root in the dom0 host environment, thus allowing the untrusted user to
+gain privileged access in the host OS.  Thanks to the McAfee AVERT
+Research group for reporting this issue.  (Addresses CVE-2007-5497.)
+
+Fix heuristics in blkid which could cause a disk without partitions to
+be incorrectly skipped when a loopback device is present.  (Addresses
+Red Hat Bugzilla #400321.)
+
+Fix e2image so that in raw mode it does not create an image file which
+is one byte too large.
+
+Change mke2fs's usage message so it recommends the preferred -E option
+instead of the deprecated -R option.
+
+Enhance the blkid library so it will recognize squashfs filesystems.
+(Addresses Red Hat Bugzilla #305151.)
+
+Enhance e2fsck so it will force the backup superblocks to be backed up
+if the filesystem is consistent and key constants have been changed
+(i.e., by an on-line resize) or by e2fsck in the course of its
+operations.
+
+Enhance blkid's detection of FAT filesystems; so that USB disks with
+only a single bootable partition will not get missed.
+
+E2fsck will no longer mark a filesystem as invalid if it has time
+errors (i.e., if superblock mount time or last write time is in the
+future) and the user refuses to fix the problem.
+
+The Ubuntu init scripts don't properly set the system time correctly
+from hardware clock if the hardware clock is configured to tick local
+time instead of GMT time.  Work around this as best as we can by
+providing an option, buggy_init_scripts, in /etc/e2fsck.conf which can
+be set on Ubuntu systems.  (Addresses Debian Bug #441093, and Ubuntu
+Bug #131201.)
+
+Fix fsck to ignore /etc/fstab entries for bind mounts.  (Addresses Red
+Hat Bugzilla #151533.)
+
+Fix e2fsck so that if the superblock is corrupt, but still looks
+vaguely like an ext2/3/4 superblock, that it automatically tries to
+fall back to the backup superblock, instead of failing with a hard
+error.
+
+Make the e2fsprogs program more robust so that they will not crash
+when opening a corrupt filesystem where s_inode_size is zero.
+
+Change e2fsck so it uses sscanf() instead of atoi() so it non-numeric
+arguments are detected as such and the parse error is reported to the
+user.   (Addresses Debian Bug #435381.)
+
+Change e2fsck so it will not complain if a file has blocks reallocated
+up to the next multiple of a system's page size.
+
+Fix bug in ext2fs_check_desc() which will cause e2fsck to complain
+about (valid) filesystems where the inode table extends to the last
+block of the block group.  (Addresses Red Hat Bugzilla #214765.)
+
+Fix a bug in ext2fs_initialize() which causes mke2fs to fail while
+allocating inode tables for some relatively rare odd disk sizes.
+(Addresses Red Hat Bugzilla #241767.)
+
+Add Catalan translation and update Dutch and Swedish translations
+from the Translation Project.
+
+Fix big-endian byte-swapping bug in ext2fs_swap_inode_full().  We
+still had an issue when trying to figure out whether we need to
+byte-swap fast symlinks that contained extended attributes.
+
+Fixed spelling mistakes, typos, and otherwise clarified man pages.
+(Addresses SourceForge Bug #1821333.)
+
+
+Programmer's Notes:
+-------------------
+
+Fix mke2fs tests to avoid needing any significant ^M (CR) characters
+
+Add "make check" to the RPM spec file
+
+Fix "make install" and 'make uninstall" in misc/Makefile.in so that it
+works correctly when the prefix is not the root directory.
+
+Fix the resize2fs tests, r_move_itable and r_resize_inode, so they
+clean up after themselves by deleting the test.img temporary file
+after completing the test.
+
+Fixed a corner case bug ext2fs_unlink() when trying to delete the
+first directory entry in a directory block and the last directory
+entry in the previous directory block is not in use.  Fortunately
+ext2fs_unlink() is only used by debugfs and e2fsck, and in e2fsck in
+places where it is extremely unlikely to run into this corner case.
+
+Fix missing dependency which would cause parallel builds to fail.
+(Addresses Sourceforge Bug #1842331.)
+
+Fix a build error on newer gcc caused by lib/ext2fs/ismounted.c
+calling open(O_CREATE) with a missing mode parameter.
+
+Fix the test_ss.c in lib/ss so it can be used as an example
+application program for the library as well as a regression test
+suite.
+
+Fix ext2fs_dblist_dir_iterate() so that error codes and abort codes
+are properly passed back up through the call stack.
+
+E2fsprogs 1.40.2 (July 12, 2007)
+================================
+
+A recent change to e2fsck_add_dir_info() to use tdb files to check
+filesystems with a very large number of filesystems had a typo which
+caused us to resize the wrong data structure.  This would cause a
+array overrun leading to malloc pointer corruptions and segfaults.
+Since we normally can very accurately predict how big the the dirinfo
+array needs to be, this bug only got triggered on very badly corrupted
+filesystems.
+
+Fix a bug in e2fsck which caused it to incorrectly salvage
+directories when the last entry's rec_len is bogusly too big.  This
+resulted in a nonsense filesystem corruption to be reported, and
+required a second run of e2fsck to fully fix up the directory.
+
+Update tune2fs man page to include more discussion of reserved blocks
+(Addresses Launchpad bug #47817)
+
+Update Turkish, Polish, Dutch, and Vietnamese PO files from the
+Translation Project
+    
+
+E2fsprogs 1.40.1 (July 7, 2007)
+===============================
+
+Fix bug which could cause libblkid to loop forever.  When revalidating
+a partition where there is obsolete information in /etc/blkid.tab, we
+end up freeing a the type tag without clearing dev->bid_type, causing
+blkid_verify() to loop forever.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #432052)
+    
+The Turkish translation has a bug in it where it has the translation
+of "E@e '%Dn' in %p (%i)" to "E@E".  This causes @E to be expanded at
+@E, recursively, forever, until the stack fills up and e2fsck core
+dumps.  We fix this by making e2fsck stop @-expansions after a
+recursive depth of 10, which is far more than we need.
+(Addresses Sourceforge Bug: #1646081)
+    
+Compile the default mke2fs.conf into mke2fs program.  People are
+getting surprised by mke2fs creating filesystems with different
+defaults than earlier versions of mke2fs if mke2fs.conf is not
+present.  So we now create a built in version of mke2fs.conf file
+which is used by mke2fs if the /etc/mke2fs.conf is not present.
+(Addresses SourceforgeBug: #1745818)
+
+Improve the config/parse_types.sh helper script.  Fix a potential
+security problem if e2fsprogs is built as root (as Gentoo does!).  In
+addition fix the script and how it is called from the configure script
+so that it does the right thing when cross-compiling.  (Fixes Gentoo
+bug: #146903)
+    
+Update Vietnamese, French, and Dutch PO files from the Translation
+Project.  Also created a new e2fsprogs.pot file for translator.
+    
+Fix bogus strip permission errors when building under Debian.  When
+building the e2fsprogs dpkg's, the dh_strip command emits a large
+number of error messages caused by the permissions not being right.
+So run dh_fixperms before running dh_strip.
+
+Programmer's Notes:
+-------------------
+
+Add new function: profile_set_default().  This function sets the value
+of the pseudo file "<default>".  If the file "<default>" had
+previously been passed to profile_init(), then def_string parameter
+will be parsed and used as the profile information for the "<default>"
+file.
+    
+Fix mk_cmds's error reporting so that it is unambiguous that it is the
+mk_cmds script which is generating the error.  (Obviates Gentoo patch:
+e2fsprogs-1.32-mk_cmds-cosmetic.patch)
+    
+Fix the test suite to use LC_ALL instead of LANG.  LC_ALL is the "high
+priority" environment variable that overrides all others, where as
+LANG is the lowest priority environment variable.  If LC_ALL is set, it
+doesn't matter whether LANG, LANGUAGE, LC_COLLATE, LC_MESSAGES, and
+the all the rest are set.  This will assure that the locale when
+running the test suites is the "C" locale.  (Obviates Gentoo patch:
+e2fsprogs-1.38-tests-locale.patch)
+    
+
+E2fsprogs 1.40 (June 29, 2007)
+==============================
+
+Fix divide by zero error in blkid's NTFS probing logic.
+
+Add new blkid -g option which causes the blkid cache to be garbage
+collected.
+
+Fix a bug in libblkid which could cause the internal field bid_type to
+become corrupted.  Fortunately bid_type isn't used much, and bid_label
+and bid_uuid is only used by debugging code, so the impact of this bug
+was very minor.
+
+Mke2fs will now store the RAID stride value when a filesystem is
+created with a requested RAID stride, and then use it automatically in
+resize2fs.
+
+Mke2fs has a sanity check added to make sure (inode_size * num_inodes)
+isn't too big.  In some cases Lustre users have tried specifying an
+inode size of 4096 bytes, while keeping an inode ratio of one inode
+per 4096 bytes.  
+
+Improve sanity check in e2fsck's algorithm for finding a backup
+superblock, so that it won't accidentally find a superblock that was
+located in the journal, and then later reject it as being not a valid
+backup superblock.
+
+Fix e2fsck get_size logic so that it will work with the Linux floppy
+driver.  The Linux floppy driver is a bit different from the other
+block device drivers, in that if the device has been opened with
+O_EXCL, it disallows another open(), even if the second open() does
+not have the O_EXCL flag.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #410569)
+
+Fix error checking of badblock's last-block and start-block arguments.
+(Addresses Debian Bug: #416477)
+
+Fix e2fsck so that it doesn't overwrite the backup superblocks when
+recovering a journal until the master superblock has been confirmed as
+being sane.
+
+Change the blkid library to be much more paranoid about concluding
+that a partition contains an NTFS filesystem, and fetch the UUID and
+LABEL information from NTFS filesystems.  (Addresses Launchpad Bug:
+#110138)
+
+Factor out the code which sets the default journal size and move it
+into libext2fs.
+
+Enhance e2fsck so it will recreate the ext3 journal if the original
+journal inode was cleared to due it being corrupt after finishing the
+filesystem check.
+
+Fix e2fsck so that it updates the journal inode if it is corrupted and
+the backup journal information from the superblock was successfully
+used to recover the filesystem.
+
+Fix e2fsck so that it checks all of the blocks in the journal inode
+for validity.  The original code only checked the direct blocks to
+make sure the journal inode was sane.  Unfortunately, if some or all
+of the indirect or doubly indirect blocks were corrupted, this would
+not be caught.
+
+Add support in blkid to detect LUKS encrypted partitions.
+
+Add extra sanity checks for extended attributes in the case where the
+size is zero but the offset is very large.
+
+Fix byte-swapping issues for large inodes in ext2fs_read_inode_full()
+and ext2fs_get_next_inode_full().
+
+Clarify the copyright licenses used by the various libraries in
+the top-level COPYING  file (Red Hat Bugzilla: 166058)
+
+Make mke2fs's defaults when /etc/mke2fs.conf doesn't exist more sane.
+
+Fix mke2fs and debugfs to support large (> 16 bit) uid's and gid's.
+
+Remove check in e2fsck which requires EA's in inodes to be sorted;
+they don't need to be sorted, and e2fsck was previously wrongly
+clearing unsorted EA's stored in the inode structure.
+
+Allow mke2fs or tune2fs to create a substantially larger journal (up
+to 10,240,000 blocks).
+
+Fix MD superblock detection, and make sure the correct UUID is
+reported from the MD superblock.
+
+Fix a signed vs. unsigned bug in debugfs.
+
+Enhance debugfs's date parser so that it accepts integer values.
+
+Fix e2fsck's pass1c accounting so it doesn't terminate too early if a
+file with multiply claimed blocks is hard linked. or not at all if the
+root directory contains shared blocks
+
+Enhance debugfs so it can modify the block group descriptors using the
+command set_block_group_descriptor.
+
+Improve e2fsck's reporting of I/O errors so it's clearer what it was
+trying to do when an error happens
+
+Fix a bug in in how e2fsprogs byte swaps inodes containing fast
+symlinks that have extended attributes.  (Addresses Red Hat Bugzilla:
+#232663 and LTC Bugzilla: #27634)
+
+Fix potential file descriptor leak in ext2fs_get_device_size() in an
+error case.
+
+Add libreadline.so.5 support to libss.
+
+Improve badblocks -n/-w exclusive usage message.
+
+Fix dump_unused segfault in debugfs when a filesystem is not open
+
+Fix memory leak in blkid library.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #413661)
+
+Allow the debugfs lcd command to work w/o a filesystem being open.
+(Addresses LTC Bugzilla #27513)
+
+Fix e2fsck to clear i_size for special devices with a bogus i_blocks
+field on the first pass.
+
+Fix e2fsck to set the file type of the '..' entry when connecting
+a directory to lost+found.  (Addresses Lustre Bug: #11645)
+
+Enhance e2fsck to recover directories whose modes field were corrupted
+to look like special files.  This is probably only useful in
+artificial test cases, but it will be useful if we ever do the "inodes
+in directory" idea for ext4.
+
+Allow debugfs to dump (and rdump) > 2GB files.  (Addresses Debian Bug:
+#412614)
+
+Fix resize2fs parsing of size parameter (in sector units).  This was
+actually a bug in libe2p's parse_num_blocks() function.  When handling
+the 's' suffix, it was ignoring the blocksize information passed in
+from the caller and always interpreting the number in terms of a 1k
+blocksize.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #408298)
+
+There was a floating point precision error which could cause e2fsck to
+loop forever on really big filesystems with a large inode count.
+(Addresses Debian Bug: #411838)
+
+Fix memory leak in ext2fs_write_new_inode()
+
+Add support for using a scratch files directory to reduce e2fsck's
+memory utilization on really big filesystems.  This uses the TDB
+library.  See the [scratch_files] section of the e2fsck.conf man page
+for more details.
+
+Fixed type-punning bug which caused dumpe2fs to crash on the Arm
+platform (Addresses Debian Bug: #397044)
+
+Add explanatory message to badblocks that -n and -w are mutually exclusive
+(Addresses Debian Bug: #371869)
+
+Allow debugfs and dumpe2fs to support fs features under development.
+
+Add support for the new flag EXT2_FLAG_SOFTSUPP_FEATURES flag to
+ext2fs_open() , which allows application to open filesystems with features
+which are currently only partially supported by e2fsprogs.
+
+Allow unix_io to support offsets greater than 2G (Addresses
+SourceForge Bug: #1547922)
+
+Fixed overflow and signed/unsigned problems caused by the number of
+blocks or inodes exceeding 2**31 or being close to 2**32-1.
+
+Add support for unsigned directory hash calculations with hints in the
+superblock to fix cross-architectural portability for htree
+directories with filenames where the high 8th bit is set.  (Addresses
+Debian: #389772)
+
+Fix resize2fs so that it gives user-intelligible error messages if the
+filesystem or the kernel does not support on-line resizing.
+(Addresses Debian Bug: #380548)
+
+Require mke2fs -F -F for really dangerous operations, since -F is
+needed for less dangerous operations such as creating filesystems
+images in regular files, or creating filesystems on whole block
+devices.  These relatively innocuous usages should NOT be confused
+with running mke2fs on an apparently-mounted or in-use filesystem.
+
+Allow the default inode size to be specified into the mke2fs.conf
+file.
+
+Make the smallest default journal size is big enough so that on-line
+resizing should always work.
+
+Fix silly spelling error in e2fsck.  (Addresses SourceForge bug:
+#1531372)
+
+Fix debugfs coredump when lsdel is run without an open filesystem
+(Addresses Debian Bug: #378335)
+
+Fix debugfs display bug us that bytes that have the high bit set are
+displayed as "ec" instead of "ffffffec".
+
+Add support in lsattr so it will display the EXT4_EXTENTS_FL flag.
+
+Device mapper scanning wasn't working in the blkid library because the
+pathnames had an extra "/dev" when they were being probed.
+
+Add GFS/GFS2 support to the blkid library.
+
+Fix blkid support of empty FAT filesystem labels.
+
+Avoid recursing forever (or for a long time) when the blkid library
+searches for a device and there are symlinks to directories in /dev.
+
+Avoid unaligned halfword access in blkid when accessing FAT
+superblocks, as this will cause Sparc/Solaris systems to throw a
+SIGBUS error.
+
+The latest devmapper libraries requires pthreads, add -lpthreads to
+the static link libraries for e2fsck.static if devmapper is enabled.
+(Addresses Debian bug: #388718)
+
+Improve the (non-installed, for experts only) findsuper program by
+printing the uuid and label from the superblocks, as well as the
+starting and ending offsets of the filesystem given the information in
+the superblock.  Omit by default printing superblocks that are likely
+found in located in an ext3 journal unless an explicit -j option is
+given.
+
+Updated Spanish, French and Dutch translations and added Catalan
+translation.  (Addresses Debian bug: #411562)
+
+Use FreeBSD's DIOCGMEDIASIZE and DIOCGDINFO ioctls if available when
+determining a partition's size, since binary searching to determine
+the device doesn't work on FreeBSD.
+
+Documentation about UUID's is available in enough places, and it's
+awkward to deal with debian-legal's insanities.  So I'm caving in the
+"more-lunatic-than-RMS" wing of Debian by removing RFC-4122 so we
+don't have do the dfsg tarball.  Also remove the rule that only tried
+to install RFC-4122 on Ubuntu, since Ubuntu seems to want to fetch
+e2fsprogs exclusively from Debian.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #407107)
+
+Fix the info-dir line so that the menu name does not contain a .info
+prefix.  First of all, it's ugly, secondly, it causes the install-info
+command to fail to remove the com_err info file from the
+/usr/share/info/dir file when the comerr-dev package is removed and
+purged.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #401711)
+
+Fixed spelling mistakes, typos, and otherwise clarified man pages.
+(Addresses Debian Bug: #369761, #373004, #379695)
+
+Fixed various Debian packaging issues --- see debian/changelog for
+details.  (Addresses Debian Bugs #389554, #390664, #413208, #419605,
+#408352, #415560, #399155)
+
+
+Programmer's notes:
+-------------------
+
+E2fsck now supports the %It expansion when printing a problem report.
+It will print the type of the inode in the problem context.
+
+Fix misc/Makefile.in so that it builds even if e2fsck hasn't been built yet
+(Addresses Sourceforge Bug: #1565561)
+
+Remove unused variables and other lint/gcc -Wall cleanups
+
+Add check to ext2fs_get_device_size() so it will return EFBIG for for
+filesystems contained in regular files where the filesystem image size
+is returned by stat64().
+
+Set local environment variables to C so mk_cmds and compile_et always
+work.  (Addresses SourceForge Bug: #1532177)
+
+Added the 64-bit byte swapping function ext2fs_swab64().
+
+Added two new helper functions to prevent 2**31/2**32-1 overflow
+problems: ext2fs_div_ceil() and e2p_percent().
+
+Create new ext2fs library inline functions ext2fs_group_first_block()
+and ext2fs_group_last_block() in order to calculate the starting and
+ending blocks in a block group.
+
+Create the generated files read-only to remind developers not to edit them.
+
+Add support for autoconf 2.60 (with backwards compatibility for older
+versions of autoconf).
+
+Added an "make rpm" target to top-level Makefile
+
+Added various FreeBSD portability fixes.
+
+Exclude mercurial files from the RPM build tree to speed up copy/build.
+
+Use root_sysconfdir to define the locations of mke2fs.conf and
+e2fsck.conf instead of using a hard-coded /etc pathname.
+
+Prevent e2fsck.h and ext2_ext_attr.h from getting included multiple times.
+
+Fixed "make clean" in blkid's Makefile.in file from removing tst_*.c files.
+
+If diff -u is supported, use it to report test failures.
+
+Updates/improvements to RPM spec file
+
+Add on-disk format definitions for the following new features:
+EXT4_FEATURE_RO_COMPAT_HUGE_FILE, EXT4_FEATURE_RO_COMPAT_GDT_CSUM,
+EXT4_FEATURE_RO_COMPAT_DIR_NLINK, EXT4_FEATURE_INCOMPAT_64BIT,
+EXT4_FEATURE_RO_COMPAT_EXTRA_ISIZE
+
+Add a new make target "checked-failed" in the tests directory which
+reruns any failed tests
+
+Update draft-leach-uuids-guids-01.txt with rfc4122.txt
+
+Fix miscellaneous bugs reported by Coverity: Dead code, potential nul
+pointer dereferences, memory leaks, etc.  None were security-critical
+problems.
+
+Fix up usage and decrement error messages in the test_icount program
+
+Add debugging code to the com_err library; if the environment variable
+COMERR_DEBUG is set to 1, print out debugging messages as error tables
+are added and removed from the com_err library.  If the
+COMERR_DEBUG_FILE environment variable is set (and the process is not
+setuid) the debugging messages may be redirected to a file.
+
+Change all of the e2fsprogs programs to use the newer add_error_table()
+and remove_error_table() interfaces instead of the much older
+initialize_*_error_table() function.
+
+Add TDB support into the ext2fs library.  This allows us to have a
+guaranteed library we can count on always being present so we can
+store data in an on-disk database.
+
+Add support for using TDB to store the icount data, so we don't run out
+of memory when checking really large filesystems.
+
+Change the regression test suite so that it skips empty test directories.
+
+Define the l_i_iversion field in ext2_inode.  The l_i_version field is
+now defined from the old l_i_reserved1 field in the ext2 inode.  This
+field will be used to store high 32 bits of the 64-bit inode version
+number.
+
+Add Makefile production rule for e2fsprogs.spec in case it gets
+deleted.
+
+Add new function profile_get_uint() to allow for a clean way to fetch
+unsigned integers from the context.
+
+Add test to make sure the ext2 superblock structure is 1024 bytes.
+
+Fix typo in name of f_dup4 regression test
+
+Add new function blkid_gc_cache() which performs a garbage collection
+pass on the /etc/blkid.tab file.
+
+The ext2fs_open() function now sets EXT2_FLAG_MASTER_SB_ONLY.  In
+general, only e2fsck (after the filesystem is clean), tune2fs, and
+resize2fs should change the backup superblocks by default.  Most
+callers of ext2fs_open() should not be touching any superblock fields
+which require the backups to be touched.
+
+Add new function to libext2fs, ext2fs_default_journal_size(), which
+returns the default journal size.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.41.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.41.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e36e35d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.41.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,1594 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.41.14 (December 22, 2010)
+=====================================
+
+Fix spurious complaint in mke2fs where it would complain if the file
+system type "default" is not defined in mke2fs.conf.
+
+The resize2fs program will no longer clear the resize_inode feature
+when the number reserved group descriptor blocks reaches zero.  This
+allows for subsequent shrinks of the file system to work cleanly for
+flex_bg file systems.
+
+The resize2fs program now handles devices which are exactly 16T;
+previously it would give an error saying that the file system was too
+big.
+
+E2fsck (and the libext2fs library) will not use the extended rec_len
+encoding for file systems whose block size is less than 64k, for
+consistency with the kernel.
+
+Programming notes
+-----------------
+
+E2fsprogs 1.41.13 would not compile on big-endian systems.  This has
+been fixed.  (Addresses Sourceforge Bug: #3138115)
+
+The ext2fs_block_iterator2() function passed an incorrect ref_offset
+to its callback function in the case of sparse files.  (Addresses
+Sourceforge Bug: #3081087)
+    
+Fix some type-punning warnings generated by newer versions of gcc.
+
+
+E2fsprogs 1.41.13 (December 13, 2010)
+=====================================
+
+E2fsck now supports the extended option "-E journal_only", which
+causes it to only do a journal replay.  This is useful for scripts
+that want to first replay the journal and then check to see if it
+contains errors.
+
+E2fsck will now support UUID= and LABEL= specifiers for the -j option
+(which specifies where to find the external journal).  (Addresses
+Debian Bug #559315)
+
+E2fsck now has support for the problems/<problem code>/force_no
+configuration option in e2fsck.conf, which forces a problem to not be
+fixed.
+
+Dumpe2fs will now avoid printing large negative offsets for the bitmap
+blocks and instead print a message which is a bit more helpful for
+flex_bg file systems.
+
+Mke2fs will now check the file system type (specified with the -t
+option) to make sure it is defined in the mke2fs.conf file; if it is
+not, it will print an error and abort.  If the usage type (specified
+with the -T option) is not defined in mke2fs.conf, mke2fs will print a
+warning but will continue.  (Addresses Debian Bug #594609)
+
+Clarified error message from resize2fs clarifying that on-line
+shrinking is not supported at all.  (Addresses Debian Bug #599786)
+    
+Fix an e2fsck bug that could cause a PROGRAMMING BUG error to be
+displayed.  (Addresses Debian Bug #555456)
+
+E2fsck will open the external journal in exclusive mode, to prevent
+the journal from getting truncated while it is in use due to a user
+accidentally trying to run e2fsck on a snapshotted file system volume.
+(Addresses Debian Bug #587531)
+
+Fix a bug in e2fsck so it has the correct test for the EOFBLOCKS_FL
+flag.
+
+The tune2fs program can now set the uninit_bg feature without
+requiring an fsck.
+
+The tune2fs, dumpe2fs, and debugfs programs now support the new ext4
+default mount options settings which were added in 2.6.35.
+
+The e2fsck and dumpe2fs programs now support the new ext4 superblock
+fields which track where and when the first and most recent file
+system errors occurred.  These fields are displayed by dumpe2fs and
+cleared by e2fsck.  These new superblock fields were added in 2.6.36.
+
+Debugfs now uses a more concise format for listing extents in its
+stat command.  This format also includes the interior extent tree
+blocks, which previously was missing from stat's output for
+extent-based files.
+
+Debugfs has a new option, -D, which will request Direct I/O access of
+the file system.
+
+Mke2fs will skip initializing the inode table if a device supports
+discard and the discard operation will result in zero'ed blocks.
+
+Badblocks will now correctly backspace over UTF-8 characters when
+displaying its progress bar.  (Addresses Gentoo Bug #309909; Addresses
+Debian Bugs #583782 and #587834)
+
+E2freefrag will now display the total number of free extents.
+
+Resize2fs -P no longer requires a freshly checked filesystem before
+printing the minimum resize size.
+
+Fixed a floating point precision error in a binary tree search routine
+that can lead to seg fault in e2fsck and resize2fs.
+
+Fixed a bug in e2fsck where if both the original and backup superblock
+are invalid in some way, e2fsck will fail going back to the original
+superblock because it didn't close the backup superblock first, and
+the exclusive open prevented the file system from being reopened.
+
+Fixed a big in e2freefrag which caused getopt parsing to fail on
+architectures with unsigned chars.  (Addresses Gentoo Bug: #299386)
+
+Clarified an mke2fs error message so a missed common in an -E option
+(i.e., mke2fs -t ext4 -E stride=128 stripe-width=512 /dev/sda1")
+results in a more understandable explanation to the user.
+
+Mke2fs now displays the correct valid inode ratio range when
+complaining about an invalid inode ratio specified by the user.
+
+Mke2fs now understands the extended option "discard" and "nodiscard",
+and the older option -K is deprecated.  The default of whether
+discards are enabled by default can be controlled by the mke2fs.conf
+file.
+
+Mke2fs's handling of logical and physical sector sizes has been
+improved to reflect the fact that there will be some SSD's with 8k and
+16k physical sectors arriving soon.  Mke2fs will no longer force block
+size to be the physical sector size, since there will be devices where
+the physical sector size is larger than the system's page size, and
+hence larger than the maximal supported block size.  In addition, if
+the minimal and optimal io size are not exported by the device, and
+the physical sector size is larger than the block size, the physical
+sector size will be used to set the Raid I/O optimization hints in the
+superblock.
+
+E2fsck will now display a better, more specific error message when the
+user enters a typo'ed device name, instead of blathering on about
+alternate superblocks.
+
+Fixed various Debian Packaging Issues
+
+Updated/clarified man pages (Addresses Debian Bugs: #580236, #594004,
+#589345, #591083; Addresses Launchpad Bug: #505719)
+
+Update the Chinese, Chzech, Dutch, French, Germany, Indonesian,
+Polish, Swedish, and Vietnamese translations.
+
+
+Programmer's Notes
+------------------
+
+Fix a dependency definition for the static and profiled blkid
+libraries which could cause compile failures in some configurations.
+(Addresses Debian Bug: #604629)
+    
+Add support for Direct I/O in the Unix I/O access layer.
+
+Fixed a memory leak in the Unix I/O layer when changing block sizes.
+
+Fixed minor memory leaks in mke2fs.
+
+Added a new function to the ext2fs library, ext2fs_get_memalign().
+
+The tst_super_size test program will check to make sure the superblock
+fields are correctly aligned and will print them out so they can be
+manually checked for correctness.
+
+Fixed some makefile dependencies for test programs in lib/ext2fs.
+
+Reserved the feature flags and superblock fields needed for the Next3
+snapshot feature.
+
+Reserved the feature flags for EXT4_FEATURE_INCOMPAT_DIRDATA and
+EXT4_INCOMPAT_EA_INODE.
+
+
+E2fsprogs 1.41.12 (May 17, 2010)
+================================
+
+Mke2fs now gives a correct error message if the external journal
+device is not found.  (Addresses Red Hat Bug #572935)
+
+Resize2fs -P will now refuse to print a minimum size if the file
+system is not clean.  Previously it would go ahead and print a minimum
+size anyway, which might not be correct, leading to user confusion.
+
+E2fsck now tests for extents that begin at physical block 0 and
+rejects them as invalid.  (Addresses Google Bug: #2573806)
+    
+Fixed a bug in e2fsck which could cause it to crash when trying to
+remove an invalid extent and the block bitmaps hadn't yet been loaded.
+(Addresses SourceForge Bug: #2971800)
+    
+E2fsck now will completely skip time-based checks if the system clock
+looks insane or the option broken_system_clock is set in
+/etc/e2fsck.conf.
+
+E2fsck would previously report an i_blocks corruption for a 4T file
+created using posix_fallocate; this bug has been fixed.
+
+E2fsck will now correctly mark a sparse journal as invalid and will
+delete and recreate the journal to address the problem.
+
+E2fsck would previously incorrectly ask the user whether she would
+like to abort the file system check after finding a problem --- and
+then abort regardless of the user's answer.  This is annoying, and
+has been fixed.
+
+E2fsck can now continue even if it fails to recreate the resize
+inode; previously it would just abort the file system check
+altogether.
+
+E2fsck could potentially remove directory entries for inodes found in
+the unused region of the inode table; this would generally happen on
+ext4 file systems that do not use journalling.  This bug has been fixed
+by not clearing these directory entries once it has been established
+that bg_unused_inodes may not be trustworthy; once pass #2 has been
+completed, e2fsck will restart the file system check from the
+beginning, and then it will be safe to delete any directory entries
+pointing to inodes that appear to be deleted.  (Addresses Google Bug:
+#2642165)
+    
+E2fsck will not try to set the block group checksums if the user
+cancels the fsck with a control-C.  It's a bad idea to set the
+checksums if e2fsck hasn't been completed, and it often results an the
+error message, "Inode bitmap not loaded while setting block group
+checksum info".  (Addresses Launchpad Bug: #582035)
+
+The mke2fs program now queries the kernel for the physical as well as
+the logical sector size, and will not allow a blocksize below the
+logical, and will strongly encourage a blocksize at least as big as
+the physical blocksize.  This is needed for 4k sector drives that
+emulate 512 byte sector sizes.
+
+Mke2fs will now allow a flex_bg size of 1.  This is unusual, and
+rarely needed, but it is a legal value.
+
+E2fsck will check for cases where the EOFBLOCKS_FL is set when it is
+not needed, and offer to clear it; this is a sign of a kernel bug, but
+more importantly, some released kernels may crash when this situation
+is encountered on ext4 file systems.  (Addresses Google Bug: #2604224)
+    
+E2fsck will use the EOFBLOCKS_FL flag exclusively to check whether
+i_size is correct.  (Kernels starting with 2.6.34 will set
+EOFBLOCKS_FL.)
+
+The com_err library will now only output ^M (a CR character) when the
+tty is in raw mode.
+
+Update the Czech, Chinese, Dutch, French, Germany, Indonesian, Polish,
+and Vietnamese translations.
+
+Fixed various Debian packaging issues --- see debian/changelog for
+details.  (Addresses Debian Bugs: #571247, #563487)
+
+
+Programmer's Notes
+------------------
+
+The regression test suite now uses its own mke2fs.conf file, so that
+downstream distributions want change the mke2fs.conf file which is
+distributed in the RPM or dpkg file, without worrying about screwing
+up the regression test results.
+
+Always build namei.o so that building with configure --disable-debugfs
+works correctly.  Long-term, if we care about reduced e2fsprogs
+builds, we need a more general solution for deciding what .o files are
+needed for a particular build.  Given that install floppies are going
+(gone?) the way the dodo bird, we probably don't care, though.
+(Addresses Sourceforge Bug: #2911433)
+
+Add configure options --enable-symlink-build and
+--enable-symlink-install, which allow e2fsprogs be built using
+symlinks instead of hard links, and to be installed using symlinks
+instead of hard links, respectively.  It is useful when the file
+system where the build is taking place, or the file system where
+e2fsprogs is installed, can't handle hard links for some reason.
+(Addresses Sourceforge Bug: #1436294)
+
+Fixed compile warning in mke2fs.c.
+
+    
+E2fsprogs 1.41.11 (March 14, 2010)
+==================================
+
+E2fsck will no longer give a fatal error and abort if the physical
+device has been resized beyond 2**32 blocks.  (Addresses Launchpad
+Bug: #521648)
+
+Debugfs has a bug fixed so that "logdump -b <blk>" now properly shows
+the allocation status of the block <blk>.  (Addresses Debian Bug:
+#564084)
+    
+E2fsck now prints a much more emphatic and hopefully scary message
+when a file system is detected as mounted while doing a read/write
+check of the filesystem.  Hopefully this will dissuade users from
+thinking, "surely that message doesn't apply to *me*" :-(
+
+E2fsck -n will now always open the file system read-only.  We now
+disallow certain combination of options which previously were manual
+exceptions; this is bad because it causes users to think they are
+smarter than they really are.  So "-n -c", "-n -l", "-n -L", and "-n
+-D" are no longer supported.  (Addresses Launchpad Bug: #537483)
+    
+In e2fsprogs 1.41.10, mke2fs would ask for confirmation to proceed if
+it detected a badly aligned partition.  Unfortunately, this broke some
+distribution installation scripts, so it now just prints the warning
+message and proceeds.  (Addresses Red Hat Bug: #569021. Addresses
+Launchpad Bug: #530071)
+    
+Mke2fs would take a long time to create very large journal files for
+ext4.  This was caused by a bug in ext2fs_block_iterate2(), which is
+now fixed.
+
+E2fsck now understands the EOFBLOCKS_FL flag which will be used in
+2.6.34 kernels to make e2fsck not complain about blocks deliberately
+fallocated() beyond an inode's i_size.
+
+E2fsprogs 1.41.10 introduced a regression (in commit b71e018) where
+e2fsck -fD can corrupt non-indexed directories when are exists one or
+more file names which alphabetically sort before ".".  This can happen
+with ext2 filesystems or for small directories (take less than a lock)
+which contain filenames that begin with a space or some other
+punctuation mark.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #573923, Addresses Launchpad
+Bug: #525114)
+
+
+Programmer's Notes
+------------------
+
+Add new test, f_rehash_dir, which checks to make sure e2fsck -D works
+correctly.
+
+The libcom_err function now has support for Heimdal's com_right_r
+function().  (Addresses Sourceforge Bug: #2963865, Addresses Debian
+Bug: #558910)
+
+
+E2fsprogs 1.41.10 (February 7, 2010)
+====================================
+
+Fix resize2fs bug which causes it to access invalid memory.
+
+Add libss support for libreadline.so.6.
+    
+Fix e2fsck's check for extent-mapped directory with an incorrect file
+type.
+
+Add new e2fsck.conf configuration option, default/broken_system_clock
+to support systems with broken CMOS hardware clocks.  Also, since too
+many distributions seem to have broken virtualization scripts now,
+e2fsck will by default accept dates which are off by up to 24 hours by
+default.  (Addresses Debian Bugs: #559776, #557636)
+
+Fix a bug where mke2fs may not use the best placement of the inode
+table when there is only room for a single block group in the last
+flex_bg.
+
+E2fsck is now smarter when it needs to allocate blocks in the course
+of fixing file system problems.  This reduces the number of spurious
+differences found in pass #5.
+
+E2fsck will no longer rehash directories which fit in a single
+directory block.
+
+E2fsck now correctly handles holes in extent-mapped directories (i.e.,
+sparse directories which use extents).
+
+Fix big-endian problems with ext2fs_bmap() and ext2fs_bmap2().
+
+Fix a bug in filefrag where on platforms which can allow file systems
+with 8k blocks, that it doesn't core dump when it sees a file system
+with 8k block sizes.  (Thanks to Mikulas Patocka for pointing this
+out.)
+
+E2fsck will correctly fix directories that are have an inaccurate
+i_size as well as other problems in a single pass, instead of
+requiring two e2fsck runs before the file system is fully fixed.
+
+Fix e2fsck so it will correctly find and detect duplicate directory
+entries for non-indexed directories.  ( Addresses Sourceforge Bug:
+#2862551)
+    
+Mke2fs will use BLKDISCARD to pre-discard all blocks on an SSD or
+thinly-provisioned storage device.  This can be disabled using the -K
+option.
+
+Enhance libext2fs so it works around bug in Linux version 2.6.19
+and earlier where the /proc/swaps file was missing the header on
+the first line.
+
+Fix bug in Linux version 2.6.19 and earlier where the /proc/swaps file
+was missing the header on the first line.
+
+Fix some big-endian bugs in e2fsck and libext2fs.
+
+Fix resize2fs so it works correctly on file systems with external
+journals instead of failing early with the error "Illegal inode
+number".
+
+Fix libss so that it does not seg fault when using a readline library
+which does not supply a readline_shutdown() function.
+
+Updated dumpe2fs's usage message so it correctly gives the right
+arguments summary for "-o superblock=<num>" and "-o blocksize=<num>".
+(Addresses Launchpad Bug: #448099)
+   
+Teach libext2fs to ignore the high 32 bits of the i_blocks field
+when huge_file file system feature is set, but the inode does not
+have the HUGE_FILE_FL flag set.
+
+Fix e2fsck's handling of 64-bit i_blocks fields.
+
+E2fsck will now print "Illegal indirect block", "Illegal
+double-indirect block", etc., instead of "Illegal block #-1" or
+"Illegal block #-2", etc.  This makes it easier for users to
+understand what has gone wrong.  (Addresses SourceForge Bug: #2871782)
+
+Mke2fs now will obtain get device topology information from blkid and
+use it to populate the superblock stride and stripe sizes.  It will
+also warn if the block device is misaligned
+
+Fix file descriptor leaks in fsck and debugfs.  (Addresses Novell Bug:
+##524526)
+
+Fix the libext2fs library code to round up the bitmap size to a 4-byte
+boundary, to prevent spurious seg faults caused by the x86
+architecture.  This doesn't affect Linux systems, but was a major
+problem on a number of *BSD systems.  (Addresses Sourceforge Bug:
+#2328708)
+
+Fix resize2fs's minimum size required for a file system so it doesn't
+fail when "resize2fs -M" is run.  (Addresses RedHat Bugzilla: #519131)
+    
+Dumpe2fs now prints summary information about the contents of the
+journal.
+    
+Avoid printing scary error messages when e2fsck starts running
+problems on low-memory systems, as it tends to panic and mislead the
+user.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #509529)
+
+Fix blkid's modules.dep parser so it handles compressed (.ko.gz)
+modules files.  (Address Red Hat Bug: #518572)
+    
+Fix tune2fs so it can add a journal when an extent-enabled file system
+is mounted.  (Addresses Launchpad bug: #416648)
+
+Update Czech, Indonesian, Polish and Vietnamese translations (from the
+Translation Project).
+    
+Update/clarify man pages.  (Addresses Sourceforge Bug: #2822186)
+
+Fixed various Debian packaging issues --- see debian/changelog for
+details.  (Addresses Debian Bugs: #540111)
+
+Programmer's Notes
+------------------
+
+The configure script supports the --with-cc, --with-ccopts, and
+--with-ldopts options.  Instead, the more standard use of CC=,
+CCFLAGS=, and LDFLAGS= in the configure command line is used instead.
+Also, --with-ld, which never worked, was also removed.
+(Addresses Sourceforge Bug: #2843248)
+
+The in-tree header files are only used if the in-tree uuid or blkid
+libraries are used.  Otherwise, use the system-provided uuid or blkid
+header files if using the system-provided libraries.
+
+Fix some build failures caused by --disable-* configure options.
+
+Work around a bug in autoconf 2.64.
+
+
+E2fsprogs 1.41.9 (August 22, 2009)
+==================================
+
+Fix a bug in e2fsck routines for reallocating an inode table which
+could cause it to loop forever on an ext4 filesystem with the FLEX_BG
+filesystem feature with a relatively rare (and specific) filesystem
+corruption.  This fix causes e2fsck to try to find space for a new
+portion of the inode table in the containing flex_bg, and if that
+fails, the new portion of the inode table will be allocated in any
+free space available in the filesystem.
+
+Make e2fsck less annoying by only asking for permission to relocate a
+block group's inode table once, instead of for every overlapping
+block.  Similarly, only ask once to recompute the block group
+checksums, instead of once for each corrupted block group's checksum.
+
+Fix filefrag to avoid print the extent header if the FIEMAP ioctl is
+not present, and it needs to fall back to using the FIBMAP ioctl.
+
+Fix filefrag to correctly print the number of extents for zero-length
+files.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #540376)
+
+Filefrag now has a -B option which forces the use of the FIBMAP ioctl
+to more easily debug the FIBMAP code.
+
+Fixed filefrag for non-extent based files.
+
+Add a new program, e2freefrag, which displays information about the
+free space fragmentation in an ext2/3/4 filesystem.
+
+Fix inode resizing via tune2fs -I so that it works correctly in the
+face of non-empty bad blocks inodes, and if the filesystem was
+formatted using the "mke2fs -E stride=N" option for RAID arrays.
+
+Fix regression in ext2fs_extent_set_bmap() caused e2fsck -fD to fail
+and corrupt large directories if the directory needs to shrink by more
+than one block.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #537510)
+    
+Fix e2fsck's buggy_init_scritps=1 so that the if the last write and/or
+last mount times are in the future, they are corrected even if
+buggy_init_scripts is set.  This is needed because otherwise resize2fs
+will refuse to resize the filesystem, even after running "e2fsck -f".
+(Addresses Launchpad bug: #373409)
+
+E2fsck will now print much fuller information when the last mount time
+or last written time is in the future, since most people can't seem to
+believe their distribution has buggy init scripts, or they have a
+failed CMOS/RTS clock battery.
+
+Enhance dumpe2fs to dump the extent information via the 'stat'
+command, and more detailed extent information via the new command
+'dump_extents'.
+    
+Update French, Polish, Czech, and Swedish translations from the
+Translation Project.
+
+Fixed various Debian packaging issues --- see debian/changelog for
+details.
+
+Programmer's Notes
+------------------
+
+Fixed miscellaneous gcc -Wall warnings.
+
+Fixed memory leak in error path in ext2fs_block_iterate2()
+
+Fixed non-Linux build of the intl directory by adding support for the
+E/Q/V macros.
+
+The bitmap read/write functions now treat uninitialized bitmaps as
+unallocated; this fixes a number of problems in all e2fsprogs for ext4
+filesystems when there is a need to allocate new blocks or inodes, and
+there aren't any free blocks or inodes in the already-used block
+groups.
+
+Improve ext2fs_extent_set_bmap() to avoid creating new extents which
+get inserted into the extent tree when they are not needed.
+    
+
+E2fsprogs 1.41.8 (July 11, 2009)
+================================
+
+Fix resize2fs's online resizing, fixing a regression which in
+e2fpsrogs 1.41.7.   (Addresses Debian Bug: #535452)
+
+Fix potential filesystem corruptions caused by using resize2fs to
+shrinking ext4 filesystems with extents enabled.  (Addresses Red Hat
+Bug: #510379)
+
+Optimize uuid_generate() to avoid running uuidd if it is not setuid or
+setgid and the currently running program doesn't have write access to
+the uuidd work directory.
+
+Add safety checks (for non-Linux systems) so that uuidd isn't run with
+file descriptors 0, 1, and 2 closed; and if they are closed, uuidd
+will be careful not to close the file descriptor for its unix domain
+socket when it detaches itself from the controlling tty.  Also add
+safety checks so that if the unix domain socket between the uuid
+library and uuidd program is closed for any reason, both the library
+and the uuidd will return an appropriate error code instead of looping
+in an infinite loop.
+
+The e2croncheck script, which creates an LVM snapshot and then checks
+the ext3/4 filesystem via the LVM snapshot, has been added to the
+contrib directory.
+
+Fix the filefrag program for files that have more than 144 extents.
+
+Update French, Polish, Czech, Indonesian, and Swedish translations from
+the Translation Project.
+
+Fixed various Debian packaging issues --- see debian/changelog for
+details.  (Addresses Debian Bug #535530)
+
+Update/clarify man pages.
+
+Programmer's Notes
+------------------
+
+Fix compilation problem when configured with --disable-uuid.
+
+Don't build uuidgen if configured with --disable-uuid.
+
+Add the new library function ext2fs_test_inode_bitmap_range(), and
+optimized ext2fs_test_block_bitmap_range(), which will be needed for
+future optimizations for e2fsck.
+
+Fix makefile dependencies for libcom_err so that the Makefiles work
+well on non-GNU make program.  (Addresses Sourceforge Patches: #2813809)
+
+Enhance the build system so that the full set of commands executed by
+the Makefiles are displayed, instead of the Linux kernel summary
+output, if the build was configured with --enable-verbose-makecmds, or
+if GNU make is in use and the V variable is non-null, i.e., via "make
+V=1".
+
+
+E2fsprogs 1.41.7 (June 29, 2009)
+================================
+
+Fix a bug in libext2fs which can cause e2fsck and resize2fs to write
+uninitialized data into the portion of the inode beyond the first 128
+bytes when operating on inodes mapped via extents; potentially
+corrupting filesystems.
+
+Fix memory leaks in e2fsprogs, including a very large memory leak
+which can cause e2fsck to run out of memory when checking very large
+filesystems using extents.
+
+The logsave program will now filter out the ^A and ^B characters when
+writing to the console.
+
+Harden ext2fs_validate_entry() so that lsdel will not read beyond the
+end of the block even if the directory block is corrupted.
+
+Fix debugfs from core dumping if the logdump command fails to open the
+output file.
+
+Enhance badblocks to print the currently tested block number when
+interrupted with ^C.
+
+Fix lsattr to exit with a non-zero status when it encounters errors.
+(Addresses RedHat Bugzilla #489841)
+
+Fix e2fsprogs to use the same encoding for rec_len in 64k (and larger)
+filesystems as the kernel when encoding rec_len >= 64k.  For 64k
+filesystems (currently all that is supported by e2fsprogs, this is
+only a minor corner case).
+
+Resize2fs will now update the journal backup fields in the superblock
+if the journal is moved; this avoids an unnecessary full fsck after
+resizing the filesystem.  (Addresses RedHat Bugzilla: #505339)
+    
+Fix libext2fs to properly initialize i_extra_size when creating the
+journal and resize inodes.
+
+Change badblocks to allow block sizes larger than 4k.
+
+Fix the filefrag program so it correctly checks for errors from the
+fiemap ioctl.
+
+Update Chinese and Czech translation from the Translation Project.
+
+Clean up various man pages.  (Addresses Debian Bug #531385 and #523063)
+
+
+Programmer's Notes
+------------------
+
+Add --disable-libuuid option to configure which uses an in-system
+installed version of libuuid; the private version is enabled by
+default.
+
+Add --valgrind-leakcheck option to the test_script program which runs
+valgrind with the appropriate options to find memory leaks.
+
+
+E2fsprogs 1.41.6 (May 30, 2009)
+===============================
+
+Fix a critical regression in e2fsck introduced version 1.41.5 which
+can undo updates to the block group descriptors after a journal replay.
+
+If e2fsck receives an I/O error while replaying the journal, prompt
+the user whether they want to ignore the error or not; if e2fsck is
+run in preen mode, force fsck to abort the preen pass.
+
+Fix a bug which would cause e2fsck to core dump if the filesystem
+contains a corrupt extent header, and the user declines to clear the
+inode.  (Addresses Sourceforge Bug: #2791794)
+    
+Fix e2fsck to restart only once in the case of multiple block groups
+which inodes in use that are in the uninitialized part of the block
+group's inode table.
+
+To reduce user confusion, if the /etc/mtab file is missing
+ext2fs_check_mount_point and ext2fs_check_if_mounted will return a
+new, explicit error code to indicate this case.  This will cause
+e2fsck to give a clearer error message when the user is using buggy
+rescue CD's that don't properly set up /etc/mtab.  (Addresses Debian
+Bug: #527859)
+    
+Fix e2fsck so that if the primary group descriptors are corrupted, but
+the backup superblock is entirely invalid, to go back to using (and
+fixing) the primary group descriptors instead of completely giving up
+on the filesystem.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #516820)
+    
+Change e2fsck to not abort a preen pass if an inode is found to have
+i_file_acl_hi non-zero.  Ext3 filesystems don't care, and newer
+kernels (post 2.6.29) will ignore this field.  So let's fix it
+automatically during the preen pass instead of forcing the user to fix
+this up manually.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #526524)
+    
+Add resource tracking for e2fsck passes 1b through 1d.
+
+Speed up e2fsck by eliminating unnecessary journal checks if the
+filesystem is already mounted and doesn't need recovery (since the
+kernel would have run the journal when the filesystem was mounted.)
+Also speed up e2fsck by avoiding unnecessary block group descriptor
+updates in ext2fs_close().
+
+Add support to chattr to migrate inodes from using direct/indirect
+blocks to extents.
+
+Avoid corrupting the filesystem if there is an attempt to shrink a
+filesystem using resize2fs smaller than possible by making
+ext2fs_set_bmap() more careful not to delete the old block until the
+new block can be inserted.  In addition, fix a bug in how the minimum
+size of the filesystem (plus a safety margin) is calculated, and
+modify resize2fs to refuse to shrink the filesystem below that minimum
+size without the force flag.
+
+Teach blkid to try to figure out DM device names using take advantage
+of information in sysfs when running on kernels (2.6.29 and later)
+which provide this information in /sys/block/dm-<N>/dm/name; this is
+much faster than scanning for the device number in /dev/mapper.
+
+Fix blkid to prefer /dev/mapper/<name> device names instead of the
+private /dev/dm-X names.
+
+Add an -a option to debugfs's close_filesys command which writes any
+changes to the superblock or block group descriptors to all of the
+backup superblock locations.
+    
+Add support to the filefrag program to use the FIEMAP ioctl.
+
+Update Chinese translation from the Translation Project.
+
+Clean up various man pages.  (Addresses Red Hat Bugzilla: #502971 and
+Launchpad Bug: #381854)
+
+Fixed various Debian packaging issues --- see debian/changelog for
+details.  (Addresses Debian Bug #506064)
+
+
+Programmer's Notes
+------------------
+
+Add test code to make sure e2fsck's problem.c doesn't have two problem
+codes assigned to duplicate values.
+
+Avoid using a hard-coded path for /bin/rm in block's test_probe.in.
+(Addresses Sourceforge Bug: #2780205)
+
+Clean up e2fsck by removing #ifdef RESOURCE_TRACK by adding an empty
+function declaration for init_resource_track() and
+print_resource_track() when RESOURCE_TRACK is not defined.
+
+The test code which is used to build the tst_csum program has been
+moved from from tst_csum.c into csum.c under an #ifdef DEBUG to to
+avoid compile problems caused by not having a prototype for
+ext2fs_group_desc_csum().  (Addresses Sourceforge Bug #2484331)
+
+Update the config.guess and config.sub file to the latest from the
+FSF, to allow e2fsprogs to build on the avr32 platform.  (Addresses
+Debian Bug: #528330)
+
+Add a new function, ext2fs_extent_open2(), which behaves like
+pext2fs_extent_open(), but uses the user-supplied inode structure
+when opening an extent instead of reading the inode from disk.
+
+
+E2fsprogs 1.41.5 (April 23, 2009)
+=================================
+
+Fix a number of filesystem corruption bugs in resize2fs when growing
+or shrinking ext4 filesystems off-line (i.e., when the ext4 filesystem
+is not mounted).
+
+Debugfs can now set i_file_acl_high via the set_inodes_field command,
+and print a 64-bit file acl.  This is useful for debugging filesystem
+corruptions where the high bits of i_file_acl_high are set.  E2fsck
+will detect and fix non-zero i_file_acl_high on 32-bit filesystems
+since some Linux kernel versions pay attention to this field even when
+they shouldn't.
+
+Speed up e2fsck when checking clean filesystems by avoiding
+unnecessary block reads, and coalescing the block group descriptor
+blocks so they are read using a single read operation.
+
+The libuuid library will now close all file descriptors before running
+uuidd.  This avoids problems when the calling program has open sockets
+which then never get closed because uuidd is a long-running helper
+daemon.  (Addresses Launchpad bug: #305057)
+
+In order to avoid unnecessary full filesystem checks by e2fsck after
+an on-line resize, e2fsck will ignore the NEEDS_RECOVERY flag set on
+the backup superblocks.  (Addresses Red Hat Bugzilla: #471925)
+
+Mke2fs will avoid trying to create the journal when run in
+superblock-only mode (mke2fs -S), since the left-over journal in the
+inode table will cause mke2fs to fail.
+
+Fix a bug in libext2fs functions that check to see if a particular
+device or filesystem image is mounted, which would cause these
+functions to report that a file identical to the (relative) pathname
+used by a pseudo-filesystem was mounted when in fact it was not.
+
+Update Czech translation from the Translation Project.
+
+Add Chinese (simplified) translation from the Translation Project.
+
+Fix support for external journals (which was broken in e2fsprogs
+1.41.4).
+
+Fix a regression in debugfs where the "stat" command when no
+filesystem was open would cause debugfs to crash with a segmentation
+violation.
+
+Starting in the 2.6.29 linux kernel, the ext4 filesystem driver can be
+used to support filesystems without a journal.  Update the blkid
+library so it understands this.
+
+The blkid library will remove an entry from the blkid cache
+representing the entire disk if partitions are found, since presumably
+the device previously had no partition table, but has now transitioned
+to using a partition table.
+
+Add a check to mke2fs and tune2fs that the argument to the -m option
+(which specifies the reserved ratio) must be greater than zero.
+(Addresses Debian Bug: #517015)
+
+Add support for tracking the number kilobytes written to the
+filesystem via the superblock field s_kbytes_written.  It will be
+updated by the kernel as well as by e2fsprogs programs which write to
+the filesystem.  This is useful for tracking the wear to filesystems
+on Solid State Drives.
+
+Fix compatibility issue in the libext2fs info file and makeinfo
+version 4.12.  (Addresses Red Hat Bugzilla: #481620)
+
+Update/clarify man pages.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #515693, #365619)
+
+Fixed various Debian packaging issues --- see debian/changelog for
+details. (Addresses Debian Bug: #506279)
+
+Programmer's Notes
+------------------
+
+Fix Hurd compilation problem in e2fsck and tune2fs (Addresses Debian
+Bug: #521602)
+
+Fix various gcc compilation warnings and other programming cleanups.
+(Addresses Red Hat Bugzilla: #486997)
+
+Add support for building the blkid command statically.
+
+Add support for disabling the built-in blkid library in favor of a
+system-installed blkid implementation via the configure option
+--disable-libblkid.
+
+
+E2fsprogs 1.41.4 (January 27, 2009)
+===================================
+
+Fixed a bug which could sometimes cause blkid to return an exit value
+of zero for a non-existent device (Addresses Debian Bug: #502541)
+
+Blkid will now recognize ext3 filesystems that have the test_fs flag
+set as ext3 filesystems.
+
+The blkid library will now recognize btrfs filesystems and swap
+devices currently used by user-level software suspend.
+
+Tune2fs now updates the block group checksums when changing the UUID
+to avoid causing e2fsck to complain vociferously at the next reboot.
+
+Tune2fs's inode size resizing algorithms have been fixed so it is not
+vastly inefficient for moderate-to-large filesystems, due to some
+O(n**2) and O(n*m) algorithms that didn't scale well at all.
+
+Fix tune2fs's inode resizing algorithm so it will not corrupt
+filesystems laid out for RAID filesystems; in addition, tune2fs will
+refuse to change the inode size for filesystems that have the flex_bg
+feature enabled.  (This is a limitation in the current implementation
+of tune2fs -I.)
+
+E2fsprogs 1.41 broke debugfs's logdump command for normal ext3/4
+filesystems with 32-bit block numbers, when the headers for 64-bit
+block numbers was added.  This regression has been fixed.
+
+Debugfs's ncheck command has been fixed to avoid printing garbage
+characters at the end of file names.
+
+Fix resize2fs for ext4 filesystems.  Some blocks that that need moving
+when shrinking filesystems with uninit_bg feature would not be moved.
+In addition, blocks and inode table blocks were not being correctly
+freed when shrinking filesystems with the flex_bg feable, which caused
+resize2fs -M to fail.  Finally, when blocks are moved, make sure the
+uninitialized flag in extents is preserved.
+
+Fix bug which caused dumpe2fs to abort with an error if run on a
+filesystem that contained an external journal.
+
+Some distributions used "mke3fs" as an alias for "mkfs.ext3"; check
+for this in argv[0] to provide better legacy support for these
+distributions.  This is a practice that should NOT be continued,
+however.
+
+Mke2fs now has a new option -U, which allows the user to specify the
+UUID that should be used for the new filesystem.
+
+Mke2fs will treat devices that are exactly 16TB as if they were 16TB
+minus one block.  This allows users who have read that ext3 supports
+up to 16TB filesystems and who create a 16TB LVM to not get confused,
+since the true limit is really 16TB minus one block.
+
+E2fsck will no longer abort an fsck run if block group has an errant
+INODE_UNINIT flag.
+
+E2fsck now distinguishes between fragmented directories and fragmented
+files in verbose mode statistics and in the fragcheck report.
+
+Fix a bug in e2fsck which caused it double count non-contiguous
+extent-based inodes.
+
+E2fsck will leave some slack space when repacking directories to allow
+room for a few directory entries to be added without causing leaf
+nodes to be split right away.
+
+Fix a bug which caused e2fsck to crash when it comes across a
+corrupted interior node in an extent tree with the error message:
+"Error1: Corrupt extent header on inode XXXXXX"
+
+E2fsck problem descriptions involving the journal are no longer
+referred to as "ext3" problems, since ext4 filesystems also have
+journals.
+
+Fix a long-standing bug in e2fsck which would cause it to crash when
+replying journals for filesystems with block sizes greater than 8k.
+
+Update Catalan translation from the Translation Project.
+
+Fixed various Debian packaging issues --- see debian/changelog for
+details. (Addresses Debian Bugs: #503057, #502323, #511207)
+
+Programmer's Notes
+------------------
+
+Fix build of e2fsck.profiled, and add support for building profiled
+binaries in the misc directory if configured with --enable-profile.
+
+The ext2fs_open() function now performs more sanity checks on the
+superblock to avoid potential divide by zero errors by other parts of
+library.
+
+The ext2fs_read_inode_full() function now has a safety check to avoid
+a segmentation fault on corrupted filesystems.
+
+The ext2fs_new_inode() function now has a sanity check so that if the
+s_first_inode field in the superblock is insane, it will return
+EXT2_ET_INODE_ALLOC_FAIL instead of returning an invalid inode number.
+
+To avoid segmentation faults, ext2fs_block_alloc_stats() and
+ext2fs_inode_alloc_stats() now validates the passed inode or block
+number to avoid overrunning an array boundary.
+
+Various signed/unsigned errors for variables containing block numbers
+have been fixed.
+
+Accommodations for gcc's stupidity in not realizing that constant
+strings that do not contain a '%' character are safe to use in format
+strings have been made so that distributions that want to compile
+e2fsprogs with -Werror=format-security have an easier time doing so.
+
+Added a new 64-bit getsize interface, ext2fs_get_device_size2().
+
+Added the utility make-sparse.c to the contrib directory.
+
+The ext2fs_block_iterate2() function now reflects errors from
+ext2fs_extent_set_bmap() to the caller, if the callback tries to
+change a block on an extent-based file, and ext2fs_extent_set_bmap()
+fails for some reason (for example, there isn't enough disk space to
+split a node and expand the extent tree.
+
+The ext2fs_block_iterate2() function will preserve the uninit flag in
+extents when the callback function modifies a block in an extent-based
+file.
+
+E2fsck will now flag filesystems that have an insane s_first_ino field
+in their superblock, and attempt to use a backup superblock to repair
+the filesystem.
+
+
+E2fsprogs 1.41.3 (October 12, 2008)
+===================================
+
+E2fsck has been fixed so it prints the correct inode number for
+uinit_bg related problems.
+
+E2fsck will now offer to clear the test_fs flag if the ext4 filesystem
+is available on linux.  This can be disabled via a configuration
+option in /etc/e2fsck.conf.
+
+Fix a file descriptor leak in libblkid when checking to see if an ext4
+or ext4dev module exists.
+
+Fix a bug in e2fsck where in preen mode, if there are disk I/O errors
+while trying to close a filesystem can lead to infinite loops.
+(Addresses Red Hat Bugzilla #465679)
+    
+Fix a bug in resize2fs where passing in a bogus new size of 0 blocks
+will cause resize2fs to drop into an infinite loop.  (Addresses Red
+Hat Bugzilla: #465984)
+    
+Add a check in the Unix I/O functions in libext2fs so that when a
+device is opened read/write, return an error if the device is
+read-only using the BLKROGET ioctl.
+
+Fix debugfs's ncheck command so that it prints all of the names of
+hardlinks in the same directory.
+
+Fix a bug in libblkid so it correctly detects whether the ext4 and
+ext4dev filesystems are available, so that the ext4dev->ext4
+fallback code works correctly.
+
+Programmer's Notes
+------------------
+
+Fix a parallel build problem by making sure util/subst is built before
+trying to build the lib/et directory.  (Addresses Sourceforge Bug:
+#2143281)
+
+Updated "make depend" information for crc16.o
+    
+
+E2fsprogs 1.41.2 (October 2, 2008)
+==================================
+
+Fix e2fsck's automatic blocksize detection.  This fixes a regression
+from e2fsprogs 1.40.7 which caused e2fsck to fail if the user
+specifies a block number using the -b option if the blocksize option
+isn't also specified using -B.  Unfortunately, users very commonly
+invoke e2fsck using "e2fsck -b 32768 /dev/hdXXX" to use the backup
+superblock; in fact e2fsck will often suggest this kind of command
+line.  Oops.
+
+Enhance the debugfs's "ncheck" command so it will print all of the
+pathnames for the specified inodes.  (Previously, in some cases ncheck
+might not print a pathname for an inode at all if some of the other
+inodes had multiple hard links.)
+
+Enhance debugfs's "hash" command so the hash seed can be specified via
+a command-line option.  In addition, allow the hash algorithm to be
+specified by name instead of just by number.
+
+Fix e2fsck so that we don't accidentally print the translation file's
+header when asking the user a custom question so there is no prompt
+defined for a particular problem record.  For example, the question
+"Run journal anyway" will get the PO header tacked on because e2fsck
+erroneously passed the null string to _().  (Addresses Launchpad Bug:
+#246892)
+
+Enhance badblocks so that it can test a normal file which is greater
+than 2GB.
+
+Enhance the badblocks command so that it displays the time and
+percentage complete when in verbose mode.  (Addresses Debian Bug:
+#429739)
+
+Fix a potential memory leak in a error handling path in debugfs's
+ncheck function.
+
+Fix a potential memory corruption problem if a memory allocation fails
+in resize2fs.
+
+Fix the usage message for debugfs's logdump command to be consistent
+with its man manpage.
+
+Update Polish, French, Vietnamese, Dutch, Indonesian, German, Czech,
+and Swedish translations from the Translation Project.
+
+Add documentation for the file I/O functions to the libext2fs.texinfo
+file.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #484877)
+    
+Update and clarified various man pages.  (Addresses Launchpad Bug
+#275272; Addresses Debian Bugs: #498100, #498101, #498102, #498103)
+
+Fixed various Debian packaging issues --- see debian/changelog for
+details. (Addresses Debian Bug: #497619)
+
+Programmer's Notes
+------------------
+
+Fix a potential file descriptor leak in libcom_err by setting the
+close-on-exec flag for a fd used for debugging.  (Addresses Red Hat
+Bugzilla #464689)
+
+Fix a potential race in libcom_err by using sem_post/sem_init.  SuSE
+has been carrying a patch for a long time to prevent a largely
+theoretical race condition if a multi-threaded application adds and
+removes error tables in multiple threads.  Unfortunately SuSE's
+approach breaks compatibility by forcing applications to link and
+compile with the -pthread option; using pthread mutexes has
+historically been problematic.  We fix this by using sem_post/sem_init
+instead.
+
+Fix e2fsprogs-libs build failure due to 'subs' target.  (Addresses
+Sourceforge Bug: #2087502)
+
+Avoid linking e2initrd_helper, debugfs, blkid, and fsck with unneeded
+libraries when using ELF shared libraries.
+
+Fix ELF shared library when building on systems that don't already
+have the e2fsprogs shared libraries already installed.  (Addresses
+Sourceforge Bug: #2088537)
+
+Fix the pkg-config files so they work correctly when linking with
+static libraries and fix the include directory so programs don't have
+to use #include <ext2fs/ext2fs.h>, but can use #include <ext2fs.h>
+instead.  (Addresses Sourceforge Bug: #2089537)
+    
+Make sure ext2fs_swab64() is compiled for all platforms, and not just
+for x86.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #497515)
+    
+Remove the unused ext2fs_find_{first,ext}_bit_set() functions for all
+non-x86 platforms.  (They had been removed for x86 earlier.)
+
+Fix diet libc compilation support, which had bitrotted due to lack of
+TLC.  Fixing this improves general portability.
+
+When installing the link library when using ELF shared libraries,
+avoid using absolute pathnames if the link library and the shared
+library are installed in the same directory.  (Addresses Sourceforge
+Bug: #1782913)
+
+Fix gen-tarball so it will work even if the top-level directory has
+been renamed to something other than "e2fsprogs".  Also make
+gen-tarball print the size of the resulting tar.gz file.
+
+
+E2fsprogs 1.41.1 (September 1, 2008)
+====================================
+
+Many people are forgetting to update their mke2fs.conf file, and this
+causes ext3, ext4, and ext4dev filesystems won't get created with the
+proper features enabled.  We address this in two ways.  First, mke2fs
+will issue a warning if there is not definition for an ext3, ext4, or
+ext4dev filesystem and the user is trying to create such a filesystem
+type.  Secondly, when installing from a source build, "make install"
+will provide basic configuration file handling for /etc/mke2fs.conf.
+If it exists, and does not mention ext4dev, it will be moved aside to
+/etc/mke2fs.conf.e2fpsrogs-old and the new /etc/mke2fs.conf file will
+be installed.  If the existing /etc/mke2fs.conf file does mention
+ext4dev, then "make install" will install official mke2fs.conf file as
+/etc/mke2fs.conf.e2fsprogs-new and issue a message to the user that
+they should look to see if any changes need to be merged.
+
+The mke2fs program will now create the journal in the middle of the
+filesystem, since this minimizes seek times on average for fsync-heavy
+workloads.  In addition, mke2fs will now create journals using extents
+for filesystems that support them.  This results in a more efficient
+encoding for the journal since it eliminates the need for using
+indirect blocks.
+
+The mke2fs program will avoid allocating an extra block to the
+journal.  (Addresses Sourceforge Bug: #1483791)
+
+Mke2fs will correctly enforce the prohibition against features
+(specifically read-only features) in revision 0 filesystems.  (Thanks
+to Benno Schulenberg for noticing this problem.)
+
+Mke2fs previously would occasionally create some slightly non-optimally
+placed inode tables; this bug has been fixed.
+
+The mke2fs and tune2fs programs now print the correct usage message
+describing the maximum journal size.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #491620)
+
+Add support for setting the default hash algorithm used in b-tree
+directories in tune2fs (from a command-line option) or mke2fs (via
+mke2fs.conf).  In addition, change the default hash algorithm to
+half_md4, since it is faster and better.
+
+The blkid library will now recognize MacOS hfsx filesystems, and
+correctly extract the label and uuid for hfs, hfsx, and hfsplus
+filesystems.  (Addresses Sourceforge Feature Requests: #2060292)
+
+The blkid library has improved detection of JFS and HPFS filesystems.
+(Addresses Launchpad Bug: #255255)
+
+The blkid library is now much more efficiently handling devicemapper
+devices, mainly by no longer using the devicemapper library.  This can
+speed up access for systems with a large number of device mapper
+devices.
+
+Blkid had a number of cache validation bugs in libblkid that have been
+fixed.   (Addresses Debian Bug: #493216)
+
+Resize2fs will now properly close out the "updating inode references"
+progress bar so there is a newline printed before printing the final
+"resize is successful" message.
+
+Resize2fs will now correctly handle filesystems with extents and/o
+uninitialized block groups correctly when file/directory blocks need
+to relocated (i.e., when shrinking a filesystem or if the resize_inode
+is not present).  To support this, the ext2fs library now supports
+initializing inode and block bitmaps that are not yet initialized when
+allocating them using ext2fs_new_block() and ext2fs_new_inode().  In
+addition, e2fs_block_iterate2() can now support changing the location
+of interior nodes of an extent tree, and ext2fs_extent_set_bmap() has
+been optimized to avoid creating unnecessary new extents when updating
+the location of blocks in the extent tree.  This will also help out
+e2fsck's recovery of obscurely corrupted filesystems with extents,
+when blocks are claimed by multiple inodes.
+
+Add support for on-line resizing ext4 filesystem with the flex_bg
+filesystem feature.  The method for doing so is not optimal, but to do
+a better job will require kernel support.
+
+E2fsprogs 1.41.0 introduced a bug in libext2fs which caused e2image and
+debugfs programs to not be able to read e2image files; the signed
+vs. unsigned bug in the code which read bitmaps from the e2image has
+been fixed.   (Addresses Debian Bug: #495830)
+
+Resize2fs is now correctly managing the directory in-use counts when
+shrinking filesystems and directory inodes needed to be moved from one
+block group to another.  This bug has been around since e2fsprogs
+1.26, and is largely harmless, but does cause a filesystem corruption
+which will be flagged by e2fsck after the filesystem has been shrunk.
+ 
+E2fsck will no longer issue spurious complaints about the inode size
+caused by very large extent-based files, and by blocks reallocated
+using fallocate() with the FALLOC_FL_KEEP_SIZE option.  (Addresses
+Kernel Bugzilla: #11341)
+
+Mke2fs will now set the creation timestamp on the lost+found directory
+and the root directory.  (More generally, all new inodes created using
+the ext2fs library will correctly set the creation timestamp.)
+
+E2fsck now correctly calculates ind/dind/tind statistics in the
+presence of extent-based files.  In addition, "e2fsck -v" will report
+statistics of the depth of extent trees in the filesystem.  E2fsck can
+also give an inode fragmentation report using "e2fsck -E fragcheck"
+which can be useful when debugging the kernel block allocation
+routines.
+
+Fix support for empty directory blocks in ext4 filesystems with 64k
+blocksize filesystems.
+
+E2fsck will now print the depth of corrupt htree directories.
+
+Debugfs's htree command now correctly understands extent-based
+directories.  It will also print out the minor hash as well as the
+major hash.
+
+Debugfs has a new command which will print the supported features of
+e2fsprogs, to enable scripts to know whether the installed version of
+e2fsprogs can support a specific feature.
+
+Debugfs will now write files using extents for filesystems that
+support them.
+
+The error message printed by "tune2fs -I" if the inode size was too
+small was rather confusing, so it has been improved.  Also, we won't
+try to create an undo log until we know that command-line-specified
+parameters such as "tune2fs -I <inode size>" are valid.
+
+Given some filesystems found "in the wild" that had non-zero block
+group checksums even though the uninit_bg/gdt_sum feature was not
+enabled, e2fsck would issue spurious error messages.  Teach
+ext2fs_group_desc_csum_verify() to ignore the block group checksum
+entirely if the feature flag is not set.  (Addresses Debian Bug:
+#490637)
+
+The blkid program will now print out a user-friendly listing of all of
+the block devices in the system and what they contain when given the
+-L option.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #490527)
+
+The filefrag program now has a more accurate calculation for the
+number of ideal extents.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #458306)
+
+The test I/O manager is now enabled by default, but its overhead is
+only incurred when it would be enabled via the TEST_IO_FLAGS or
+TEST_IO_BLOCK environment variables.
+
+Typographical errors in various program strings and usage messages
+have been fixed; most of these were pointed out by the e2fsprogs
+message catalog translators.  (Thanks, translators!)
+
+Update and clarified various man pages, as well as some typographical
+errors in the libext2fs texinfo file.
+
+Fixed various Debian packaging issues --- see debian/changelog for
+details.
+
+Add Indonesian and update French, Polish, Dutch, German, Swedish,
+Czech, and Vietnamese Translations.  (Addresses Debian Bugs: #313697,
+#401092)
+
+Programmer's Notes
+------------------
+
+Fix portability problem with the badblocks group; for systems that
+don't have nanosleep(), try using usleep() instead.
+
+The "make check" target in the e2fsck directory now sets
+LD_LIBRARY_PATH before running the various e2fsck internal library
+regression tests.
+
+The crc32 regression test in the e2fsck library is now portable to
+greater variety of environments, including big-endian systems and
+when cross-building e2fsprogs for embedded systems.  (Addresses
+Sourceforge Bug: #2019287)
+
+The ext2fs_extent_set_bmap() had some bugs when setting the first
+block in a file, or when replacing a single block extent.  Those cases
+fortunately were came up relatively rarely when e2fsck was checking
+files, but caused some problems when resize2fs was shrinking
+extent-based files.
+
+Fix a potential core-dumping bug in libe2p's iterate_on_dir()
+function.
+
+Various ext2fs library functions --- ext2fs_block_iterate2(),
+ext2fs_initialize() and ext2fs_extent_open() --- now correctly free
+allocated memory to avoid memory leaks in all of their error return
+paths.
+
+Ext2ed was failing to build because masix support had been removed in
+the rest of e2fsprogs, so ext2ed no longer has masix support, either.
+
+The configure script now respects the LDFLAGS environment variable if
+it is set when configure is called.  (Addresses Sourceforge Feature
+Request: #1937287)
+
+Libuuid is now more portable to the Windows platform.  (Addresses
+Sourceforge Feature Request: #1937287)
+
+The configure script now uses AC_MSG_{RESULT,WARN,ERROR} instead of
+bare echo commands so that configure flags such as --quiet work
+correctly.  (Addresses Sourceforge Patches: #2058794)
+
+A few uses of sprintf have been removed from the ext2fs library to
+make life easier for bootloaders with a limited libc environment.
+(Addresses Sourceforge Bug: #2049120)
+
+The ext2fs_read_inode() checks the validity of the inode number passed
+to it earlier, to avoid doing some needless work when it would fail
+anyway.
+
+The ext2fs_open() checks the validity of the blocksize parameter
+passed to it earlier, to avoid doing some needless work when it would
+fail anyway.
+
+Disable a very annoying automatic "%.sh -> %" GNU make rule in the
+top-level Makefile.  That automatic rule is used to better support
+SCCS, but it caused problems for a particular niche distribution which
+likes to use configure.sh files to store the configure options used to
+build a package.  Unfortunately GNU make will use the configure.sh to
+replace the configure script, resulting in a self-inflicted fork bomb
+leading to an out-of-memory crash.
+
+To support old GNU C compilers don't use C99/C++ comments, but only
+K&R style comments, and don't try to use __builtin_expect if __GNUC__
+is less than 3.  (__builtin_expect is only supported for gcc versions
+2.96 and up, and it's tricky to check for gcc 2.95 vs gcc 2.96; since
+this is an optimization, we only try to use __builtin_expect for gcc 3
+and up.)
+
+In e2fsck's crc routines, make sure we use WORDS_BIGENDIAN instead of
+__LITTLE_ENDIAN, which are only defined by glibc's header files and
+hence isn't portable.
+
+For the convenience for some distributions that need a static tune2fs,
+the Makefile for misc/ now has a tune2fs.static target.
+
+The ext2fs_block_iterate2() function now supports BLOCK_FLAG_APPEND
+for extent-based files
+
+The ext2fs_bmap() function now supports BMAP_ALLOC for extent-based
+files.
+
+All source files no longer have any trailing white space.
+
+The io_channel_read_blk64() and io_channel_write_blk64() functions are
+now functions instead of C preprocessor macros to provide better
+forward compatibility.
+
+The e2fpsrogs translation template now expands the @x abbreviation.
+
+Various namespace leakages in libblkid, libe2p, and libext2fs have
+been fixed.
+
+Fix a parallel build problem in e2fsprogs.
+
+E2fsprogs is now more portable to Solaris.
+  * blkid no longer assumes that the TIOCGSIZE and TIOCGWINSZ ioctl's
+    are always present.
+  * Scripts do not assume that /bin/true is always in /bin
+  * Don't use __FUNCTION__ since Solaris's C99 doesn't support it.
+  * Flush stdio handles before calling setbuf(), since Solaris will
+    discard any pending output to the stream.
+  * Define _XOPEN_SOURCE to 600 since Solaris's header files are very
+    picky about which C compiler can be used for SUSv3 conformance.
+    Use of C99 is not compatible with SUSv2 (_XOPEN_SOURCE=500),
+    and C89 is not compatible with SUSv3 (_XOPEN_SOURCE=600).
+    Since we need some SUSv3 functions, consistently use SUSv3 so
+    that e2fsprogs will build on Solaris using c99.
+  * Solaris C99 does not support varargs C preprocessor macros
+  * Solaris header files pollute the C namespace if in/netinet.h
+    is included, which conflicts with e2fsprogs' use of the kmem_cache_t
+    typedef.
+  * Solaris ships with a pathetically ancient shell in /bin/sh so we
+    avoid the use of various more advanced shell constructs such as $().
+
+The "make rpm" command will now take some extra configure options from
+the build environment without needing to patch the source tree.
+
+The ext2fs_add_dir_block() function will now grow the dblist more
+aggressively as an optimization to avoid copying the array too often.
+
+The e2fsck_write_bitmaps() will write the block and inode bitmaps
+together instead of in two passes.
+
+
+E2fsprogs 1.41 (July 10, 2008)
+==============================
+
+Add support for ext4 filesystem features, in particular extents,
+uninit_bg, flex_bg, huge_file, and dir_nlink features.  Also add
+support for checking journal checksums.  Debugfs will print new
+superblock and inode fields that were defined for ext4.  For example,
+the nanosecond and i_version fields of an inode, and the
+s_min_extra_isize and s_wanted_extra_isize fields from the superblock.
+Note: Resize2fs doesn't currently support the combination of flex_bg
+and !resize_inode.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #388452, #425477)
+
+Tune2fs can support migrating a filesystem from using 128 byte inodes
+to 256 byte inodes, so it can take advantage of the full features of
+ext4.
+
+Add support for "undo" support.  E2fsck and mke2fs can optionally
+record an undo log which can replayed by the program e2undo.
+
+E2fsck could damage a filesystem by trying to relocate inode tables
+due to corrupted block group descriptors, where the attempted inode
+table relocation would do far more harm than good.  E2fsck has been
+fixed to detect this these sorts of corrupted block group descriptors
+much earlier in e2fsck processing, so it can try to use the backup
+superblock and block group descriptors first.  This should be a much
+better strategy for recovering these types of corrupted filesystems.
+(Addresses Sourceforge Bug: #1840291)
+
+E2fsck will display a more understandable message when the last check
+field in the superblock is in the future.  (Addresses Debian Bug:
+#446005).
+
+E2fsck now performs more extensive and careful checks of extended
+attributes stored in the inode.
+
+Enhance mke2fs to print a more explanatory error message when
+ext2fs_get_device_size() returns EFBIG.  (Addresses Debian Bug:
+#488663)
+
+Fix mke2fs to use a default block size of 4k when formatting an
+external journal device.  This is done by using a fixed filesystem
+type list that consists only of the single filesystem type "journal"
+when looking up configuration keys in /etc/mke2fs.conf.  (Addresses
+Debian Bug: #488663)
+
+Speed up how mke2fs writes the journal data blocks by writing the disk
+blocks in larger chunks.
+
+Fix blkid handling of stale devices.  Fix a bug which could cause a
+core dump while garbage collecting the blkid cache, and assure that
+blkid_find_dev_with_tag() never returns a non-existent device.  Also,
+if a filesystem is found at a new /dev location, eliminate any
+duplicate stale entries which can not be verified.
+(Addresses Debian Bugs: #487758, #487783)
+    
+Add more paranoid checks for LVM volumes and swap partitions in
+blkid's probe function, to reduce the chances of false positives.
+
+The mke2fs program now has a much more sophisticated system for
+controlling configuration parameters of a newly created filesystem
+based on a split filesystem and usage type system.  The -t option to
+mke2fs was a deprecated alias to -c; it now specifies a filesystem
+type (ext2, ext3, ext4, etc.), while the -T option can now be a comma
+separated usage list.  The filesystem type information and type
+information is used to extract configuration parameters from the
+/etc/mke2fs.conf file.
+
+The mke2fs program will no longer complain and request the -f option
+when the user tries to create a filesystem with greater than 2**31
+blocks.
+
+When creating a filesystem for the GNU Hurd use a fs-type of Hurd and
+adjust the mke2fs.conf file so filesystems for the Hurd are created
+with a blocksize of 4096 and inode size of 128, which is all it knows
+how to handle.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #471977)
+    
+Mke2fs will always make sure that lost+found always has at least 2
+blocks, even for filesystems with very large blocksizes (i.e., 64kb).
+
+Resize2fs will now print the minimum needed filesystem size if given
+the -P option, and will resize the filesystem to the smallest possible
+size if given the -M option.
+
+Fix resize2fs to clean up the resize_inode if all of the reserved gdt
+blocks are consumed during an off-line resize.
+
+The "ls" command in debugfs now supports the -p option, which causes
+it to quote the filenames so that spaces or tabs in directory entries
+are easily visible.  (Addresses Red Hat Bugzilla: #149480; Addresses
+Sourceforge Feature Request: #1201667)
+
+Fix a potential off-by-one buffer overflow in the fs_device_name in an
+e2image file.
+
+The chattr program will return a non-zero exit code in case of
+failures, and error messages can be suppressed with the -f option.
+(Addresses Red Hat Bugzilla: #180596)
+
+Fix a bug in badblocks which caused it to overrun an array and likely
+crash if more than 8 test patterns are specified using the -t option.
+(Addresses Debian Bug: #487298)
+    
+Add support to badblocks to limit how quickly it reads from the disk
+drive (so it can be used for background scrubbing), and so it will
+abort after finding a given number of errors.
+
+Remove support for the legacy big-endian filesystem format which only
+existed on extremely long-dead PowerPC kernels almost a decade ago.
+
+Remove MASIX support from e2fsprogs.
+
+Add I/O statistics reporting to e2fsck.
+
+Update Vietnamese, Polish, French, Spanish, German, Catalan, Dutch,
+Czech translations.
+
+Fixed various Debian packaging issues --- see debian/changelog for
+details.  (Addresses Debian Bugs: #487443, #487675, #490003)
+
+Fixed spelling mistakes, typos, and otherwise clarified man pages.
+(Addresses Debian Bugs: #393313, #487849, #440983, #440981)
+
+Programmer's Notes
+------------------
+
+Factor out bitmap code in preparation for adding 64-bit new-style
+bitmaps.
+
+Fix gcc -Wall warnings
+
+Fix the pkg-config files so that private libraries are specified in
+"Libs.private:".
+
+Fix the libext2fs.texinfo manual so it builds with modern versions of
+texinfo.
+
+Silence the makefile from showing the awk command used to build the
+
+Clean up the badblocks group so to make it more portable and robust.
+
+Avoid using predictable filenames in /tmp in blkid's regression test
+suite.  Also remove bashism's in the regression test script.
+
+If the configure script is given --with-diet-libc, don't use thread
+local storage, since diet libc doesn't support TLS.  (Addresses
+Sourceforge Bug: #2000654)
+    
+Fix the blkid regression test suite to tolerate older versions of
+mkswap that don't support the -U option.
+
+A few library routines have been converted to support 64-bit block
+numbers; in particular, the I/O manager functions, the test_io,
+inode_io, and unix_io managers have all be converted to support 64-bit
+operation.
+
+Debugfs can now be extended for use by test programs.  See
+lib/ext2fs/extents.c for an example for how it can be used.  The test
+program links against the debugfs object files, and provides
+additional commands by defining an auxiliary libss command table.
+
+The lazy_bg filesystem feature, which was only used by developer's
+testing, has been removed since it has been largely supplanted by
+uninit_bg.  This also simplifies the code.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.42.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.42.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f0d2dd2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.42.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,1690 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.42.13 (May 17, 2015)
+================================
+
+Fixed a potential buffer overflow while closing a file system in
+libext2fs.  (CVE-2015-1572, Addresses Debian Bug: #778948)
+
+Fixed a bug which could cause e2fsck to corrupt Hurd file systems.
+(Addresses Debian Bug: #760275)
+
+Fixed a deadlock which occurs when using systemd and e2fsck.conf's
+logging feature.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #775234)
+
+Fixed a bug which could cause programs using libext2's inode table
+scanning functions from crashing on certain corrupted file systems.
+(Addresses Debian Bug: #773795)
+
+Fixed dumpe2fs so it won't crash if the user doesn't specify a block
+device (file system).  (Addresses Debian Bug: #764293)
+
+Fixed e2fsck so if it notices unexpected HTREE blocks in pass 2, it
+will report the correct directory inode containing the inconsistency.
+
+If e2fsck fails to grow the dir_info structure due realloc(3) not
+having enough memory, it will now fail with explanatory message
+instead of staggering on failing with a confusing internal error
+messages.
+
+The tune2fs program will zero out the superblock journal backup
+information when removing a journal from a file system.
+
+The mke2fs program now enables the large_file feature by default.
+
+Fixed a bug which could cause badblocks to crash if there are millions
+and millions of bad blocks.
+
+Fixed some use-after-free bug in resize2fs and e2fsck.
+
+Fixed a memory leak in tune2fs.
+
+Fixed some bigendian bugs that had crept into both indirect and extent
+handling inside libext2fs.
+
+Updated/fixed various man pages.
+
+Update Esperanto, German, and Spanish translations.  Added Danish
+translation.
+
+Programmer's Notes
+------------------
+
+Fixed coverity, sparse, gcc -Wall, and clang warnings/nits.
+
+Clean up some build system problems (build failures with various
+configure options, fix Posix portability issues, etc.)
+
+The functions ext2fs_inode_alloc_stats[2]() and
+ext2fs_block_alloc_stats[2]() now check the inode and block numbers
+passed to them, to avoid crashes caused by buggy callers.
+
+The libext2fs directory iterator will now check for an invalid
+directory entry length instead of possibly walking off the end of the
+directory buffer.
+
+
+E2fsprogs 1.42.12 (August 25, 2014)
+===================================
+
+Fix various e2fsck bugs when trying to repair bigalloc file systems.
+
+E2fsck can now repair a file system with an overly large
+s_first_meta_bg field, which had previously caused all e2fsprogs
+programs to crash when trying to open such a file system.
+
+Fix e2fsck so that it can correctly fix a number of rare file system
+corruptions that were discovered when using a file system fuzzer.
+
+Fix e2fsck so it does not try to write back block group descriptors if
+they have not been modified.
+
+Mke2fs program will now place metadata blocks in the last flex_bg so
+they are contiguous.  This reduces free space fragmentation in a
+freshly created file system, as well as allowing mke2fs commands which
+request extremely large flex_bg size to succeed.
+
+Mke2fs now creates hugefiles more efficiently (with fewer extent tree
+blocks).
+
+Fix a 32/64-bit overflow bug that could cause resize2fs to loop
+forever. (Addresses-Launchpad-Bug: #1321958)
+
+The resize2fs program will now use much less memory when resizing very
+large file systems.
+
+Fix a bug which could cause resize2fs to get confused and produce a
+corrupted file system when shrinking a file system that had been
+previously expanded and converted to use the meta_bg file system
+format, but which no longer needs to use the meta_bg file system
+format any longer.  This typically happened with large (> 16TB) file
+systems.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #756922)
+
+The e4defrag program will now defrag backwards-allocated files.
+
+Fix tune2fs updating UUID's when manipulating file systems with
+external journals (both the file system and journal UUID).
+
+Fix tune2fs so it can remove an external journal for file systems with
+a 1k block size.
+
+Add a new debugfs command, "inode_dump", which prints the inode in hex
+and ASCII format.
+
+The debugfs's "set_inode_field" will now automatically allocate blocks
+for indirect blocks and extent tree blocks.
+
+Fix debugfs's "set_inode_field" so can properly handle
+"block[IND|DIND|TIND]".
+
+The debugfs "rdump" command will now take multiple source arguments.
+
+Fixed a double close(2) bug in "rdump" and "rdump -p".
+
+Fix debugfs's argument parsing for the freefrag command.
+
+Fix filefrag to properly handle using the FIBMAP ioctl (with -B).
+(Addresses Launchpad Bug: #1356496)
+
+Clarified messages that were confusing users in debugfs, e2fsck,
+mke2fs, and resize2fs (Addresses Debian Bugs: #758029, #757543,
+#757544)
+
+Dumpe2fs will now complain if extra arguments are given to it.
+(Addresses Debian Bug: #758074)
+
+Updated/fixed various man pages.  (Addresses-Debian-Bug: #726760)
+
+Update Czech, Dutch, French, Polish, Spanish, Swedish, Ukrainian, and
+Vietnamese translations.
+
+Programmer's Notes
+------------------
+
+The Unix I/O layer will now use pread[64]/pwrite[64] to reduce the
+number of system calls issued.
+
+Fixed profiled build.
+
+The libext2fs library will now more efficiently split an extent tree
+index block when appending to an end of a file.
+
+Fixed free block accounting for 64-bit file systems.
+
+Add a new function ext2s_inode_size_set() which takes care of all of
+the required feature flag modifications.
+
+The regression tests no longer require the presence of the md5sum
+program.
+
+Fix build failure on MIPS platforms on Debian (Addresses Debian Bug:
+#754605)
+
+Fix various Coverity warnings (#1225003, #1229243, #1252003)
+
+
+E2fsprogs 1.42.11 (July 9, 2014)
+================================
+
+Add support so that mke2fs can create hugefiles so that they are
+aligned relative to the beginning of the disk, instead of relative to
+the beginning of the partition, using the mke2fs.conf configuration
+parameter "hugefiles_align_disk".
+
+Fix a bug which causes e2fsck to abort a journal replay on a file
+system with bigalloc enabled.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #744953)
+
+Add sanity checks so that mke2fs will refuse insanely large flex_bg
+counts specified by the -G option.  Insanely large flex_bg sizes can
+result in a file system which can't be unmounted, or with extremely
+pessimal metadata layouts.
+
+The mke2fs program will provide a better metadata layout for
+moderately large (but believable) flex_bg counts, such as 133,072.
+
+The mke2fs program will also check the kernel version number to
+determine whether the lazy_itable_init option is supported, so that
+lazy inode table initialization can be used even if the ext4 is
+compiled as a module which isn't loaded at the time that mke2fs is
+run.
+
+Add description of ext4's mount options to the ext4 section 5 man
+page.
+
+Improve the chattr man page and clean up the chattr usage message.
+
+E2fsck will now automatically fix a last mount time or last write time
+which is in the future in preen mode, instead of aborting the fsck
+check.
+
+Mke2fs will now check the file system revision number requested by the
+command line, and reject it if it is too large.  A file system with an
+unsupported revision number will not be accepted by any of the other
+file system tools, and this command line option is rarely used, so
+let's try to help the user not shoot their own foot off.
+
+The debugfs program can now set the error count and associated
+first_error and last_error fields in the superblock using the
+set_super_value command.
+
+Resize2fs will not try to calculate the minimum size of a file system
+if it contains errors.  Otherwise a very badly corrupted file system
+image can cause the minimum size calculation to loop forever.  Since
+resize2fs will not allow a file system marked as containing errors to
+be resized.  It's pointless to calculate the minimum size, so just
+skip it.
+
+Fixed a typo in one of mke2fs's error message.
+
+If filefrag runs into an error, it will continue processing the rest
+of the files specified on the command line, but then exit with an
+error code.
+
+Filefrag now prints some additional new flags (such as
+FIEMAP_EXTENT_ENCODED), and print unknown flags as hex values.
+
+Fixed support in filefrag for files with > 2**32 blocks on 32-bit
+platforms.
+
+Fixed a file descriptor leak in debugfs when copying files.
+
+Fixed a regression introduced in 1.42.10 which caused mke2fs to fail
+to create file systems larger than 2GB on 32-bit platforms.
+(Addresses Red Hat Bugzilla: #1099892, Debian Bug: #752107)
+
+Add Esperanto and Ukrainian translations, and update Czech, Dutch,
+French, German, Italian, Polish, Swedish, and Vietnamese
+translations.
+
+Fixed various compiler warnings.
+
+
+Programmer's Notes
+------------------
+
+The gcc "-checker" option has been long deprecated, so remove support
+from e2fsprogs.  It was causing a few people to be confused when they
+tried enabling the configure option.
+
+Update to the latest version of the config.status and config.rpath
+files, as well as newer versions of the autoconf files in aclocal.m4.
+Also, move the e2fsprogs-specific macros to acinclude.m4, which allows
+people who want to use autoreconf to do so.
+
+Make the use of strptime() function in debugfs to be more portable to
+fix regression test failures for FreeBSD and MacOS.
+
+A few miscellaneous changes designed to make life easier for
+translators.
+
+Fix the f_quota test and some Makefile dependencies if quota support
+is not enabled.
+
+Fix cross-compilation support, which got broken in 1.42.10.
+(Addresses Debian Bug: #753375)
+
+Delete lib/ext2_types.h on a make clean, and build it as necessary.
+
+Add a debug program used for libext2fs unit tests.
+
+Clean up the tests so that it avoids using GNU-specific behaviour in
+mktemp.  Make sure the temporary files are cleaned up if the tests are
+interrupted.
+
+Add a new ext2fs_close_free() helper function which automatically
+takes care of freeing the ext2_filsys structure even if ext2fs_close()
+returns an error.
+
+
+E2fsprogs 1.42.10 (May 18, 2014)
+================================
+
+Mke2fs now creates file systems in regular files (which is very often
+used when maintaining virtual machine images) without requiring the
+user to use the force option.  In addition, the mke2fs output has been
+made much less verbose and only displays information that users will
+be more likely to find useful by default.
+
+Mke2fs now will ask the user to confirm that they want to continue
+before wiping out a pre-existing file system, partition table, or LVM
+physical volume.
+
+Mke2fs now has the ability to create file systems where all the
+metadata is located at the very beginning of the device.  This can be
+useful for flash devices which have SLC flash at the beginning of the
+disk, for FAT compatibility, for example.  As part of this, mke2fs and
+tune2fs can control the location of the data blocks used by the
+journal inode.  In addition, the new sparse_super2 feature allows for
+even fewer (anywhere from zero to two) backup superblocks.
+
+Mke2fs now uses much less CPU when allocating the blocks used for very
+large file systems.
+
+Mke2fs can now support creating a file system at an offset.  This can
+be useful when creating a disk image for virtual machines (Addresses
+Debian Bug: #497984)
+
+Previously, e2fsck had a number of very serious bugs when checking a
+file system which used the new the quota file system option (where the
+quota inodes were stored in hidden inodes) and the quota inode was
+inconsistent with the actual usage data.  This problem was documented
+in https://ext4.wiki.kernel.org/index.php/Quota.  These problems have
+been fixed in 1.42.10, so the quota should be safe to use with
+e2fsprogs 1.42.10.
+
+Fixed in a bug in resize2fs which could cause shrink operation fail in
+the unlikely situation when the inode table needs to be moved to a
+location before the current location.
+
+Resize2fs now has a much more accurate (and less conservative)
+estimation of how far the file system can be shrunk.  This allows a
+mostly empty filesystem which is a few terabytes, to be shrunk to a
+few megabytes in a single resize2fs -M operation.
+
+E2fsck will now force a full file system check if there are any file
+system inconsistencies detected in the super block.
+
+The filefrag program will now display the shared extent flag, which is
+used by file systems such as btrfs.
+
+If the number of inodes in the file systems is larger than the time
+that file system was created (as measured by the number of seconds
+since January 1, 1970) e2fsck would print a scary (but otherwise
+harmless) warning of file system corruption for each inode in the
+orphan list.  This false positive has been fixed.
+
+The e4defrag program has been fixed so it will no longer refuse with
+filesystem with the 64-bit or the bigalloc feature enabled.
+
+The logsave program will print a much less scary message which could
+lead users to believe something has gone very wrong with e2fsck exits
+with a non-zero exit status (since this is normal after e2fsck has
+automatically fixed a file system corruption during a preen
+operation).   (Addresses Debian Bug: #468821)
+
+When creating a file system which is larger than 16TB, the
+resize_inode option must be disabled -- since the resize_inode simply
+doesn't support reserving metadata block numbers which is larger than
+32 bits.  The mke2fs program does this automatically if the file
+system size is determined automatically.  It will now also do this if
+the file size is specified explicitly.
+
+Fixed bugs associated with resize2fs and shrinking bigalloc file
+systems.
+
+The e2fsck program will no longer try to add a UUID on a mounted file
+system with checksums enabled, since this could leave the file system
+checksums broken.
+
+Tune2fs will allow the removal of an external journal from file system
+which is marked as needing the journal replayed when the force ("-f")
+option is given twice.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #559301)
+
+Tune2fs will no longer support enabling sparse_super if the meta_bg
+file system feature is enabled, since it could result in data loss.
+In practice, all modern file systems have sparse_super is enabled, so
+it's not worth trying to change how tune2fs handles enabling the
+sparse_super feature.
+
+Fixed support for 1k block file systems with the meta_bg feature.
+
+When the superblock is corrupt, e2fsck can't figure out the location
+of the alternate superblock.  Unfortunately, the routine that
+calculates the location of the alternate superblock uses 8193 if it
+can't figure this out, so the message printed by e2fsck always
+suggests using "e2fsck -b 8193".  This message has been fixed to
+suggest both the superblock location of 8193 and and 32768.
+(Addresses Debian Bug: #719185)
+
+The lookback mount detection code that was introduced in 1.42.9 wasn't
+actually compiled in due to an autoconf oops, so it's fixed now in
+1.42.10.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #497984)
+    
+A bug introduced in 1.42.9 would cause debugfs to print two error
+messages if it found an error while parsing a user-supplied block
+number.  This has been fixed in 1.42.10.
+
+Update Czech, Dutch, French, German, Polish, Spanish, Swedish, and
+Vietnamese translations.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #703048)
+
+Updated/fixed various man pages.  (Addresses Debian Bugs: #719189,
+#719184)
+
+Fixed various Debian Packaging Issues.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #718725)
+
+
+Programmer's Notes
+------------------
+
+Fixed a lot of coverity, sparse, gcc -Wall, and clang warnings/nits.
+
+Allow the location of pkg-config files to be specified independent of
+the libdir location via a makefile variable.
+
+Fixed parse-types.sh not to complain when cross-compiling and the
+sizes of types are different between the target architecture and the
+architecture of the build system
+
+Allow the regression test suite to work correctly on systems which do
+not have the "truncate" or "mksawp" programs.
+
+Allow e2fsck to build correctly on systems (such as Android) that do
+not have the signal.h file.
+
+E2fsprogs now has code coverage testing which can be enabled using
+"configure --enable-gcov".
+
+The libe2p.h header file can now be used included by C++ programs.
+
+The profile/config file used by e2fsck and mke2fs will interpret
+numbers with a leading 0 character to mean that they should be
+interpreted as an octal integer.
+
+The extent handling functions in libext2fs have been improved so they
+have proper rollback when there is an error splitting an extent.  Also
+fix a number of bugs when punching holes in files, and fix an
+off-by-one bug when inserting an extent into an empty inode.
+
+The libext2fs library now handles the support of BLOCK_UNINIT by
+clearing the portion of block bitmap when it is loaded, instead of
+when it is used.  This reduces the chances of bugs, and and simplifies
+the code.  It also means that debugfs will properly show that blocks
+in uninitialized block groups as being unused when using the testb
+command.
+
+The e4defrag program will try to use fadvise64 or posix_fadvise64() if
+it is present, which allows 64-bit offsets on 32-bit systems.
+
+
+E2fsprogs 1.42.9 (December 28, 2013)
+====================================
+
+Mke2fs will detect an attempt to create a file system on a loop
+mounted file and complain without the -FF option.  Also fixed mke2fs
+so it allows the creation of a file system on a mounted device with
+two -F options, as documented in the man page, instead of three -F
+options.
+
+Fixed a large number of bugs in resize2fs, e2fsck, debugfs, and
+libext2fs to correctly handle bigalloc and 64-bit file systems.  There
+were many corner cases that had not been noticed in previous uses of
+these file systems, since they are not as common.  Some of the bugs
+could cause file system corruption or data loss, so users of 64-bit or
+bigalloc file systems are strongly urged to upgrade to e2fsprogs
+1.42.9.
+
+The tune2fs program will now not allow changing the uuid on a mounted
+file system which has the uninit_bg feature enabled.  This avoids a
+nasty race where the kernel and tune2fs are both retrying rewrite the
+group descriptors at the same time, with different ideas about what
+the UUID should be.
+
+When e2fsck is rehashing an extent-mapped directory, it's possible
+(although very rare) that an extent block will need to be allocated;
+fix e2fsck to make sure that the block gets marked as used.
+
+Mke2fs will now properly set the LARGE_FILE feature when creating a
+journal >= 2GB --- which can happen when using 64k block size.
+
+Fixed debugfs so that its freei command will correctly handle a request
+to free a range of consecutive inodes.
+
+Fixed 2fsck so it will not erroneously complain that an external journal
+is invalid if it is exactly 2**32 blocks.
+
+Fixed e2fsck so it won't try checking for, and adding, a missing
+lost+found directory when running in read-only mode.
+
+Fixed e2image so that progress information won't get leaked to stdout.
+(Addresses Red Hat Bugzilla: #1327329)
+
+Fixed e2image to avoid some buffer overruns which would cause it to when
+creating a "standard (non-raw, non-qcow2) image file.  Standard
+e2image files are actually very rarely used, so we didn't notice when
+the changes to enable the qcow2 format broke this e2image mode.
+
+Fixed mke2fs so that the extended option "-E resize=NNN" will not turn
+on the resize_inode feature when the meta_bg feature is set, since
+these two features can not be set at the same time.
+
+Fixed tune2fs so that when it disables the quota feature, it updates all
+of the backup superblocks.
+
+Fixed dumpe2fs that would cause it to abort when run using an image file
+when trying to print the journal information (which is not present in
+an e2image created image file).
+
+Fixed a potential integer overflow in e2reefrag.
+(Addresses-Debian-Bug: #718205)
+
+Enhance debugfs so that when copying a sparse file from a native file
+system into the file system image using the "write" command, it will
+create a sparse file into the destination file system.
+
+Enhanced debugfs so it can support a command line which is up to 8k
+long.
+
+E2image will refuse (unless the -f option is specified to force the
+issue) to create a raw or qcow image using a mounted file system,
+unless the -f option is specified to force the issue.
+
+E2image has been optimized for using it to efficiently copy a file
+system by only copying the allocated blocks, by using the options -ra.
+New options (-o and -O) have been added so that a source and
+destination offset can be given.  The -p option will print progress
+information so the user will know how far along the copy is going.
+And finally, the new option -c is useful for updating a file system on
+an SSD, by avoiding unnecessary writes.  E2image can also shift a file
+system image by doing an in place move.
+
+Fix a regression introduced in 1.42.8 which would cause e2fsck to
+erroneously report uninitialized extents past the EOF (as determined by
+i_size) to be invalid.
+
+Fixed resize2fs so under a corner case when an inode has a complex
+extent tree, it will not corrupt an interior node in the extent tree.
+
+Fixed resize2fs which would sometimes corrupt a file system when
+shrinking a file system to a minimum size using resize2fs -M.
+(Addresses Debian Bug: #660793)
+
+Fixed resize2fs so that it will relocate inode table blocks if this
+becomes necessary when shrinking the file system.
+
+Fixed resize2fs and e2fsck so they will not crash when hit a failure
+while operating on a file system with the MMP feature enabled.
+
+Fixed a bug in debugfs which caused it create an invalid inode when
+trying to write a zero-length file.
+
+E2fsck will no longer crash if it tries to delete an invalid
+extent-mapped symlink.
+
+E2fsck will no longer crash if it comes across an directory which is
+larger than 2GB (which is not allowed in valid file systems).
+
+Fixed debugfs's help texts to fully document all options and otherwise
+be more helpful.
+
+Updated/fixed various man pages.  (Addresses Debian Bugs: #586218,
+#669730, #698076)
+
+Fixed various Debian Packaging Issues (#698879, #721365)
+
+
+Programmer's Notes
+------------------
+
+Fix sparse, gcc -Wall and clang nits.
+
+Update config.{guess,sub} to the latest version
+
+Fixed various memory and file descriptor leaks on various error paths,
+as well as some missing error return checks, which were found using
+Coverity.
+
+Run sparse against source files when building e2fsprogs with 'make
+C=1'.  If instead C=2, it configures basic ext2 types for bitwise
+checking with sparse, which can help find the (many many) spots where
+conversion errors are (possibly) happening.
+
+Allow the regression test to be run in chrooted environments where
+/etc/mtab might be missing.
+
+The ext2fs_punch() function, which was introduced in 1.42, was broken
+in many ways, but this was never noticed since it wasn't used for
+anything significant.  Some of the bugs include failing when trying to
+punch a completely sparse file, failing when punching an extent-mapped
+inode when the starting block was at the beginning of the inode, and
+not being able to punch a single block (where start_blk == end_block).
+It also didn't handle being passed an invalid, too-large ending block
+number, and didn't handle properly terminate at the right place when
+operating on an indirect-mapped inode.
+
+Fixed some minor typo's in the error catalog for libext2fs.
+
+Fixed ext2fs_file_set_size2() so that if it truncates an inode by
+setting the file size, to zero the rest of the block to the end of the
+file, so that if an ext4 FUSE driver tries to extended the file, that
+we don't avoid stale data from being returned.
+
+Fixed ext2fs_bmap() to disallow clients from trying to map or set
+logical blocks which are larger than what an extent-mapped or indirect
+block-mapped inode can allow.
+
+If debugfs (or some userspace program using libext2fs) creates a file
+which is larger than 2GB, make sure the large_file feature flag gets
+set.
+
+Fix a bug in ext2fs_link() where if there is multiple empty slots in the
+directory which are large enough, the directory entry could get
+inserted more than once in the directory.
+
+If quota support is disabled (which is the default), make sure that
+all traces of the quota support is removed from usage messages, man
+pages, and tune2fs must not be able to enable the quota file system
+feature.  (Addresses Red Hat Bugzilla: #1010709)
+
+The ext2fs_file_write() now updates i_size on a successful write,
+instead of only updating i_size wen the file is closed via
+ext2fs_file_close().
+
+Added a shell script, populate-extfs.sh which uses debugfs to populate
+an ext2/3/4 file system image from a given directory.  It is similar
+to the genext2fs program, but it supports ext3 and ext4 file system.
+
+Add changes to the libext2fs library to support block group
+descriptors larger than 64 bytes (for future compatibility).
+
+Fixed an off-by-one bug in ext2fs_file_set_size2() so that it will not
+leave an extra block in the file when truncating the file down to
+size.
+
+The html version info pages are now built using makeinfo --html
+instead of the unmaintained and now-obsolete texi2html program.
+
+
+E2fsprogs 1.42.8 (June 20, 2013)
+================================
+
+As a part of mke2fs's option parsing cleanup, the use of the -R option
+will give a warning that it is deprecated (it has been so documented
+since 2005) and -E should be used instead.
+
+Mke2fs will not give warnings about the bigalloc and quota options in
+quiet mode.
+
+If an invalid journal size is given to mke2fs, it will now complain
+and exit sooner.
+
+Debugfs was erroneously giving spurious error messages for certain
+extent_inode subcommands which take arguments (split_node,
+replace_node, and insert_node).  This has been fixed.
+
+Fix the parsing of the 's' (sectors) in parse_num_blocks2, which among
+other programs is used by mke2fs.
+
+Change mke2fs so that it does not set the root directory to the real
+uid/gid of the mke2fs process.  Add the extended option root_owner to
+override this behavior.
+
+Fix resize2fs when shrinking file systems to make sure that bitmap
+blocks aren't left outside the bounds of the shrunken file system.
+This could happen with flex_bg file systems that were grown using
+the old online resizing algorithm.
+
+E2fsck will now detect and repair corrupted extent trees which contain
+invalid extents at the end of the extent tree leaf block.
+
+E2fsck will now longer complain about zero length extended attribute
+values.
+
+Fix a regression introduced in e2fsprogs v1.42 which caused e2image -s
+to crash.
+
+Add safety check so tune2fs will not attempt to set the inode size to
+be larger than the block size.
+
+Fix e2fsck so it can check a read-only root file system with an
+external journal.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #707030
+
+Fix off-line resizing of file systems with flex_bg && !resize_inode
+(Addresses Debian Bug: #696746)
+
+Fix e2image with large (> 32-bit) file systems (Addresses Debian Bug:
+#703067)
+
+Enhance chattr to allow clearing the extent flag if the kernel allows
+migrating extent based files to use indirect blocks.
+
+Update German translation.
+
+Updated/fixed various man pages.  (Addresses Debian Bugs: #712429,
+#712430, #707609)
+
+Fixed various Debian Packaging Issues (Addresses Debian Bug #708307)
+
+Programmer's Notes
+------------------
+
+Use secure_getenv() in preference to __secure_getenv().
+
+Optimize CPU utilization of ext2fs_bg_has_super().
+
+Fix ext2fs_llseek() on 32-bit i386 systems to work correctly when
+SEEK_CUR is used with large files.
+
+The ext2fs_read_inode_full() function will no longer use
+fs->read_inode() if the caller has requested more than the base 128
+byte inode structure and the inode size is greater than 128 bytes.
+
+Fix build failure with --enable-jbd-debug.
+
+Clean up filtering of outputs for the regression tests by using a
+common sed script.
+
+Fix gcc -Wall and clang nits.
+
+
+E2fsprogs 1.42.7 (January 21, 2013)
+===================================
+
+Add warnings to mke2fs, resize2fs, and tune2fs that the bigalloc and
+quota features are still under development.  For more information
+please see:
+    * https://ext4.wiki.kernel.org/index.php/Bigalloc
+    * https://ext4.wiki.kernel.org/index.php/Quota
+
+Add some new options to filefrag from Lustre's patches to e2fsprogs:
+    * add -k option to print extents in kB-sized units (like df -k)
+    * add -b {blocksize} to print extents in blocksize units
+    * add -e option to print extent format, even when FIBMAP is used
+    * add -X option to print extents in hexadecimal format
+
+Fix resize2fs so that it can handle off-line resizes of file systems
+with the flex_bg feature but without a resize_inode (or if we run out
+of reserved gdt blocks).  This also fixes a problem where if the user
+creates a filesystem with a restricted number of reserved gdt blocks,
+an off-line resize which grows the file system could potentially
+result in file system corruption.
+
+Fix a resize2fs bug which could cause it to corrupt bigalloc file
+systems when doing an off-line resize.
+
+Further optimize resize2fs so it doesn't use quite as much CPU when
+resizing very large file systems. 
+
+Fixed 32-bit overflow bugs which could cause resize2fs to fail and
+possibly corrupt the file system while resizing 64-bit file systems.
+
+Fix a bug in mke2fs where parsing "-E resize=NNN" will result in a
+mke2fs crash due to a divide-by-zero if the 64bit file system feature
+is enabled.
+
+Add better error checking to mke2fs to check for invalid parameters
+when creating bigalloc file system.
+
+When creating bigalloc filesystems, the -g option to mke2fs will now
+specify the number of clusters per block group.
+
+Add to debugfs the functionality to corrupt a specific file system
+block via the "zap_block" command.
+
+Add to debugfs the functionality to print out a hex dump of a block in
+the file system via the "block_dump" command.
+
+Add to debugfs the functionality to manipulate the extent tree
+directly via the "extent_open" command.
+
+Fixed debugfs's mknod command so that it updates the block group
+statistics.
+
+Fix e2fsck so it can detect and fix inconsistencies in the interior
+nodes of an inode's extent tree.
+
+Fix a potential memory corruption failure in e2fsck's error path if
+the call to ext2fs_open2() fails.
+
+Fix e2fsck if its logging function is enabled in e2fsck.conf, and the
+resulting file name for the log file is longer than 100 bytes, that it
+properly handles this situation instead of crashing.
+
+E2fsck will now report the amount of memory that it attempted to
+allocate when a memory allocation request fails, to make it easier to
+track down the problem.
+
+Fix mke2fs's handling of the mmp_update_interval option.  (Addresses
+Lustre Bug: LU-1888)
+
+E2image can now include all data blocks in the e2image output file
+when the user specifies the -a option.
+
+If e2fsprogs is compiled without --enable-quota, make sure that
+tune2fs can not turn on the feature for new-style quota support, since
+afterwards, none of the e2fsprogs tools will be willing to touch that
+file system.
+
+Optimize e2fsck's so that it uses much less CPU for large file
+systems.  This can result in significant speedups, especially on
+CPU-constrained systems.  This was primarily done by optimizing
+libext2fs's bitmap functions.  (Addresses Google Bug: #7534813)
+
+Fix debugfs's htree command so that all its messages are sent through
+the pager.
+
+Fixed debugfs's "dump_file" and "cat" functions work correctly
+on file systems whose block size is greater than 8k.
+
+Fix e2freefrag so it works on 64-bit file systems, and so it uses much
+less memory.  (Addresses Google Bug: 7269948)
+
+Update the spd_readdir.c file in the contrib directory to include some
+additions which were made in 2008 that didn't get folded into the
+version which we checked into the e2fsprogs source tree.  These
+enhancements include thread safety, support for readdir64_r(), and
+safe_getenv() support in case spd_readdir.so is used for setuid binaries.
+
+Update Czech, Dutch, French, German, Polish, Swedish, and Vietnamese
+translations
+
+Add a command to debugfs to create symlinks.
+
+Document the bigalloc feature in the mke2fs man page.  (Addresses
+Debian Bug: #669730)
+
+
+Programmer's Notes
+------------------
+
+Fix gcc -Wall nits.
+
+Fix a spelling typo in the libext2fs texinfo documentation.
+
+Change the output from "make check" so that tools such as emacs's "M-x
+compile" does not mistake the output as containing a compiler error.
+
+Export two new functions from libext2fs: ext2fs_extent_node_split()
+and ext2fs_extent_goto2().
+
+The ext2fs_extents_fix_parents() was fixed so it does not modify the
+location of the extent handle if its current location is at an
+interior node, rather than a leaf node of an inode's extent tree.
+
+Add a regression test to assure that e2fsck can correctly fix an
+inconsistent interior node in an inode's extent tree.
+
+The ext2fs_{mark,unmark,test}_block_bitmap_range2() functions now
+correctly support bigalloc file systems which use store block usage
+information in units of clusters.
+
+Fixed the help text in the configure script for --enable-quota.
+
+The m68k-specific bitops code has been removed since they were
+incorrectly treating bit numbers with the high bit set as signed
+integers.  Furthermore, modern compilers do a good enough job
+optimizing the generic code there is no point in having the m68k
+specific asm statements.
+
+Fixed how we link the test programs so they always use the static
+libraries, so that we test using the libraries which we have just
+built.
+
+Update config.guess and config.sub to the latest versions from the GNU
+project.
+
+Fixed the com_err.texinfo file so that it can produce a valid
+postscript/pdf printed output.
+
+Add a regression test which checks debugfs's ability to create
+symlinks, named FIFO's, and device nodes.
+
+Add a function ext2fs_symlink(), which creates symlinks to the
+libext2fs library.
+
+Add debugging code so we can test old kernel interfaces for online
+resize to resize2fs.  This backwards compatibility checking is keyed
+off of the RESIZE2FS_KERNEL_VERSION, which is designed to allow us to
+test the functionality of the kernel's older resize ioctls without
+needing to install an old version of resize2fs, and to also test a
+modern resize2fs's ability to work with older kernels without having
+to install an older version of the kernel.
+
+
+E2fsprogs 1.42.6 (September 21, 2012)
+=====================================
+
+When mke2fs creates file systems with lazy itable initialization, the
+progress updates for writing the inode table happens so quickly that
+on a serial console, the time to write the progress updates can be the
+bottleneck.  So mke2fs will now only update its progress indicators
+once a second.
+
+Resize2fs will skip initializing the inode tables if the kernel
+supports lazy_itable_init, which speeds up growing off-line growth of
+uninit_bg file systems significantly.  Resize2fs will now also
+correctly set the itable_unused field in the block group descriptor to
+speed up the first e2fsck after the file system is grown.
+
+Resize2fs has been fixed so that on-line resizing of meta_bg file
+systems work correctly.  This is needed to grow file system which are
+larger than 16T.
+
+Resize2fs will now correctly handle resizing file systems to 16TB on
+32-bit file systems when "16TB" is specified on the command line.
+
+Fix mke2fs so that it will be careful to set the reserved blocks ratio
+larger than 50%; this can happen when creating small file systems and
+when the last block group is dropped because there are not enough
+blocks to support the metadata blocks in the last block group.
+
+Fixed spelling mistake in debugfs's help message.
+
+Fixed a potential seg fault in e2fsck when there is an I/O error while
+reading the superblock.
+
+Fixed various Debian Packaging Issues (Addresses Debian Bug #677497)
+
+Updated/fixed various man pages.  (Addresses Sourceforge Bug:
+#3559210)
+
+Programmer's Notes
+------------------
+
+The configure option --enable-relative-symlink was broken so that it
+needed to be --enable-symlink-relative-symlinks.  We will support both
+for at least two years, but then the wrong configure option will be
+removed.
+
+Fixed a regression introduced in 1.42.5 so the link order for
+e2fsprogs' libraries will be correct for both static and shared
+linking.  (Addresses Sourceforge Bug: #3554345)
+
+Add support for e2fsprogs to be compiled using clang/LLVM.
+
+Fix portability problems on non-Linux systems: avoid compile failures
+on systems that don't have malloc.h
+
+Fix f_mmp regression test suite so that debugfs gets killed if the
+test is interrupted.
+
+
+
+E2fsprogs 1.42.5 (July 29, 2012)
+================================
+
+Fixed a bug with mke2fs where if there is only 8 inodes per block
+group, the calculation of the number of uninitialized inodes in the
+first block group would go negative.  This resulted in "mke2fs -N 256
+-t ext4 /tmp/foo.img 256m" trying to write so many blocks that /tmp
+would run out of space.  (Addresses Sourceforge Bug: #3528892)
+
+Fixed a bug in how e2fsck would uniquify directory entry names.
+(AddressesSourceforge Bug: #3540545)
+
+Previously, e2fsck would only allow a mounted file system to be
+checked if it was the root file system and it was mounted read-only.
+Now it will allow any file system mounted read-only to be checked if
+the -f option is specified.  This makes it easier to test how e2fsck
+handles checking file systems which are mounted without having to test
+on the root file system.
+
+Fixed a problem if e2fsck where if the root file system is mounted
+read-only, e2fsck would not clear an error indication in the journal
+superblock.  Combined with a kernel bug, this would cause the e2fsck
+to check the file system after every single boot.
+
+The e4defrag program can now handle device symlinks, such as
+/dev/mapper/testvg-testlv, instead of insisting on a less
+human-friendly name such as /dev/dm-2.  (Addresses Red Hat Bugzilla:
+#707209)
+
+Fixed filefrag so it will not crash with a segfault on files from a
+virtual file system such as /proc.  (e.g., "filefrag
+/proc/partitions")
+
+Fixed filefrag so that it correctly reports the number of extents.
+(Addresses Red Hat Bugzilla: #840848)
+
+Fixed a file descriptor leak in logsave which could cause it to hang.
+(Addresses Debian Bug: #682592)
+
+Fixed e2fsck so that the file system is marked as containing an error
+if the user chooses not to fix the quota usage information.
+
+Fixed tune2fs so that it correctly removes the quota feature when the
+last quota inode is removed.
+
+Fix tune2fs so that after removing a quota inode, the block bitmap is
+updated; otherwise, e2fsck would complain after running 'tune2fs -O
+^quota <dev>'.
+
+Fix tune2fs so that when converting a file system from using legacy
+quota files to the new quota file system feature with hidden quota
+files, the accounting for these files is handled correctly so that
+e2fsck doesn't complain.
+
+Improved e2fsck's verbose reporting statistics, and allow the more
+verbose reporting to be enabled via /etc/e2fsck.conf.
+
+Fixed various Debian Packaging Issues (Addresses Debian Bug #678395)
+
+Updated/fixed various man pages.  (Addresses Debian Bugs: #680114)
+
+
+Programmer's Notes
+------------------
+
+Fixed portability problems on other operating systems (e.g., Hurd and
+FreeBsd) caused by the attempted inclusion of <sys/quota.h>.
+
+Make sure that shared libraries link with the shared libraries built
+in the build tree, instead of the system provided libraries.
+Previously, libraries and executables were linked with the system
+libraries if present, and possibly using static archives instead of
+shared libraries.  This was also problematic since if libext2fs.so is
+linked with a static libcom_err.a from system, the build system would
+attempt to link without -lpthread.  (Addresses Sourceforge Bug:
+#3542572)
+
+
+E2fsprogs 1.42.4 (June 12, 2012)
+================================
+
+Fixed more 64-bit block number bugs (which could end up corrupting
+file systems!) in e2fsck, debugfs, and libext2fs.
+
+Fixed e2fsck's handling of the journal's s_errno field.  E2fsck was
+not properly propagating the journal's s_errno field to the superblock
+field; it was not checking this field if the journal had already been
+replayed, and if the journal *was* being replayed, the "error bit"
+wasn't getting flushed out to disk.
+
+Fixed a false positive complaint by e2fsck if all of the extents in
+the last extent tree block are uninitialized and located after the end
+of the file as defined by i_size.
+
+The dumpe2fs will now display the journal's s_errno field if it is
+non-zero, and it will also display the journal's 64-bit feature flag
+if present.
+
+Fix e2fsck so that it always opens the device file in exclusive mode
+when it might need to modify the file system, and never if the -n
+option is specified.  (Previously, there were a few corner cases where
+it might get things wrong in either direction.)
+
+E2fsck now correctly truncates or deallocates extent-mapped inodes on
+the orphan list.  The root cause was a bug in libext2fs's block
+iterator which could end up skipping an extent when the last block in
+an extent is removed, causing the current extent to be removed from
+the extent tree.
+
+E2fsck now correctly sets the global free block and inode counts when
+truncating or removing inodes on the orphan list in preen mode.
+Previously, it would leave these values would be set incorrectly,
+which is largely a cosmetic issue since the kernel no longer pays
+attention to those fields, but it can cause spurious complaints in
+subsequent e2fsck runs.
+
+Fix i_blocks accounting when the libext2fs library needs to add or
+remove an extent tree block  on bigalloc file systems.
+
+The lsattr and chattr programs now support the No_COW flag for the
+benefit of btrfs.
+
+Debugfs now interprets date strings of the form @ddd as ddd seconds
+after the beginning of the epoch.  This is handy when setting an inode
+number into the d_time field when debugging orphan list handling.
+
+Fix a precedence bug with built-in quota support which might result in
+e2fsck paying attention to the quota inode field even if the built-in
+quota feature flag is not set.  Fortunately, in practice that
+superblock field should be zero for non-built-in quota file systems,
+so it's unlikely this bug would have caused problems.
+
+Updated/fixed various man pages.  (Addresses Debian Bugs: #674453,
+#674694)
+
+Programmer's Notes
+------------------
+
+The regression test suite can now run the integration tests in the
+tests directory in parallel, via "make -jN check".
+
+Add new test, f_zero_extent_length which tests e2fsck's handling of
+the case where all of the extents in the last extent tree block are
+uninitialized extents after i_size.
+
+Add a new test, f_jnl_errno, which checks handling of an error
+indication set in the journal superblock.
+
+Fix the test f_jnl_64bit so that it properly checks e2fsck's handling
+of a 64-bit journal.
+
+Add two tests, f_orphan_indirect_inode and f_orphan_extent_inode which
+tests e2fsck's handling of orphan inodes in preen mode, and truncation
+of extent inodes on the orphan list.
+
+Fixed more OS X portability issues.
+
+
+E2fsprogs 1.42.3 (May 14, 2012)
+===============================
+
+Fix a bug in the Unix I/O manager which could cause corruption of file
+systems with more than 16TB when e2fsprogs is compiled in 32-bit mode
+(i.e., when unsigned long is 32-bits).  Also fix a bug which caused
+dumpe2fs to incorrectly display block numbers > 32-bits.
+
+Improve the support for integrated quota files (where quota is a first
+class supported feature using hidden files in the ext4 file system).
+Previously the quota file was getting rewritten even when it was not
+necessary, and e2fsck would erroneously try to hide quota files which
+were already hidden.
+
+Quiet complaints in e2fsck when the total free blocks or inodes are
+incorrect in the superblock after an system crash, since we don't
+update nor depend on the superblock summaries at each commit boundary.
+
+Fixed a regression introduced in 1.42.2 which would cause applications
+outside of e2fsprogs which did not pass the EXT2_FLAG_64BIT (and so
+would were still using the legacy 32-bit bitmaps) to crash.  This was
+due to missing 32-bit compat code in side the function
+ext2fs_find_first_zero_generic_bmap().  (Addresses Red Hat Bugzilla:
+#808421)
+    
+Fix a bug which would cause mke2fs to fail creating the journal if
+/etc/mtab and /proc/mounts are missing.  (Addresses Sourceforge Bug:
+#3509398)
+    
+Updated/fixed various man pages.
+
+Update Czech, Dutch, French, German, Polish, Swedish, and Vietnamese
+translations
+
+Fixed various Debian Packaging issues.
+
+
+Programmer's Notes
+------------------
+
+Change the nonsensically wrong types in the function signature of the
+inline function ext2fs_find_first_zero_block_bitmap2().  This was
+caused by a cut and paste error; fortunately no code in e2fsprogs used
+this inline function, and there are any users of this functions
+outside of e2fsprogs.
+
+Add support for systems which have valloc(), but which do have
+posix_memalign() nor memalign() (such as MacOS 10.5).
+
+Refactor and clean up the allocation of aligned buffers for Direct I/O
+support.  Previously some allocations were requesting a greater
+alignment factor that what was strictly necessary.  Also optimize
+reading and writing bitmaps using Direct I/O when the size of the
+bitmap did not fully cover the file system blocksize.
+
+Reserve the codepoints for the INCOMPAT features LARGEDATA and
+INLINEDATA.
+
+Improved the regression test suite by adding some new integration
+tests (f_jnl_32bit, f_jnl_64bit) which detect breakage of the on-disk
+jbd2 format, as well as f_eofblocks which tests the new handling of
+uninitialized and initialized blocks beyond i_size.  Also add a new
+unit test which verifies 32-bit bitmaps support and the new
+find_first_zero primitives.
+
+Add a few dependencies to fix parallel (make -j) builds.
+
+Removed bash'isms which were breaking the regression test suite on
+systems where /bin/sh is not bash.
+
+The config.guess and config.sub have been updated to the 2012-02-10
+version.
+    
+Fix a portability problem caused by assuming the present of mntent.h
+means that setmntent() exists.  Instead, explicitly test for this in
+the configure script.
+
+If the sys/signal.h header file does not exist, don't try to include
+it, since it's not available on all systems.
+
+Add support for systems that do not support getpwuid_r()
+    
+The configure script now supports a new option,
+--enable-relative-symlinks, which will install relative symlinks for
+the ELF shared library files.  (Addresses Sourceforge Bug: #3520767).
+    
+When building BSD shared libraries make sure the LDFLAGS variable is
+passed to the linker.  Fixing this allows, for example, e2fsprogs to
+be built in 32-bit mode on Mac OS X Lion (Addresses Sourceforge Bug:
+#3517272)
+    
+Fix gcc -Wall nitpicks
+
+
+E2fsprogs 1.42.2 (March 27, 2012)
+=================================
+
+The resize2fs program uses much less CPU and is much faster for very
+large file systems.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #663237)
+
+The seti and freei commands in debugfs can now take an optional length
+argument to set and clear a contiguous range of inodes.
+
+E2fsck will now make explicit checks for the EOFBLOCKS_FL, since we
+plan to remove support for it from the kernel file system driver.  It
+really wasn't very useful and was causing more problems than it
+solves.  Since e2fsck will complain if inodes that should have
+EOFBLOCKS_FL do not have the flag set, we are going to remove this
+check from e2fsprogs first, and then only remove the flag from the
+kernel much later.
+
+The mke2fs program can now use direct I/O via "mke2fs -D".  This will
+slow down the mke2fs, but it makes it more polite on a loaded server
+by limiting the amount of memory that gets dirtied by mke2fs when it
+is using buffered I/O.
+
+E2fsck was needlessly closing and re-opening the file system as a side
+effect of adding Multiple Mount Protection (MMP).  This isn't
+necessary for non-MMP file systems, so drop it.
+
+Print errors returned by ext2fs_open2() and ext2fs_check_desc() so we
+can more easily diagnose memory allocation failures caused by
+insufficient memory.  E2fsck will now abort if there are memory
+allocation failures when the file system is initially opened and
+during the block group descriptor checks.  (Addresses Google Bug:
+#6208183)
+
+If there are incorrect block group checks, e2fsck will now report the
+incorrect and corrected checksum values.
+
+The e2fsck program can now write log files containing the details of
+the problems that were found and fixed directly, via configuration
+parameters in /etc/e2fsck.conf.
+
+Added the ability to limit the number of messages reported by e2fsck
+for a given problem type.  This avoids a potential bottleneck if there
+is a serial console which can cause a boot sequence to take a long
+time if e2fsck needs to report many, many file system errors.
+
+The dumpe2fs, debugfs, and tune2fs now use rbtree bitmaps, which cause
+them to use much less memory for large file systems.
+
+The dumpe2fs program will now print the expected block group checksum
+if it is incorrect.  This helps to diagnose problems caused by
+incorrect block group checksums.
+
+E2fsck now checks for extents with a zero length, since the kernel
+will oops if it comes across such a corrupted data structure.  (See
+https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=42859)
+
+E2fsck has a number of bugs relating to discard that have been fixed.
+(1) Fixed a bug which could cause e2fsck to discard portions of the
+inode table which were actually in use.  (2) E2fsck will now avoid
+using discard if the block device doesn't zero data on discard, since
+otherwise this could cause problems if the file system gets corrupted
+in the future.  (3) E2fsck will now avoid using discard when it is run
+in read-only mode.  (4) Fixed a bug which caused e2fsck to not issue
+discards in the last block group.
+
+E2fsck's CPU utilization in pass 5 has been optimized, which will
+speed up e2fsck slightly.
+
+E2image will now skip copying uninitialized bitmap and inode table
+blocks.
+
+Fixed mke2fs -S so it does not corrupt the first block group's
+information.
+
+E2fsck will now check the new sysfs interface to determine if we are
+using the battery or AC mains.  (Addresses SourceForge Bug: #3439277)
+
+Updated/fixed various man pages.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #665427)
+
+Fixed various Debian Packaging issues.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #665885)
+
+Programmer's Notes
+------------------
+
+Fixed various portability issues for non-Linux systems, particularly
+MacOS X, as well as Linux systems running with the just-released glibc
+2.15.
+
+Fix file descriptor leak in ext2fs_close() if the file system with
+uninit_bg is opened read/only with a backup superblock.  (Addresses
+SourceForge Bug: #3444351)
+
+Fixed an invalid return in a non-void function in the quota code.
+(Addresses SourceForge Bug: #3468423)
+
+Fixed the debian rules file so that the calls to dpkg-buildflags works
+when the shell is dash.
+
+The debian package build now uses V=1 so that there is more
+information about potential build failures in debian build logs.
+
+If the uninit flags get cleared by functions such as
+ext2fs_new_inode() or ext2fs_new_block2(), we now make sure the
+superblock is marked dirty and the block group descriptor checksum is
+updated if necessary.
+
+The debian rules file will now try to load debian/rules.custom of it
+exists.  This file can skip various builds for speed reasons if there
+is no need for the e2fsck-static or udeb packages.  Available
+customizations in the rules file includes SKIP_STATIC=yes,
+SKIP_BF=yes, and SKIP_DIETLIBC=yes.
+
+In addition, if the file misc/mke2fs.conf.custom.in exists in the
+source tree, it will be used instead of the standard misc.conf file in
+the upstream sources.  This makes it easier for Debian-derived systems
+to distribute a custom mke2fs.conf file without having to worry about
+merge issues if future versions of e2fsprogs makes changes in the
+upstream default version of mke2fs.conf.
+
+
+E2fsprogs 1.42.1 (February 17, 2012)
+===================================
+
+The mke2fs and e2fsck now use significantly less memory when creating
+or checking very large file systems.  This was enabled by adding
+extent-based bitmaps which are stored using a red-block tree, since
+block and inode allocations tend to be contiguous.
+
+The command mke2fs -S is used as a last ditch recovery command to
+write new superblock and block group descriptors, but _not_ to destroy
+the inode table in hopes of recovering from a badly corrupted file
+system.  So if the uninit_bg feature is enabled, mke2fs -S will now
+set the unused inodes count field to zero.  Otherwise, e2fsck -fy
+after using mke2fs -S would leave the file system completely empty.
+
+Since mke2fs recognizes mke3fs in argv[0] to mean "mkfs.ext3", also
+honor "mke4fs" to work the same as "mke2fs.ext4", since RHEL5 has
+installed an mke2fs binary using that name.
+
+The usage and help messages for the -G, -t and -T options in mke2fs
+have been fixed.
+
+If e2fsck needs to use the backup group descriptors, the
+ext2fs_open2() function clears the UNINIT bits to ensure all of the
+inodes in the file systems get scanned.  However, the code which reset
+the UNINIT flags did not also recalculate the checksum, which produced
+many spurious (and scary) e2fsck messages.  This has been fixed by
+resetting checksums when the UNINIT bits are cleared.
+
+Relax a check in e2fsck which required that the block bitmap to be
+initialized when the inode bitmap is in use.  This will allow us to
+eventually eliminate code from the kernel which forcibly initialized
+the block bitmap when the inode bitmap is first used, requiring an
+extra journal credit and disk write.  (Addresses Google Bug: #5944440)
+    
+Make sure rdebugfs (which may be installed setuid or setgid disk) does
+not honor environment variables if euid != uid or egid != gid.
+
+Debugfs's ncheck command has been optimized and now is much more
+robust with faced with corrupted file systems.  The ncheck command
+also now has a -c option which will verify the file type information
+in the directory entry to see if matches the inode's mode bits.  This
+is extremely useful when trying to use debugsfs to determine which
+parts of the file system metadata can be trusted.
+
+E2image will try to use ftruncate64() to set the i_size for raw
+images, instead of writing a single null byte.  This avoid allocating
+an extra block to the raw image, for those file systems and/or
+operating systems that support this.  (Linux does.)  In addition, fix
+a logic bug that caused the file to not be properly extended if the
+size of the last hole was exactly an multiple of a megabyte.
+
+Fixed a bug in resize2fs where for 1k and 2k file systems, where
+s_first_data_block is non-zero, this wasn't taken into account when
+calculate the minimum file system size for use with the -M option.
+
+Fixed the badblocks program to honor the -s flag when in read-only -t
+mode.  (Addresses Debian Bug #646629)
+
+Update Czech, Dutch, French, Polish, and Swedish translations from the
+Translation Project.
+
+Fixed various Debian Packaging issues so that dpkg-buildflags is used
+if present, which allows e2fsprogs to be built with security hardening
+flags.  (Addresses Debian Bugs: #654457)
+
+Programmer's Notes
+------------------
+
+Fix a bug in ext2fs_clear_generic_bmap() when used for 32-bit bitmaps.
+This was only an issue for programs compiled against e2fsprogs 1.41
+that manipulate bitmaps directly.  (Addresses Sourceforge Bugs:
+#3451486)
+
+The libext2fs library now uses sysconf() to fetch the page size, instead
+of the deprecated getpagesize().
+
+The ext2fs_get_pathname() function will return a partial path if an a
+directory in the path is not a directory, displaying it as an inode
+number in angle brackets instead of giving up and displaying an error.
+This is much more helpful when a user is trying to debug a corrupted
+file system.
+
+Codepoints for the RO_COMPAT_REPLICA feature has been reserved.
+
+Added a new library function, ext2fs_file_get_inode_num(), for use by
+fuse2fs.
+
+Fixed a bug in ext2fs_file_set_size2() so that when it is truncating a
+file, it actually works.
+
+The block iterator now properly honors the BLOCK_ABORT flag for
+extent-based flags.  Previously, it didn't, which generally made code
+be less efficient, but it could cause bugs in ext2fs_link(), for
+example, by causing it to insert multiple directory entries.
+
+Fixed an (harmless other than causing a compiler warning) use of an
+uninitialized variable in e2fsck's MMP code.
+
+
+E2fsprogs 1.42 (November 29, 2011)
+==================================
+
+This release of e2fsprogs has support for file systems > 16TB.  Online
+resize requires kernel support which will hopefully be in Linux
+version 3.2.  Offline support is not yet available for > 16TB file
+systems, but will be coming.
+
+This release of e2fsprogs has support for clustered allocation.  This
+reduces the number of block (now cluster) bitmaps by allocating and
+deallocating space in contiguous power-of-2 collections of blocks,
+which are called clustered.  This is a file system level feature,
+called 'bigalloc', which must be enabled when the file system is
+initially formatted.  It is not backwards compatible with older
+kernels.
+
+Added support for the Multi-Mount Protection (MMP) feature.
+
+E2fsck more efficiently uses scratch files for really big file
+systems.  (This is a feature that has to be turned on explicitly; see
+[scratch_files] in the e2fsck.conf man page.)
+
+Fix a bug in e2fsck where if the free blocks and inodes counts are
+incorrect, e2fsck would fix them without printing an error message.
+This would cause a "*** FILE SYSTEM WAS MODIFIED ***" message without
+any explanation of what was fixed.
+
+E2fsck will no longer attempt to clone an extended attribute block in
+pass1b handling if the file system does not support extended
+attributes.
+
+E2fsck will be more careful accidentally asking the user to continue
+if the file system is mounted, so that an escape sequence won't cause
+a false positive.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #619859)
+
+E2fsck now uses less cpu time in pass 5 when large portions of the
+bitmaps are uninitialized.
+
+E2fsck will no longer segfault when a corrupted file system has a bad
+extent, and removing it leads to a block needing to be deallocated.
+(Addresses SourceForge Bug: #2971800)
+
+E2fsck will catch termination signals (segfaults, bus errors, sigfpe)
+and print debugging information to make it easier to find potential
+problems.
+
+E2fsck will check to see if the bad block inode looks insane, and will
+skip trying to use if it certain fields which should be zero look
+non-zero.  This is to avoid a corrupted bad block inode causing e2fsck
+to get confused and do more harm than good.
+
+If e2fsck modifies certain superblock fields which the kernel doesn't
+look at, it will now mark the superblock as dirty without marking the
+file system as changed.  This avoids signaling the init scripts that
+a reboot is necessary, since the kernel isn't going to look at those
+fields, so it won't care if they have been changed.
+
+Fixed a bug in the libext2fs library (in the binary search routine of
+the icount abstraction) that could (very, very rarely) cause e2fsck to
+die in the middle of pass 1 or pass 2 processing.
+
+E2fsck will not try to do a discard operation if the -n option was
+specified on the command line.
+
+E2fsck now supports an extended "discard" option which will cause
+e2fsck to attempt discard all unused blocks after a full, successful
+file system check.
+
+E2fsck will check for the bad block inode to make sure it looks sane
+before trusting it, to avoid causing more harm than good to the file
+system.
+
+E2fsck now returns additional status bits in its exit code if it
+aborts early in the e2fsck run.
+
+E2fsck now correctly calculates the maximum file size in the case of
+the huge_file file system feature enabled without extents.
+
+The mke2fs and e2fsck programs now tries to use the punch hole command
+as a "discard" when operating on normal files.
+
+The e2image program now supports the qcow2 format, which is a more
+efficient way of capturing file system dumps.
+
+Mke2fs now supports the [devices] stanza in mke2fs.conf which allows
+per-device defaults to be specified in the configuration file.
+
+Mke2fs now supports the reserved_ratio relation in the [defaults] and
+[fs_types] section in mke2fs.conf.
+
+Mke2fs now creates extent-mapped directories for the root and
+lost+found directories.
+
+Mke2fs will skip zero'ing the journal if the extended option
+"lazy_journal_init" is specified.  This can save a lot of time, but it
+does add a small amount of risk if the system crashes before the
+journal is overwritten entirely once.  It is especially useful for
+testing.
+
+Mke2fs will now create file systems that enable user namespace
+extended attributes and with time- and mount count-based file
+system checks disabled.
+
+Mke2fs will not set a stride or strip size of one block based on block
+device attributes obtained from sysfs.
+
+Mke2fs now displays a progress report during the discard process.
+
+Mke2fs now handles extreme file system parameters correctly which
+previously caused the inodes per group to drop below 8, leading to a
+segfault.  (The inodes per group must be a multiple of 8, but the code
+didn't correctly deal with an inodes per group count less than 8.)
+
+Mke2fs and tune2fs previously would give an error if the user tried
+setting the stride and stripe-width parameters to zero; but this is
+necessary to disable the stride and stripe-width settings.  So allow
+setting these superblock fields to zero.  (Addresses Google Bug:
+#4988557)
+
+Mke2fs now gives a warning if the auto-detected block size exceeds the
+system's page size.
+
+If the enable_periodic_fsck option is false in /etc/mke2fs.conf (which
+is the default), mke2fs will now set the s_max_mnt_count superblock
+field to -1, instead of 0.  Kernels older then 3.0 will print a
+spurious message on each mount then they see a s_max_mnt_count set to
+0, which will annoy users.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #632637)
+    
+The default mke2fs.conf now has entries for "big" and "huge", which
+are needed for very big file systems.
+
+The resize2fs program now has support for a new online resize ioctl
+that can support file systems > 16TB, once it arrives in v3.x kernels.
+
+Fixed bug which caused resize2fs to fail when shrinking an empty file
+system down to its minimal size.  (Addresses Sourceforge Bug #3404051)
+
+Fixed tune2fs's mount options parsing.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #641667)
+
+Allow tune2fs to remove external journals if the device can not be
+found.
+
+Debugfs's icheck will now correctly find inodes which use the
+searched-for block as an extended attribute block.
+
+Debugfs now has a new "punch" command which remove blocks from the
+middle of an inode.
+
+Debugfs now has a new "e2freefrag" command which analyzes the free
+space fragmentation of the file system, using the same code as the
+e2freefrag program.
+
+Debugfs now has a "filefrag" command which displays information about
+a file's fragmentation.
+
+Add support to build a metadata-only, read-only, stripped-down version
+of debugfs called rdebugfs.
+
+Fixed a potential stack overrun bug in debugfs.
+
+The badblocks program now correctly recovers from I/O errors when
+direct I/O is being used.  The badblocks command now also supports a
+-B option which forces the use of buffered I/O, and the -v option will
+provide a more detailed breakdown of read, write, and failed
+comparison errors.
+
+Added e4defrag tool which uses the EXT4_IOC_MOVE_EXT ioctl.
+
+Added support for journals larger than 2GB.
+
+Support using both hard links and symlinks when installing e2fsprogs.
+
+Add overflow checking to tune2fs -i's fsck interval, which must fit in
+a 32-bit field.
+
+The debugfs command now has a new 'blocks' command which prints out
+data blocks of a particular inode in a format which is useful for
+scripting.
+
+Filefrag will report 0 extents correctly in verbose mode.  (Addresses
+RedHat Bugzilla: #653234)
+
+Filefrag has been fixed so its -v report prints the correct expected
+block number (previously there had been an off-by-one error).  In
+addition, it will now display the number of contiguous extents when -v
+is not specified.  This makes it consistent with the number of extents
+printed when the -v option was specified.  In addition, the number of
+contiguous extents is far more interesting/useful than the number of
+physical extents for very large files.  (Addresses Debian Bug:
+#631498, #644792)
+    
+Logsave's usage message has been fixed.  (Addresses Debian Bug:
+#619788)
+
+Avoid an infinite loop in ext2fs_find_block_device() if there are
+symlink loops in /dev caused by a buggy udev.
+
+Added a useful "fallocate" program to the contrib directory.
+
+Fixed an ABI compatibility problem in libext2fs which broke the dump
+program.  Also added back some macros which dump needed so it could
+compile against the latest version of ext2_fs.h (Addresses Debian Bug:
+#636418)
+
+Fixed parsing of MNTOPT_ options for tune2fs and debugfs (Addresses
+Debian Bug: #641667)
+
+Added internationalization support for libcom_err error table strings.
+
+Fixed various spelling mistakes found in various output strings found
+by I18N translators.
+
+Update translations: French, Chinese, Germany, Indonesian, Swedish,
+Vietnamese, Polish, Dutch, Czech.  (Addresses Debian Bugs: #520985,
+#620659)
+
+Fixed various Debian Packaging issues.  (Addresses Debian Bugs:
+#614662, #632169, #641838, #627535, #629355)
+
+Updated/clarified man pages.  (Addresses Debian Bugs: #639411,
+#642193, #634883)
+
+Programmer's Notes
+------------------
+
+Initial support for quota as an integrated feature, where the quota
+files are hidden system files that are automatically maintained by
+e2fsck is present, although disabled by default.  It must be enabled
+by using the configure option --enable-quota.
+
+Reserved the on-disk fields for the metadata checksum and snapshot
+features, which are currently in development.
+
+The ext2fs library now has the new functions ext2fs_punch(),
+ext2fs_get_memzero() and ext2fs_file_get_inode().
+
+The ext2fs library now has support for calculating the crc32c checksum
+(via the new functions ext2fs_crc32c_be and ext2fs_crc32c_le).
+
+The I/O manager now supports the discard operation.
+
+Reserved file system code points for new 1st class quota feature.
+
+Shortened the compilation lines by moving the autoconf defines to
+a config.h header file.
+
+Fixed a potential free of an uninitialized pointer in
+ext2fs_update_bb_inode().
+
+Fixed miscellaneous gcc -Wall and coverity warnings.
+
+Fixed portability issues for Mac OS X, Hurd, and FreeBSD.
+
+Fixed a build failure when OMIT_COM_ERR is defined.
+
+Improved error checking and fixed memory leaks caused by error return
+paths.
+
+Add ext2fs_flush2() and ext2fs_close2() which takes a flag to allow
+the fsync() to be skipped.
+
+Added a test for extent-mapped journals by mke2fs and tune2fs.
+
+Added a test for creating a large (over 4GB) journal using mke2fs.
+
+Added a test to make sure the inode size remains constant.
+
+The regression test script now prints the list of which tests failed.
+
+The regression test system now uses /tmp for its scratch files, which
+is often a tmpfs mounted file system and hence much faster.
+
+The i_e2image test was fixed so it works with valgrind.
+
+Tests that rely on debugfs are now skipped if debugfs wasn't built.
+
+Fixed the dependencies for "make check" so all required dependencies
+are built before running the regression tests.
+
+A link to com_err.h is installed in $(includedir) during a "make install".
+
+The po/*.gmo files are automatically rebuilt if they are missing or
+out of date.  This helps out Debian packaging.
+
+Allow ext2fs_get_memalign() to compile on systems that don't have
+posix_memalign().
+
+Fixed a namespace leak in libext2fs (tdb_null).
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.43.0.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.43.0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf0602e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.43.0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.43 (May 17, 2016)
+=============================
+
+Add support for the ext4 metadata checksum, checksum seed, inline
+data, encryption, project quota, and read-only features.
+
+Support for the very old, experimental, and never-added-to-mainline
+compression feature has been removed.
+
+Mke2fs will now create file systems with the metadata_csum and 64bit
+features enabled by default.
+
+The mke2fs program will now support multiple -O options (instead of
+just ignoring all but the last -O option).
+
+Mke2fs will now correctly determine the size of a file system and
+handle the discard operation correctly when the "-E offset=NNN" is
+used.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #803629)
+
+The tune2fs program will ask the user for confirmation before starting
+dangerous operations if the terminal is available, and it will replay
+the journal if necessary.
+
+Add an ext2/3/4 FUSE server
+
+Debugfs can now modify extended attributes and journal transactions.
+
+Debugfs now can properly display and set extended timestamps.
+
+E2fsck will offer to fix extended timestamps that were incorrectly
+encoded by older kernels.
+
+Fix miscellaneous MMP bugs in debugfs.
+
+Fix sparse_super2 bugs in mke2fs and resize2fs.
+
+Fix or improve offset support in mke2fs, e2undo, and libext2fs.
+
+The resize2fs command can now convert file systems between 64-bit and
+32-bit mode.
+
+Fix potential out-of-bounds memory access in resize2fs when doing a
+large off-line file system grow operation.
+
+We now use a new e2undo file format which is much more efficient and
+faster than the old tdb-based scheme.  Since it so much faster,
+e2fsck, tune2fs, debugfs, and resize2fs now also can support using
+creating an undo file.
+
+The mke2fs command can now set the error behavior when initializing
+the file system (so the administrator doesn't have to issue a separate
+tune2fs -e command).
+
+Teach mke2fs to parse a human-readable argument for -i option.
+
+Teach mke2fs to automatically handle creating file systems > 500T by
+automatically enable the meta_bg feature.
+
+Mke2fs will now prompt for user verification before rewriting a file
+system's superblock using the -S option.
+
+Mke2fs no longer complains if the user tries to create a file system
+using the entire block device (e.g., without using a partition).  The
+minor number convention is not used by all block devices, and it's
+quite normal in some circumstances to create a file system on /dev/sdc
+instead of /dev/sdc1.
+
+Fix an "mke2fs -d" bug which could create inodes with invalid
+extended attribute blocks
+
+E2fsck is now much more paranoid about not freeing or corrupting
+critical metadata blocks, such as inode table blocks, even if
+corrupted indirect blocks or extent trees point at these blocks.
+
+E2fsck now prints block ranges in pass1b instead of listing all of the
+blocks exhaustively.
+
+E2fsck will try to expand the root directory if the lost+found can't
+be linked to the root directory.  Also, offer to use the root
+directory if lost+found can't be created.
+
+E2fsck is now more paranoid handling corrupted extent trees as well as
+corrupted journals.
+
+E2fsck can now rebuild extent trees, either (a) to optimize them, (b)
+to recover from a corrupted extent tree, or (c) to convert
+block-mapped inodes to use extents.
+
+E2fsck now has a readahead mechanism which can significantly speed its
+performance, especially on RAID arrays.
+
+E2fsck now has a "yes to all" option which the user can give if she is
+tired of answering 'y' to a very large number of questions.
+
+E2fsck will now ignore the badblocks inode if the contents of the
+badblocks inode indicate that the portion inode table containing the
+badblocks inode is bad.  (We must go deeper...)
+
+E2fsck can now correctly fix directory with holes on bigalloc file
+systems.
+
+E2fsck will now check for extent mapped inodes with no extent header
+and clear them if found.
+
+E2fsck now checks to make sure the extended attribute header doesn't
+result in the xattr extending beyond the bounds of the inode
+
+Fixed a bug in e2fsck to avoid overrunning a buffer containing jbd2
+revoke records if the journal is corrupted.
+
+Fixed a bug in e2fsck which could cause it loop forever if a special
+inode has too many invalid block mappings.
+
+Fixed a bug in e2fsck which could cause pass1b/c/d processing to get
+confused if an attempt to allocate a block can't find any free space
+in the file system.
+
+E2fsck will no longer try to force rewrite blocks located beyond the
+file system.
+
+The e2fsck program will no longer update the quota inodes when it is
+interrupted.
+
+Fix a bug which in rare cases would cause e2fsck -fD to corrupt an
+extent-mapped directory.
+
+Fixed a bug in resize2fs which could lead to resize2fs crashing or a
+corrupted file system if the file system is almost completely full
+when trying grow a file system and we need to allocate blocks to grow
+the block group descriptors.
+
+Fixed a bug in resize2fs which could cause it to get fooled trying to
+determine the RAID array's stride when flex_bg is enabled.
+
+Fix resize2fs bug that could leave block allocation bitmaps
+uninitialized.
+
+The dumpe2fs output has been improved so it is cleaner and always fits
+within 80 columns.  Also added a more easily machine-parsable output
+of dumpe2fs.
+
+The mke2fs program can now pre-populate a file system from a directory
+hierarchy using the -d option.
+
+The mke2fs program now skips zeroing inode table blocks if they were
+already zeroed using the discard feature.
+
+Check to make sure file system features which can not be supported by
+HURD are not enabled if the file system is created to be
+HURD-compatible.
+
+Added a new e2fuzz command that will fuzz an ext4 image for testing
+purposes.
+
+The debugfs logdump command can now deal with 64-bit revoke tables
+correctly.  Also, "logdump -O" will print the old log contents (before
+the journal was replayed).
+
+The debugfs bmap command can now be used to set or allocate a physical
+block.
+
+Fixed a bug so "filefrag -B -e -v" does not return a separate entry
+for each block.
+
+The filefrag program now accounts for holes in sparse files created by
+the file punch operation as an expected/optimal mapping.
+
+The file I/O functions now correctly handle inodes containing
+uninitialized blocks.
+
+Fix a bug in tune2fs so that removing uninit_bg feature on a bigalloc
+file system won't result in corrupted block bitmaps.
+
+Updated/fixed various man pages.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #798425)
+
+
+Programmer's Notes
+------------------
+
+Fixed coverity, sparse, gcc -Wall, and clang warnings/nits.
+
+Added Android build files so that e2fsprogs can be built in the
+Android source tree.
+
+Reduce the use of libc functions in libext2fs that may not be present
+in the boot loader environment, at least for those functions that are
+needed by boot loaders such as yaboot.
+
+Developers can now override the debugging and optimization flags by
+redefining the CFLAGS makefile macro.
+
+The libext2fs library now has support for fallocate.
+
+The mke2fs command will now ask the user for confirmation if block
+device or image file contains an existing file system image, and
+stdout and stdin are connected to a tty.
+
+The libext2fs library now picks a more intelligent goal block when
+doing block allocations.
+
+The libext2fs library will now automatically set the BLOCK_UNINT flag
+if all of the blocks in a block group are free, to speed up future
+e2fsck and dumpe2fs operations on the file system.
+
+Add two new functions ext2fs_new_range() and ext2fs_alloc_range() to
+libext2fs.
+
+The ext2fs_zero_blocks() command will use FALLOC_FL_ZERO_RANGE for
+file-based images.
+
+The ext2fs_bmap() function supports new flags BMAP_UNINIT and
+BMAP_ZERO.
+
+The ext2fs_new_block2() function will now call the alloc_block hook
+before checking fs->block_map.
+
+Support for the MMP feature can now be disabled at compile time.
+
+Added support to manipulate extended attributes to libext2fs.
+
+Added a lot of new regression tests.
+
+Added endian annotations so it's possible to scan e2fsprogs for endian
+problems using a static code analyzer.
+
+Fixed memory leaks in libext2fs.
+
+The e2fsck jbd2 handling code has been resynced with the 3.16 kernel.
+There is now a script in the contrib directory which automates most of
+the resync process.
+
+The build system will now run cppcheck (a static code analysis tool)
+via "make C=1"
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.43.1.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.43.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c27c13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.43.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.43.1 (June 8, 2016)
+===============================
+
+Fixed e2fsck so that it would correctly update the project quota usage
+when deleting a corrupted and inode, and fixed mke2fs so it wouldn't
+dereference memory beyond the small inode structure (which was wrong,
+but worked mostly by accident unless hardening or some security malloc
+was in use).
+
+Fixed a large number of FreeBSD portability problems.  (To build on
+FreeBSD, however, we still need to use GNU Make and redirect dd to use
+GNU dd.)
+
+The configure script now supports --enable-hardening, which enables
+stack protection, fortify, read-only relocation tables, immediate
+dynamic symbol binding, and text segment ASLR (if the kernel has
+userspace ASLR support enabled) by enabling position independent
+executable code.  (Distributions who want to do their own special
+thing can set CFLAGS, CFLAGS_SHLIB, CLFAGS_STLIB, LDFLAGS,
+LDFLAGS_SHLIB and LDFLAGS_STATIC as appropriate.)
+
+The configure script now supports --disable-tdb since on 64-bit
+systems, it's much faster to just enable additional swap space.  The
+scratch_files feature in e2fsck.conf is mostly only useful on 32-bit
+systems.
+
+Fixed the Direct I/O fallback codepath in the Unix I/O manager so that
+read/modify/write worked correctly.  Fortunately in practice (with the
+exception of the Undo handler when running on FreeBSD) used this buggy
+codepath. so file systems weren't getting corrupted.
+
+Mke2fs will now warn if the user provides a label which is too long.
+(Addresses Debian Bug: #791630)
+
+Debugfs's rdump command now works correctly when dumping the root
+directory of a file system.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #766125)
+
+Fixed a bug in debugfs so it would correctly calculate a block group's
+checksum field field on 64-bit systems.
+
+E2fsck now has a much more understandable error message when the
+journal superblock is corrupt and the user declines to fix it.
+(Addresses Debian Bug: #768162)
+
+Fixed support of extended timestamps on 64-bit systems.
+
+Updated/fixed various man pages.  (Addresses Debian Bugs: #766379,
+#761144, #770750, #428361, #766127)
+
+Fixed various Debian Packaging Issues.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #825868)
+
+
+Programming notes
+-----------------
+
+Fixed coverity, sparse, gcc -Wall, and clang warnings/nits.
+
+Fixed Android build makefiles (which was missing a newly added file in
+lib/support).
+
+In general, checks on s_creator_os have been removed in favor of
+feature flag specific checks; if there is something that can't be
+checked via the presence of a feature flag, we will simply check
+whether the creator OS is *not* EXT2_OS_HURD which is the one
+operating system where there has been extensive abuse of the
+s_creator_os flag.
+
+The libmagic library has been suppressed when running the regression
+test suite to avoid false test failures caused by differences between
+versions of libmagic (and/or the magic number database).
+
+The tests/test_script program now accepts the --failed option, which
+will run those tests that had previously failed.
+
+Fixed tests build on those systems which require LDFLAGS to be set.
+
+Fixed the regression test suite so it will properly filter out version
+numbers with two components (such as 1.43) from log files before
+comparing them with the expected golden output.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.43.2.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.43.2.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dafc1f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.43.2.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.43.2 (September 1, 2016)
+====================================
+
+Fix resize2fs so it will not crash if there is an extended attribute
+block but it doesn't need to migrate any blocks during an off-line
+resize
+
+Fix a crash when mke2fs or debugfs tries to copy in a directory
+hierarchy containing an empty directory
+
+Mke2fs will now use a larger journal by default for filesystems
+greater than 128 GB.  (1GB instead of 128 MB.)
+
+Fix an alignment bug in e2fsck which caused sparc64 architectures to
+crash when replaying the journal on file systems with a 64-bit block
+number.
+
+Clarify the message printed by tune2fs message when the user needs to
+run e2fsck so it's clear that the -f flag to e2fsck is needed to
+force a full e2fsck scan.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #828022)
+
+Fix a bug in e2fsck caused by a power failure during e2fsck's journal
+replay could leave the file system in a state where if the file system
+is mounted without doing a full e2fsck scan, the file system could get
+corrupted
+
+Fix the logic in e2fsck which decides when to repair legacy negative
+timestamp encodings.
+
+Add a command to debugfs to copy the inode structure from one inode to
+another.
+
+Fix a typo in debugfs's stat command when printing out the dtime field
+on file systems with an extended timestamp.
+
+Fix big endian bugs in the e2undo program.  (Addresses Red Hat Bug
+#1344636)
+
+Debugfs's logdump can now properly handle journals larger than 2GB.
+
+Avoid installing the man page for fuse2fs if it has not been built.
+
+Update the Catalan, Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Polish,
+Swedish, Ukrainian translations and added new translations for
+Hungarian and Serbian.
+
+
+Programming notes
+-----------------
+
+Fix portability problems in fuse2fs.  Previously it wouldn't build on
+systems with older glibc versions where clock_gettime() is only
+available in the librt library, and if libintl is not bundled into the
+C library.
+
+Remove complicated logic which caused a static code analyzer to flag a
+false positive.  (A static code analyzer also found a valid bug in
+deciding when to repair a legacy negative timestamp encoding, so
+eliminating false positives is important.)
+
+Fixed a bug where the ext2fs library cloud provoke when a
+extfs2_zero_blocks() is used (via fallocation, initializing a file
+system, uninitialized uninitialized inode table blocks) after a
+different file system which also used ext2fs_zero_blocks().
+
+Enable the unix_io manager in the ext2fs library so it can accept the
+use of a file descriptor.  This is helpful in cases where the file
+descriptor comes from temporary file created using O_TMPFILE, or
+passed in from a unix domain socket.
+
+Fix a Windows64 portability bug.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.43.3.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.43.3.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b902cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.43.3.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.43.3 (September 4, 2016)
+====================================
+
+Fix e2fsck's handling of timestamps on 32-bit systems.
+
+E2fsck will now check, and if necessary repair the extra isize fields
+in the inode and superblock.
+
+Fix crashes on architectures such as sparc64 that are sensitive to
+unaligned pointer dereferences in the journal recovery code when
+journal checksums are enabled.
+
+Programming notes
+-----------------
+
+Support reproducible builds by not capturing the build directory into
+the mk_cmds and compile_et scripts.  Also fix debian build rules to
+ensure build reproducibility.
+
+Fix debian build rules to ensure build reproducibility and to avoid
+hiding the linker flags for e2fsck.static so the build hardening log
+scanner can properly audit the build.
+
+Fix compatibility with FreeBSD's pmake and teach the configure script
+to force the creation of pmake-compatible Makefiles if the
+FORCE_NATIVE_MAKE environment variable is set to a non-empty value.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.43.4.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.43.4.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b3f33d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.43.4.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.43.4 (January 31, 2017)
+===================================
+
+Fix e2fsck to require that the system.data extended attribute is
+always present even for files smaller than 60 bytes, to be consistent
+with the kernel.
+
+Fix a bug which was causing mke2fs -d and fuse2fs to improperly handle
+Posix ACL's.
+
+Fix a bug which could cause mke2fs -d to fail if there is an
+zero-length file in source directory tree.
+
+Clarify the default for the "proceed?" question printed by mke2fs and
+tune2fs.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #852727)
+
+Debugfs will now display project quota information.
+
+Debugfs's do_set_xattr now uses C strings to parse extended attribute
+values, and will print the extended attributes using either C strings
+or hex bytes when using debugfs's do_get_xattr command.  It will now
+allow developers to see the contents of the system.data extended
+attribute.
+
+Fix a bug in mke2fs where I/O errors weren't getting properly reported
+to the user.
+
+Fix multiblock writes in the unaligned Direct I/O fallback code.
+(Which is rarely needed on Linux systems, but which is required on
+Freebsd systems.)
+
+Make sure the default mke2fs.conf file includes the uninit_bg feature
+flag.  (Which was accidentally dropped in v1.43).
+
+Fix a bug in resize2fs when operating on very large file systems which
+have a block size different from the VM page size.
+
+If the reported device size is absurdly large, mke2fs will now report
+an error instead looping forever or crashing.
+
+Fix various Coverity warnings and other memory leaks in fuse2fs and
+extended attribute manipulation functions.
+
+Replace a test file but which had a "non-commercial use-only"
+copyright permission file with a newer version from the Cyrus imapd
+package which now has a 4-clause BSD license, which was making some
+lawyers nervous, even though the test file in question was only used
+in lib/et's regression testing and was never included in any compiled
+binary.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #840733)
+
+Stop installing mkfs.ext4dev and fsck.ext4dev
+
+Update Chinese, Czech, Polish, Serbian, and Spanish translations and
+add the Finnish and Malay translation.  (Addresses-Debian-Bug: #774379)
+
+Update various man pages (Addresses-Debian-Bug: #852726)
+
+Programming notes
+-----------------
+
+Fix more FreeBSD-11 compatibility bugs, including some unmasked by
+FreeBSD 11-rc2.
+
+Fix the Mac build.
+
+Fix build failure on RHEL 5.x systems caused by an old version of
+libmagic.
+
+Fix a number of bugs reported by ASAN that can cause some (mostly
+harmless) memory dereferences beyond allocated memory.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.43.5.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.43.5.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c8a5084
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.43.5.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.43.5 (August 4, 2017)
+=================================
+
+Fix a bug which could cause e2fsck to loop forever when rebuilding an
+encrypted directory with entries with identical prefixes up to an
+embedded NUL character.
+
+Fix build when configured with --disable-threads or --enable-profile.
+
+Fix ext2fs_sync_device() so it returns the proper error code if the
+BLKFLSBUF ioctl fails for some reason.
+
+Fix a potential crash in tune2fs when enabling project quota when the
+file system has no inodes by fixing error handling in the
+quota_write_inode() in libsupport.
+
+Fix a bug in debugfs's "ls -p" handling which could cause it to print
+garbage after a file name in a directory entry.
+
+Fix a number of bugs in debugfs, dumpe2fs, e2fsck, tune2fs, and
+resize2fs where a carefully/maliciously corrupted file systems (found
+by American Fuzzy Lop) could these programs to crash or hang.
+(Addresses Debian Bug #868489)
+
+E2fsck no longer issues some harmless bitmap warnings caused by a
+corrupted file system; since those corruptions will be fixed up by
+e2fsck later, there's no point issuing these internal warnings.
+
+E2fsck will now notice invalid quota inode numbers, and offer to fix
+them.
+
+Fix a regression introduced in e2fsprogs 1.43 which broke mke2fs's
+hugefile creation so that they aren't contiguous.  (Addresses Google
+Bugs 62791459 and 638037607)
+
+Fix how backup superblocks are written in big endian systems so they
+are all correctly byte swapped.
+
+Fixed tune2fs's support for enabling and disabling project quota.
+
+The badblock program now properly handles languages which have
+multi-column wide character such as Chinese.  (Addresses Debian Bug:
+#860926)
+
+The mke2fs -U option now accepts "null", "clear", "random", or "time"
+just as tune2fs's -U option.
+
+Fix e2fsck's -E bmap2extent feature (which converts a file to use
+extents from indirect block maps) so that it handles sparse files correctly.
+
+Fix libext2fs to correctly handle accounting for an external xattr
+block on bigalloc file systems.
+
+Fix e2fsck to correctly handle quota accounting when deleting files
+that have multiply-claimed blocks pass 1b.
+
+Fix potential buffer overrun bug in e2fsck when using 128 byte inodes.
+(Addresses Google Bug 37326362).
+
+E2fsck's extent tree optimization can now be disabled via an
+command-line extended option or via an e2fsck.conf configuration
+parameter.
+
+The e2fsck program now properly updates the quota accounting when
+optimizing the extent tree.  (Addresses Google Bug 36391645)
+
+Fix some error handling in e4crypt when operating on keyring ID's.
+
+Fix e2fsck's quota handling when the bigalloc feature is enabled.
+
+The libext2fs file system now uses readahead when opening file systems
+to speed up opening very large file systems with the meta_bg option.
+
+If e2fsck logging is enabled, e2fsck will report the exit code in the
+last line of the log file.
+
+Debugfs can now open file systems with a bad superblock checksum, and
+the show_super_stats command will print the expected checksum.
+
+Fix a regression introduced in e2fsprogs 1.43.4 where tune2fs was not
+able to correctly enable the quota feature.  (Addresses Debian Bug
+#855417)
+
+E2fsck will only return an exit status code of 1 if it has fixed a
+file system corruption.  If it only performed an optimal optimization
+of internal file system metadata, it will now return 0.
+
+Fix e2fsck so it won't check inode fields of deleted inodes.  This was
+mostly harmless, but the addition of a check in 1.43.4 to enforce the
+requirement that inline data inodes have a system.data attribute
+caused a regression in xfstests generic/079.  Fix this and a number of
+other checks which could lead to false positive reports of file system
+corruption.
+
+Removed a debugging printf in libsupport which could result to some
+extraneous and confusing output if the user specifies a quota type.
+
+The debugfs logdump command now accepts a new -S option which will
+cause it to print information about the journal superblock.
+
+Added a missing space in debugfs's ls -l output to separate the size
+and date fields.
+
+Update the Czech, Danish, Dutch, French, Hungarian, Polish, Serbian,
+Spanish, Swedish, Ukrainian, and Vietnamese translations.
+
+Update various man pages.  (Addresses Debian Bugs #867895 and #865584)
+
+Fix various compiler and UBSAN warnings.
+
+Fixed various Debian Packaging Issues.  (Addresses Debian Bugs
+#864144 and #866623)
+
+
+Programming notes
+-----------------
+
+The blkid library can now recognize exfat file systems.
+
+Add new test, j_recover_csum3_64bit, which checks to make sure we
+correctly recovering 64-bit journals using the v3 checksum format.
+
+Fix portability assumption in tests; don't depend on the existence of
+/dev/stdin.
+
+Fix portability with newer versions of glibc and with Cygwin builds on
+Windows 8 and Windows 10.
+
+Clean up the comments in problem.c match the message that will
+actually be printed.
+
+Removed an unused an obsolete header file.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.43.6.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.43.6.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1050d5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.43.6.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.43.6 (August 29, 2017)
+==================================
+
+Fix printing of quota inconsistency messages on 32-bit platforms in
+e2fsck.  Also fix a bug which cause project quota problems to be
+labelled as group quota problems.
+
+Fix UI problems caused by fuzzy translations such that some messages
+are in English and some are in the foreign language, and it's not
+obvious to user how to answer yes/no questions.  (Addresses Debian
+Bug: #856586).
+
+Fix some out-of-bounds memory accesses in e2fsck caused by (usually
+maliciously) corrupted file systems.  (Addresses Debian Bugs: #871539,
+#871540)
+
+Optimize CPU usage in e2fsck for very large, very fragmented sparse
+files.
+
+Add an optional mode in e2fsck which trades off additional memory for
+CPU time when processing file systems that are heavily hard-linked.
+(This can be a very large amount of memory, so this feature is
+disabled for now.  How to automatically determine when it would be
+helpful to enable this optimization, and when it is _safe_ to enable
+this optimization is still a bit of a research problem.)
+
+The mke2fs program will automatically upsize the inode size to 256 if
+it is not explicitly specified on command-line and the default inode
+size is not large enough to support the project quota feature
+requested by the user.  If the inode size is explicitly specified to
+be 128 bytes, and the project quota is enabled mke2fs will fail since
+with an error explaining that project id's can't be supported when the
+inode size is < 256 bytes.
+
+The tune2fs program will not allow the project feature or project
+quotas to be enabled in the inode size is 128 bytes.
+
+The tune2fs program now prints a more understandable message explaining
+that the file system needs to be checked using e2fsck -f before
+running certain complex tune2fs operations.  (Addresses Debian Bug:
+#857336)
+
+If the proceed_delay option is enabled in /etc/e2fsck.conf, the message
+indicating that user can wait N seconds to proceed was ambiguous.
+That message has been made more clear.  (Addresses Debian Bug:
+#857336)
+
+Fix LFS bug which caused e2image to fail to create regular e2image
+files which are larger than 2 GiB on 32-bit platforms.  (Addresses
+Debian Bug: #855246)
+
+Fix FreeBSD portability problem caused by the fact that they no longer
+use block devices.  (Disks are character mode devices.)
+
+Update the Czech, French, Polish, Swedish, and Vietnamese translations.
+
+Fixed various Debian Packaging Issues.
+
+
+Programming notes
+-----------------
+
+Avoid changing the blkid cache when running tests.  (Normally the
+blkid cache is not writable by the user running tests, but...)
+
+The tar file generation process will now create reproducible
+artifacts.
+
+Removed legacy entries for ext4dev in the default mke2fs.conf file.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.43.7.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.43.7.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..55e434f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.43.7.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.43.7 (October 16, 2017)
+===================================
+
+Fix the error handling code in debugfs, fuse2fs and tune2fs so errors
+trying to replay the journal won't accidentally result in a seg fault
+if reopening the file system after the journal replay fails for some
+reason.
+
+Fix resize2fs to avoid it from either failing or corrupting the file
+system image in certain corner cases when doing an off-line resize.
+
+Fix many spelling mistakes in various man pages, code comments, and
+program messages.
+
+Fix e2fsck and debugfs so that maliciously corrupted file systems will
+not cause buffer overflows.  (Addresses Debian Bugs: #873757, #878104)
+
+Update German translation.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #833514)
+
+Fixed various Debian Packaging Issues.  (Addresses Debian Bugs:
+#873812, #873813, #876551)
+
+Programming notes
+-----------------
+
+Test descritions have been shorted to fit in 80 columns.
+
+Fix various tests to avoid leaving temp files in /tmp.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.43.8.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.43.8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb26a16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.43.8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.43.8 (January 1, 2018)
+==================================
+
+Fix a bug where updated bitmap checks might not be written to disk.
+(Addresses Debian Bug: #883869)
+
+Some newly added fields in the superblocks were not getting byte
+swapped (which were not noticed since big endian systems are amazingly
+unpopular).  Fix them and compile-time checks to avoid this class of
+bugs from happening in the future.  (Lustre Bug #9309)
+
+Fix a potential use after free bug in e2fsck when fixing a corrupted
+root node in directory hash tree.
+
+Fix a bug in e2fsck where a badly/maliciously corrupted superblock
+(which is not fixed due to the -n option, for example) can cause a
+floating point exception when printing the summary statistics.
+(Addresses Debian Bug: #879220)
+
+Fix debugfs's ncheck command so that it correctly prints the inode
+number when printing an error message.
+
+Fix a bug in e2freefrag where it could print an incorrect free blocks
+count on a file system with the 64-bit block number feature.
+
+Update the German, Serbian, Spanish, and Ukrainian translations.
+
+Fix a bug where resize2fs's free blocks sanity check could fail with a
+false positive and refuse to check a file system with the 64-bit block
+number feature.
+
+Fix and clarify various man pages and documentations.  Also fixed up
+some random usage texts that were incorrect.  (Addresses Debian Bugs:
+#880483)
+
+Fixed various Debian Packaging Issues.  (Addresses Debian Bugs: #880207,
+#881408, #881590, #881591)
+
+Programming notes
+-----------------
+
+Fix various compiler warnings.
+
+Clean up Makefile output.
+
+Fix compatibility problems with glibc 2.27 casued by a collision with
+copy_file_range().
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.43.9.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.43.9.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6dbe0db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.43.9.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.43.9 (February 8, 2018)
+===================================
+
+Remove the huge file flag from libe2p (and hence from chattr/lsattr),
+since it was never made visible by the kernel.  Remove the description
+of some compression related flags, and add a description of the
+encrypted file flag, and the project hierarchy flag.
+
+Remove a misplaced "MNP is unsupported" message from debugfs.
+
+Fix a build failure in lib/ext2fs/swapfs.c on big-endian systems.
+(Addresses Debian Bug #886119)
+
+Fix various Debian packaging issues.  (Addresses Debian Bug #269569).
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.44.0.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.44.0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..59cd802
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.44.0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.44.0 (March 7, 2018)
+================================
+
+Updates/Fixes since v1.43.9:
+
+UI and Features
+---------------
+
+E2fsprogs now supports the large_dir (INCOMPAT_LARGEDIR) feature.  This
+feature allows larger directories to be created, both with directory
+sizes over 2GB and and a maximum htree depth of 3 instead of the
+current limit of 2.  These features are needed in order to exceed
+the currently limit of approximately 10M entries in a single
+directory for 4KB blocksize (~100k for 1KB).
+
+E2fsprogs now supports the ea_inode (INCOMPAT_EA_INODE) feature, which
+stores large extended attributes in an external inode instead of a
+single data block.  This is backwards compatible with a Lustre file
+system feature, but it has been extended to support deduplicating
+extended attribute values which are used in multiple inodes.
+
+The metadata_csum feature (RO_COMPAT_METADATA_CSUM) is now enabled by
+default by mke2fs.
+
+The resize2fs program will no longer complain about resizing bigalloc
+file systems as being dangerous when doing an on-line resize (since this
+is purely a kernel feature).
+
+Debugfs's ls command will now print the high bits of the inode's mode
+bits.
+
+Fixes
+-----
+
+Fixed some potential buffer overrun bugs in the blkid library and in the
+fsck program.
+
+There were some corner cases which tune2fs wouldn't correctly handle
+when operating on a file system which was not cleanly mounted and thus
+required running the journal because it could be modified.  Tune2fs will
+now run the journal before trying to change the superblock, and if the
+file system needs to be checked after the journal has been replayed, it
+will require it before proceeding.  Also if the file system is busy (for
+example, because it is in use by Lustre), but is not present in the
+/proc/mounts or /etc/mtab, tune2fs will not try to replay the journal,
+since this could do real damage if it the file system is being actively
+modified by the kernel.
+
+The libss library (used by debugfs) now supports the version 7 of the
+libreadline shared library.
+
+The e2freefrag program will use the GETFSMAP ioctl if it is available
+and the file system is mounted, so that the free space statistics will
+be more accurate.
+
+The consistency checks for symlinks (especially for encrypted and inline
+data file sytems) in e2fsck are now much more careful/stringent.  Also
+fixed a bug where creating a symlink using ext2fs_symlink() which was
+exactly 60 bytes long when inline data was enabled would result in a
+missing system.data xattr.
+
+
+Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc.
+--------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Mke2fs now uses io_channel_flush() instead of sync() for the sync_kludge
+feature.
+
+E2fsprogs now uses i_size as the primary way of determining whether a
+symlink is a fast symlink.
+
+Fix various compiler and UBSAN warnings.
+
+Long running test are now skipped with "make check" and only run when
+"make fullcheck".  The test runner will warn when potentially long
+running tests are being run via "make check".
+
+E2fsck is now much faster for bigalloc file systems when scanning
+extents for bigalloc file systems.  (Addresses Google Bug #36886699)
+
+Update Czech, Spanish, French, Malay, and Ukrainian translations.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.44.1.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.44.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4503c92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.44.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.44.1 (March 24, 2018)
+================================
+
+Updates/Fixes since v1.44.0:
+
+Fixes
+-----
+
+E2fsprogs 1.44.0 introduced a regression introduced which caused e2fsck
+to fail to support HTree directories on big-endian systems.  Fix how we
+read block numbers for internal htree nodes.
+
+Removed a potential memory leak from fsck.
+
+E2image now correctly creates e2image files for bigalloc file systems.
+
+Dumpe2fs and debugfs now correctly support e2image files for file
+systems that have the meta_bg option enabled.
+
+E2fsck and debugfs now correctly handle delete inodes (including
+processing the orphaned inode list in the case of e2fsck) for bigalloc
+file systems.  (Addresses Google Bug: #73795618)
+
+Portability fixes for GNU Hurd.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #893590)
+
+Portability fixes for building in some cross-build environments.
+
+Portability fixes for MacOS 10.6.8.
+
+Add clarifications to chattr's man page.  (Addresses Debian Bug:
+#890390)
+
+
+Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc.
+--------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Debugfs now reads allocation bitmaps much more efficiently when opening
+a file system.
+
+Update Swedish translation file.
+
+Add Vcs-* fields to debian packaging.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #887512)
+
+Fix some test failures on GNU Hurd caused by a different default block
+size.
+
+Add new regression tests.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.44.2.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.44.2.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b5c774
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.44.2.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.44.2 (May 14, 2018)
+===============================
+
+Updates/Fixes since v1.44.1:
+
+Fixes
+-----
+
+E2fsck now prints a warning message if broken_system_clock is set in
+e2fsck.conf and this causes the check interval to be ignored so it is
+clear to the user.
+
+Fix e2image handling of e2i files on big endian systems
+
+Add sanity checks for inodes containing xattr values to prevent
+maliciously crafted file systems from causing crashes caused by infinite
+recursion from causing e2fsck and debugfs to crash.
+
+Fix e2fsck so that quota usage is adjusted when clearing orphaned
+inodes.
+
+Fix filefrag so that unknown flags returned by FIEMAP won't cause a
+buffer overrun.
+
+Fix mke2fs to print a more useful/correct error message if
+ext2fs_close_free() at the end of the file system creation process.
+
+Improve chattr's man page.
+
+
+Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc.
+--------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Demote e2fsprogs in debian packaging from Essential: yes to
+XB-Important: yes (Addresses Debian Bug #474540)
+
+Fix intl/Makefile so it uses @AR@ instead of a hard-coded 'ar' (which
+matters when cross compiling).
+
+Update Polish translation file.
+
+Fix the address of the FSF in various GPL/LGPL copyright licenses.
+
+Clean up the i_bitmaps test so it doesn't leave temporary files behind.
+
+Remove use of /dev/stdin in the regression tests since not all systems
+have /dev/stdin.
+
+Fix the f_bigalloc_badinode and f_bigalloc_orphan_list regression tests
+so they uses mke2fs and ebugfs from the build tree.  They may not exist
+in the users PATH, and if they not or if they are extremely
+old/obsolete, those tests would fail.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.44.3.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.44.3.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e68032c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.44.3.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.44.3 (July 10, 2018)
+================================
+
+Updates/Fixes since v1.44.2:
+
+UI and Features
+---------------
+
+The debugfs inode_dump command can now print a hex dump of the i_block
+array and the extra space in the inode, as a convenience to someone
+investigating a corrupted inode.
+
+The debugfs block_dump and inode_dump command can now print low-level
+dump of extended attribute data structures in the block or inode.
+
+The dumpe2fs command can now print out information in the Multi-Mount
+Protection (MMP) block.  This is also available as e2mmpstatus command
+for compatibility with the Lustre utilities.
+
+The debugfs command can now operate on some file systems with
+corrupted superblocks so they can be fixed.  This includes file
+systems with a corrupted inodes count field and file systems where not
+all of the allocation bitmaps have valid locations or are not
+readable.
+
+
+Fixes
+-----
+
+The inode's project ID is now properly byte-swapped on big-endian
+systems.
+
+E2fsprogs now ignores s_desc_size for file systems that do not have
+the 64-bit feature set.  This makes it more consistent with the
+kernel, so it can now operate on file systems that the kernel is
+willing to mount.  
+
+E2fsck now considers device inodes with the extents flag as corrupt
+and offer to clear them.
+
+E2fsck more properly handles cases where s_inodes_count is corrupted.
+
+E2fsck no longer spews large number of errors when the superblock
+badly corrupted (restoring its behavior pre-1.43).
+
+E2fsck will now offer to set the dir_nlink feature if it is not set
+and file system requires the dir_nlink feature because there are too
+many subdirectories in a directory.
+
+E2fsck will no longer loop infinitely due to a maliciously crafted
+file system which has a fully uninitialized inode table in the first
+block group.
+
+E2fsck will no longer hang if the last block in the file system is a
+fixed-metadata block.  (Very rare, but could happen.)
+
+E2fsck no longer allows initialized blocks to exist past i_size.  This
+is something the Linux implementation of ext4 has never done (and should
+never do).
+
+While replaying the journal in e2fsck, certain errors would previously
+cause e2fsck to print a non-sensical error message (e.g., "Unknown code
+____ 251 while recovering journal").  This has been fixed.
+
+In cases where more than 75% of the block group will be used for group
+descriptor table, mke2fs would previously create an invalid file
+system with both the meta_bg and resize_inode features enabled.  It
+will now disable the resize_inode feature.
+
+The mke2fs program now properly creates a file system which is exactly
+1 << 32 blocks.  Previously the s_inodes_count field would overflow,
+and the file system would be created with a minimal number of inodes.
+
+Recent kernels will report errors on a file or block device which
+occurred before the file or block device was opened via fsync() or
+close().  This will cause e2fsck to incorrectly report a failure.  Work
+around this by calling fsync() immediately after the file or block
+device is opened in the unix_io layer, and throwing away the error.
+
+Filefrag will no longer ignore errors returned by fsync.
+
+Debugfs will no longer print spurious checksum errors when failing to
+open a file system for unrelated reasons.
+
+Updated/fixed various man pages.  (Addresses Launchpad Bug: #1743553)
+
+
+
+Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc.
+--------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Synchronized changes from Android's AOSP e2fsprogs tree.
+
+Debugfs's mknod command now works correctly on some 32-bit systems where
+previously it had a portability problem caused by some object files
+being compiled with LFS, and some without.  This fixes some regression
+test failures on 32-bit MIPS (for example).
+
+Various clean ups, portability, and performance improvements to
+e2fsprogs's regression test framework.
+
+Fixed Coverity, sparse, gcc -Wall, and clang warnings/nits.
+
+Update Czech, Dutch, Spanish, French, Polish, Swedish, Ukrainian, and
+Vietnamese translations.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.44.4.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.44.4.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db130c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.44.4.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.44.4 (August 18, 2018)
+==================================
+
+Updates/Fixes since v1.44.3:
+
+UI and Features
+---------------
+
+Add basic support for the ext4 verity feature (aka fsverity).  It is a
+read-only compatibility feature which uses Merkle trees to add
+functionality much like dm-verity on a per-file basis.  For this release
+we simply allow e2fsck to accept file systems with the verity feature
+enable (no special handling is needed) and mke2fs to create file systems
+with the verity feature.
+
+
+Fixes
+-----
+
+E2fsck will now properly repair a file system that has both the
+resize_inode and meta_bg features enabled simultaneously (which is never
+supposed to happen, but it could happen in versions of mke2fs before
+1.44.3 when it was given parameters where more than 75% of the block
+group was used for group descriptor tables).
+
+Avoid a floating point exception crash when libblkid tries probing a
+maliciously corrupted HFS+ superblock.
+
+Debugfs's ncheck command now properly will handle inodes that have
+multiple hard links.
+
+On platforms that don't supply strdup, the replacement function for
+strdup() had a bug which would cause it to crash if it was used.
+(Fortunately this only happens if the [scratch_files] feature in e2fsck
+is used.)
+
+Fixed support for devices which have non-512 byte block sizes on Apple
+Darwin.
+
+E2fsprogs 1.44.3 would fail to compile on very old versions of gcc.
+This is now fixed.
+
+Update and clarify man pages.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #757831)
+
+
+Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc.
+--------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Synchronized changes from Android's AOSP e2fsprogs tree.
+
+Instead of building the subset e2fsprogs-libs tar file, add a new
+configure option, --enable-subset.  This along with other changes (such
+as dropping obsolete files that aren't shipped as part of
+e2fsprogs-X.YY.tar.gz) allows us to be able to build the tarball using
+the "git archive" command.
+
+Fixed various debian packaging issues (Addresses Debian Bug: #905195)
+
+Update Danish, Spanish, and Swedish translations.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.44.5.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.44.5.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0cda992
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.44.5.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.44.5 (December 15, 2018)
+====================================
+
+Updates/Fixes since v1.44.4:
+
+UI and Features
+---------------
+
+When e2fsck notices it could optimize an extent tree, it will now ask
+"Optimize?" instead of "Fix?", which was confusing some users since it
+implied that something was broken.
+
+
+Fixes
+-----
+
+Use 64-bit counters to track the number of files that are defragmented
+using in e4defrag, to avoid overflows when more than 2**32 files are
+defragmented.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #888899)
+
+Correctly translate Posix ACL's.  This was a regression introduced in
+v1.44.   (Addresses Launchpad Bug: #1807288)
+
+Use the online free block counts so e2freefrag's percentages are
+correct.
+
+Fix a false warning that tune2fs will take long time to change a UUID if
+the metadata_csum feature is not enabled.
+
+E2fsck will only offer to set the inline_data feature flag when the
+inline flag is set on the inode, *and* the system.data xattr is present.
+
+E4defrag will handle the case where it is running as root and it can't
+find the file system to open more gracefully.  (Addresses Debian Bug:
+#907634)
+
+Fix a bug where resize2fs was failing to update the extent tree
+checksums in an corner case.  (Addresses Launchpad Bug: #1798562)
+
+Fix fuse2fs's command line parsing when options are specified after the
+target device/image.
+
+Fix a bug which could cause e2fsprogs tools to segfault on a corrupted
+file system where the journal's s_nr_users is impossibly large.
+
+E2image now includes the mmp block (if needed) when creating a
+metadata-only image.
+
+Fix various Verity handling bugs which made it completely unusable in
+e2fsprogs 1.44.4.
+
+Fix a bug in tune2fs where it would dereference of freed memory after
+replaying the journal.
+
+
+Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc.
+--------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Synchronized changes from Android's AOSP e2fsprogs tree.
+
+Fix groff formatting nits in various man pages.  (Addresses Debian Bug:
+#916188)
+
+Fixed various debian packaging issues (Addresses Debian Bug: #915942)
+
+Adjusted the copyright license for lib/blkid/version.c to be LGPL (and
+consistent with the rest of files in that directory).
+
+Fix various clang warnings.
+
+Fix "make install" when configure was run with --enable-subset.
+
+Make sure the regression tests clean up their tmpfile if the test script
+exits.
+
+Fix build failures on non-glibc systems.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.44.6.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.44.6.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..39e9b95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.44.6.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.44.6 (March 5, 2019)
+================================
+
+Updates/Fixes since v1.44.5:
+
+Fixes
+-----
+
+If files are created while e4defrag is running, it's quite possible for
+succeed_cnt to be larger than total_count, in which case the number of
+failures (calculated via total_count - succeed_cnt) will overflow and
+become a very large unsigned number.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #888899)
+
+Fix e2fsck so it can correctly handle directories > 2 GiB when the
+largedir feature is enabled.
+
+Fix mke2fs's hugefile creation so that we correctly reserve enough
+metadata blocks for a given file system size.  Otherwise for certain
+unfortunately sized disks/partitions, the hugefile creation would fail.
+(Addresses Google Bug: 123239032)
+
+Fix the libext2fs library to be more robust against invalid block group
+descriptors to prevent e2fsprogs from crashing (or possibly being
+p0wned) by maliciously modified file systems.  (Addresses Google Bugs:
+119171089, 119929050)
+
+Fix mke2fs and debugfs so they can correctly copy in files > 2 GiB.
+
+Fix debugfs so its stat command can correctly display directory
+sizes > 2 GiB.
+
+Fix memory leaks in debugfs, mke2fs, and e2freefrag.
+
+
+Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc.
+--------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Synchronized changes from Android's AOSP e2fsprogs tree.
+
+Avoid unnecessarily linking badblocks with the libblkid shared library.
+(Addresses Debian Bug: #919958)
+
+Stop depending on the debugfs binary for test data, since depending on
+the compiler, there might be sufficient aligned zero bytes that the
+resulting file(s) created by test cases could have unexpected sparse
+blocks, leading to test failures.   (Addresses Google Bug: #122085761)
+
+Fixed various debian packaging issues.
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.45.0.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.45.0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d92c11b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.45.0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.45.0 (March 6, 2019)
+================================
+
+Updates/Fixes since v1.44.6:
+
+UI and Features
+---------------
+
+Tune2fs can now set the file system error bit to force a check at the
+next fsck by using the extended option "force_fsck".
+
+E2fsprogs now has an e2scrub script which will allow e2fsck to be run on
+volumes that are mounted on an LVM device.  The e2scrub_all will find
+all ext* file systems and run them using e2scrub (if possible).
+
+Mke2fs will attempt to use ZERO_RANGE before PUNCH_HOLE so that we don't
+lose allocated blocks in preallocated files.
+
+The fuse2fs command now supports a "fakeroot" option to allow an
+unprivileged user to fuse2fs to modify rootfs images.
+
+Add initial support for setting the character set encoding and case
+folding file system feature.  We don't have support to validate file
+names as being valid for a given character set encoding yet, but this
+will allow compatibility for this feature when the kernel support
+lands.  This includes support in lsattr and chattr to understanding the
+casefold attribute flag.
+
+Debugfs can now set the inode's checksum field to test support for
+inodes with bad inode checksums.
+
+E2image now accepts the -b and -B options to allow the user to specify
+the superblock location when creating a raw or qcow2 image.
+
+
+Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc.
+--------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Add support for building e2fsprogs using Link Time Optimization (LTO),
+UBSAN, Address Sanitizer, or Thread Sanitizer.
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.45.1.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.45.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d8ae0bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.45.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.45.1 (May 12, 2019)
+===============================
+
+Updates/Fixes since v1.45.0:
+
+UI and Features
+---------------
+
+Teach the e2scrub and e2scub_all commands the -n option, which prints
+what these commands would do.
+
+Finalize the casefold support so it is synchronized with what we
+actually shipped in the kernel.  This includes updating to Unicode 12.1,
+dropping ASCII casefolding support, and switching from NFKD to NFD.  The
+the ext4 feature name also changed from fname_encoding to casefold.
+Add support for casefold to dumpe2fs and debugfs.
+
+Debugfs now prints non-printable characters using C-style hex escape
+sequences (e.g., "\xc1" instead of M-A).  The old scheme printed
+filenames in an ambiguous way, which complicated using debugfs for ext4
+encryption regression tests.
+
+E2fsck now checks to make sure that all unused bits in the block
+allocation bitmaps are set; if there are some unset bits in the block
+bitmaps for file systems where the blocks_per_group is less than
+8*blocksize (not the default), this can confuse the kernel's multi-block
+allocator and return a bogus free extent.  E2fsprogs guarantees this
+when it writes out the bitmap blocks, but it's possible that file system
+blocks could have gotten corrupted since the last time e2fsprogs wrote
+out the bitmap blocks.
+
+E2fsck now has support write out a problem code log which can provide
+more debugging and monitoring information.  This can be configured using
+/etc/e2fsck.conf.
+
+
+Fixes
+-----
+
+Teach e2scrub and e2scrub to give more intelligible error messages when
+the lvm2 and util-linux packages are not installed, or if the commands
+are not run as root.
+
+Teach e2scrub_all to skip trying to run e2scrub on a logical volume if
+its volume group did not have enough space to create a snapshot.
+(Addresses Debian Bug: #924301)
+
+E2scrub will tag its snapshots with UDISK_IGNORE so they do not show up
+in GUI's.   (Addresses Debian Bug: #926112)
+
+Mark the e2scrub service files to indicate that CAP_SYS_ADMIN and
+CAP_SYS_RAWIO are required.  This avoids errors when e2scrub is run an
+container where root does not have these capabilities.  (Addresses
+Debian Bug: #926138)
+
+Fix mke2fs's check for absurdly large disks.  Previously check was 2^10
+too small, so mke2fs would fail when trying to format a 900TB file
+system.
+
+Fixed debugfs so it correctly prints ea_in_inode xattr values.
+
+Fixed various casefold bugs.
+
+
+Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc.
+--------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Synchronized changes from Android's AOSP e2fsprogs tree.
+
+Fix autoheader warnings caused by a missing template in AC_CHECK_LIB.
+
+Fix the the "make install-strip" command.
+
+Dropped utf8_* and nls_* symbols from the libext2fs shared library, to
+avoid namespace contamination.
+
+Fix the f_valid_ea_in_inode test so actually tests the ea_in_inode
+feature.
+
+Fixed various debian packaging issues.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #924275)
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.45.2.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.45.2.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..43126de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.45.2.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.45.2 (May 27, 2019)
+===============================
+
+Updates/Fixes since v1.45.1:
+
+Fixes
+-----
+
+Fixed various problems with how e2scrub_all is run from cron, when not
+all of the required packages are installed, or there are no LVM devices
+on the system.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #929186, #929287, #928977)
+
+When mke2fs asks the user if she should proceed, fall back to the
+English 'y' or 'Y' characters since there could be a missing translation
+prompting the use of the English 'y' character.  (Addresses Debian Bug:
+#907034)
+
+Fix spurious complaint of blocks beyond i_size for verity files.
+
+
+Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc.
+--------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Fixed various debian packaging issues.
+
+Fixed "make install" failure when the cron.d directory does not exist.
+
+Update the Czech, Malay, Polish, Spanish, Swedish, and Ukarainian
+translations.  Add the new Portuguese translation.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.45.3.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.45.3.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d34aad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.45.3.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.45.3 (July 14, 2019)
+================================
+
+Updates/Fixes since v1.45.2:
+
+UI and Features
+---------------
+
+Whether or not automatic online scrubs will be run is now controlled by
+a setting in /etc/e2scrub.conf.  To enable automatic online scrubs,
+uncomment out the line containing "periodic_e2scrub=1".
+
+The fuse2fs program is now installed in /usr/bin instead of /usr/sbin,
+since it does not require root privileges.
+
+Fuse2fs now works with if fusermount from FUSE V3 is installed.
+However, in order to provide this compatibility, if you are using a
+fusermount from FUSE v2, and you want to mount on top of a non-empty
+directory, you will need to specify -o nonempty explicitly.  FUSE V3
+always allows mounting on top of non-empty directories, and will fail if
+the user or fuse2fs passes the nonempty option.
+
+
+Fixes
+-----
+
+Fixed a bug which caused e2fsck to improperly handle file systems that
+enabled both the large_dir and inline directories at the same time.
+
+E2scrub_all now correctly handles an encrypted (LUKS) ext[234] file
+system stacked on top of an LVM volume.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #931387)
+
+Fixed a bug in "E2scrub_all -r" where it was incorrectly specifying
+which volume needed to have its e2scrub snapshot cleaned up.  (Addresses
+Debian Bug: #931679)
+
+Fixed the Czech, Dutch, German, and Vietnamese translations which
+improperly used positional markers which broke a few translated e2fsck
+problem descriptions.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #892173)
+
+
+Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc.
+--------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Fixed various debian packaging issues.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #931266,
+#923372)
+
+Fixed error checking for calls to posix_{memalign,fadvise}.
+
+Add regression test for checking a file system using fs-verity.
+
+Various regression test cleanups.
+
+Fixed various compiler warnings.
+
+Added xgettext markers to fix incorrectly marked strings in the
+e2fsprogs translations template file as being c-style printf strings
+when in fact they aren't.
+
+Added utility script which generates the release tarfile using git
+archive.
+
+Update the Czech, Dutch, and Portuguese translations from the
+Translation Project.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.45.4.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.45.4.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..acdd361
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.45.4.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.45.4 (September 23, 2019)
+=====================================
+
+Updates/Fixes since v1.45.3:
+
+Fixes
+-----
+
+A maliciously corrupted file systems can trigger buffer overruns in the
+quota code used by e2fsck.  (Addresses CVE-2019-5094)
+
+E2fsck now checks to make sure the casefold flag is only set on
+directories, and only when the casefold feature is enabled.
+
+E2fsck will not disable the low dtime checks when using a backup
+superblock where the last mount time is zero.  This fixes a failure in
+xfstests ext4/007.
+
+Fix e2fsck so that when it needs to recreate the root directory, the
+quota counts are correctly updated.
+
+Fix e2scrub_all cron script so it checks to make sure e2scrub_all
+exists, since the crontab and cron script might stick around after the
+e2fsprogs package is removed.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #932622)
+
+Fix e2scrub_all so that it works when the free space is exactly the
+snapshot size.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #935009)
+
+Avoid spurious lvm warnings when e2scrub_all is run out of cron on
+non-systemd systems (Addresses Debian Bug: #940240)
+
+Update the man pages to document the new fsverity feature, and improve
+the documentation for the casefold and encrypt features.
+
+
+Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc.
+--------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Fixed various debian packaging issues.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #933247,
+#932874, #932876, #932855, #932859, #932861, #932881, #932888)
+
+Fix false positive test failure in f_pre_1970_date_encoding on 32-bit
+systems with a 64-bit time_t.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #932906)
+
+Fixed various compiler warnings.  (Addresses Google Bug #118836063)
+
+Update the Czech, Dutch, French, German, Malay, Polish, Portuguese,
+Spanish, Swedish, Ukrainian, and Vietnamese translations from the
+Translation Project.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.45.5.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.45.5.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70cef96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.45.5.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.45.5 (January 7, 2020)
+==================================
+
+Updates/Fixes since v1.45.4:
+
+Fixes
+-----
+
+E2fsck will no longer force a full file system check if time-based
+forced checks are disabled and the last mount time or last write time in
+the superblock are in the future.
+
+Fix a potential out of bounds write when checking a maliciously
+corrupted file system.  This is probably not exploitable on 64-bit
+platforms, but may be exploitable on 32-bit binaries depending on how
+the compiler lays out the stack variables.  (Addresses CVE-2019-5188)
+
+Fixed spurious weekly e-mails when e2scrub_all is run via a cron job
+on non-systemd systems.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #944033)
+
+Remove an unnecessary sleep in e2scrub which could add up to an
+additional two second delay during the boot up.  Also, avoid trying
+to reap aborted snapshots if it has been disabled via e2scrub.conf.
+(Addresses Debian Bug: #948193)
+
+If a mischievous system administrator mounts a pseudo-file system such
+as tmpfs with a device name that duplicates another mounted file system,
+this could potentially confuse resize2fs when it needs to find the mount
+point of a mounted file system.  (Who would have guessed?)  Add some
+sanity checking so that we can make libext2fs more robust against such
+insanity, at least on Linux.  (GNU HURD doesn't support st_rdev.)
+
+Tune2fs now prohibits enabling or disabling uninit_bg if the file system
+is mounted, since this could result in the file system getting
+corrupted, and there is an unfortunate AskUbuntu article suggesting this
+as a way to modify a file system's UUID on a live file system.  (Ext4
+now has a way to do this safely, using the metadata_csum_seed feature,
+which was added in the 4.4 Linux kernel.)
+
+Fix potential crash in e2fsck when rebuilding very large directories on
+file systems which have the new large_dir feature enable.
+
+Fix support of 32-bit uid's and gid's in fuse2fs and in mke2fs -d.
+
+Fix mke2fs's setting bad blocks to bigalloc file systems.
+
+Fix a bug where fuse2fs would incorrectly report the i_blocks fields for
+bigalloc file systems.
+
+Resize2fs's minimum size estimates (via resize2fs -M) estimates are now
+more accurate when run on mounted file systems.
+
+Fixed potential memory leak in read_bitmap() in libext2fs.
+
+Fixed various UBsan failures found when fuzzing file system images.
+(Addresses Google Bug: #128130353)
+
+Updated and clarified various man pages.
+
+
+Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc.
+--------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Speed up e2fsck on file systems with a very large number of inodes
+caused by repeated calls to gettext().
+
+The inode_io io_manager can now support files which are greater than
+2GB.
+
+The ext2_off_t and ext2_off64_t are now signed types so that
+ext2fs_file_lseek() and ext2fs_file_llseek() can work correctly.
+
+Reserve codepoint for the fast_commit feature.
+
+Fixed various Debian packaging issues.
+
+Fix portability problems for Illumous and on hurd/i386 (Addresses Debian
+Bug: #944649)
+
+Always compile the ext2fs_swap_* functions even on little-endian
+architectures, so that debian/libext2fs.symbols can be consistent across
+architectures.
+
+Synchronized changes from Android's AOSP e2fsprogs tree.
+
+Updated config.guess and config.sub with newer versions from the FSF.
+
+Update the Chinese and Malay translations from the translation project.
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.45.6.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.45.6.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac822bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.45.6.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.45.6 (March 20, 2020)
+==================================
+
+Updates/Fixes since v1.45.5:
+
+UI and Features
+---------------
+
+Debugfs will ignore lines in its command files which start with a
+comment character ("#").
+
+
+Fixes
+-----
+
+Fixed a number of potential out of bounds memory accesses caused by
+fuzzed / malicious file systems.  (Addresses Google Bug: #147849134)
+
+Fix a spurious complaint from e2fsck when a directory which previously
+had more than 32000 subdirectories has the number of subdirectories
+drops below 32000.
+
+Fix an ismounted check when an LVM device is renamed while the device is
+mounted.
+
+Mke2fs -d now correctly sets permission with files where the owner
+permissions are not rwx.
+
+Improve e2fsck's ability to deal with file systems with very large
+number of directories, such that various data structures take more than
+2GiB of memory.  Use better structure packing to improve the memory
+efficiency of these data structures.
+
+Fix debugfs so it correctly prints inode numbers > 2**31.
+
+Filefrag now supports very large files (with > 4 billion blocks), as
+well as block sizes up to 1 GiB.
+
+Updated and clarified various man pages.  (Addresses Debian Bugs:
+#953493, #953494, #951808)
+
+
+
+Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc.
+--------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Reserved the error code EXT2_ET_NO_GDESC (which will be used in
+e2fsprogs v1.46+)
+
+Added a thread-safe variant of e2p_feature2string(),
+e2p_feature_to_string() to the libe2p library.
+
+Fixed portability problems caused by gcc 10.
+
+Fixed portability problem in libcom_err with GNU Hurd.
+
+Fixed various Debian packaging issues.  (Addresses-Debian-Bug: #953926)
+
+Synchronized changes from Android's AOSP e2fsprogs tree.
+
+Update the Malay translation from the translation project.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.45.7.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.45.7.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3957b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.45.7.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.45.7 (January 28, 2021)
+==================================
+
+Updates/Fixes since v1.45.6:
+
+UI and Features
+---------------
+
+Mke2fs will now warn when creating a file system on a DAX-capable device
+and the block size is incompatible with DAX.
+
+The chattr and lsattr programs now support using the 'x' attribute to
+set/get dax support on a particular file.
+
+E2fsprogs now supports the gnu.* extended attribute namespace, which
+allows mke2fs -d to import the gnu.translator extended attributes.
+
+Add support for the simultaneous enablement of the casefold and
+encryption features, which ext4 supports starting with the v5.5 Linux
+kernel.
+
+
+Fixes
+-----
+
+When trying to run debugfs on a mounted file system, it's possible for
+the superblock to be read in an inconsistent state; debugfs will now
+retry the open in the hopes that it will succeed.
+
+Fix an off-by-one error when validating the depth of an htree which
+caused e2fsck to potentially fail to notice an invalid htree.
+
+Fix potential buffer overrun in e2fsck when scanning directory blocks in
+pass 2. (Addresses Google Bug: #158564737)
+
+Fix tune2fs so that it unlocks the MMP block if it can't perform the
+requested operation.
+
+Fix mke2fs so it can import the contents of a directory using the -d
+option when it has inode numbers that are greater than 2**32.   Also fix
+an omission were the extended attributes on the top-level directory was
+not getting copied to the root directory.
+
+Fix e4crypt so that the add_key operation uses the explicitly provided
+salt if it is provided.
+
+Fix resize2fs to prevent it from overflowing the block group descriptors
+from overflowing the first block group.  (This can only happen when the
+block size is 1k and the file system is very large.)
+
+Fix debugfs's set_super_value command so it can set 64-bit integer
+fields, such as s_kbytes_written.
+
+Fix filefrag so that it won't crash if the kernel returns zero for
+statfs(2)'s device id or if it returns a blocksize of zero the device's
+blocksize.  This only happens with kernel bugs, but filefrag shouldn't
+crash when the kernel returns an unexpected value.
+
+Fix a few bad error code returns in the unix and sparse I/O managers.
+(These errors rarely happen in real life; these were find thanks to a
+static code checker.)
+
+E2fsck will no longer try to fix duplicate file names in an encrypted
+directory by mutating the file name since that will cause the decrypted
+file name to be gibberish, or to contain invalid characters.
+
+Updated and clarified various man pages.
+
+
+Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc.
+--------------------------------------------------------------
+
+The misc/mke2fs.conf.in script now properly escaping of double quotes
+when incorporating the mke2fs.conf into the default_profile.c file.  The
+upstream version of the mke2fs.conf.in file doesn't have any double
+quotes, but this allows a customized distribution of e2fsprogs to have
+double quotes in its default mke2fs profile.
+
+Speeded up mkfs.ext3 by batching calls to ext2fs_zero_blocks when
+zeroing the blocks for an indirect-block mapped journal inode.
+
+Fixed portability problem for implementations of grep which don't
+support extended regexp's without the -E option.
+
+Fix various compiler and Coverity warnings.
+
+Fixed portability issue which caused a build failure when mkdir -p is
+not thread safe; in that case, the Makefiles would not find the
+install_sh replacement script.
+
+Fixed various Debian packaging issues.
+
+Synchronized changes from Android's AOSP e2fsprogs tree.
+
+Update the Dutch, Malay, and Serbian translations from the translation
+project.
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.46.0.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.46.0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8fb5222
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.46.0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.46.0 (January 29, 2021)
+===================================
+
+Updates/Fixes since v1.45.7:
+
+UI and Features
+---------------
+
+E2fsprogs now supports the fast_commit (COMPAT_FAST_COMMIT) feature.
+This feature, first available in Linux version 5.10, adds a fine-grained
+journalling which improves the latency of the fsync(2) system call.  It
+should also improve the performance of ext4 file systems exported via
+NFS.
+
+E2fsprogs now supports the stable_inodes (COMPAT_STABLE_INODES) feature.
+This needed to support fscrypt siphash algorithm, which calculates the
+initial vector (IV) for encryption based on the UUID and the inode
+number.  This means that we can't renumber inodes (for example, when
+shrinking a file system) and the UUID can't be changed without breaking
+the ability to decrypt the encryption.
+
+E2fsprogs now supports file systems which have both file system
+encryption and the casefold feature enabled.  This is used in some
+Android handsets, but has not yet landed upstream yet.
+
+E2fsck now will check file names on file systems with case folding
+enabled to make sure the characters are valid UTF-8 characters.  This is
+done for file systems which enforce strict encodings, and optionally if
+the extended "check_encoding" option is requested.
+
+The fuse2fs program now supports the "-o norecovery" option, which will
+suppress any journal replay that might be necessary, and mounts the file
+system read-only.
+
+E2fsck will now find and fix file system corruptions when the encrypted
+files have a different policy from their containing directory.
+
+The "htree" command in debugfs now displays the metadata checksums for
+hash tree index blocks.
+
+Dumpe2fs will print the error code that Linux kernels newer than v5.6
+will save to indicate the class of error which triggered the ext4_error
+event.
+
+E2fsprogs programs (in particular, fuse2fs) can now update htree
+directories without clearing the htree index.
+
+Mke2fs now sets the s_overhead_cluster field, so that the kernel doesn't
+need to calculate it at mount time.  This speeds up mounting very large
+file systems.
+
+
+Fixes
+-----
+
+E2fsck will properly handle checking for duplicated file names when case
+folding is enabled.
+
+Fix various bugs where a maliciously corrupted file systems could case
+e2fsck and other e2fsprogs programs to crash.
+
+Tune2fs will properly recalculate directory block checksums when
+clearing the dir_index feature.
+
+Fix a bug in e2fsck directory rehashing which could fail with ENOSPC
+because it doesn't take into account the space needed for the metadata
+checksum, and doesn't create a sufficiently deep index tree.
+
+Clarify the e2fsck messages when it resets the directory link count when
+it is set to the overflow value but it is no longer needed.
+
+The filefrag program can now request the kernel to display the extent
+status cache by using "filefrag -E".  (This requires Linux version 5.4
+or newer.)
+
+
+Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc.
+--------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Speed up mke2fs when creating large bigalloc file systems by optimizing
+ext2fs_convert_subcluster_bitmap().
+
+Bitmap blocks are now read using multiple threads (for systems with
+pthread support).  This speeds up dumpe2fs, e2fsck, and debugfs for very
+large file systems.
+
+The dumpe2fs and tune2fs will now avoiding to read the block group
+descriptors when they are not needed, which speeds up these program when
+operating on very large file systems.
+
+Drop use of the sysctl(2) system call, which is deprecated in Linux.
+
+Add support for "configure --enable-developer-features" which enables
+features only meant for developer.  The first such feature is "e2fsck -E
+clear_all_uninit_bits", which clears the uninitialized bit on all
+extents for all inodes.  Note that this can end up exposing uninitialized
+data to userspace, and should only used in very specialized situations.
+
+The e2fsck/revoke.c and e2fsck/recovery.c files are now kept idential
+with the fs/jbd2 versions of these files in the kernel.
+
+Fix various compiler and Coverity warnings.
+
+Update to use gettext 0.19.8.  This also removes the built-in "intl"
+directory as this is now considered deprecated by gettext.  This means
+that if the system doesn't have gettext installed on the build system,
+we will simply disable NLS support.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.46.1.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.46.1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7026e5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.46.1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.46.1 (February 9, 2021)
+===================================
+
+Updates/Fixes since v1.46.0:
+
+Fixes
+-----
+
+Fix a bug in libext2fs and debugfs when trying to set an extended
+attribute will result in a seg fault.
+
+Fix e2fsck so it properly accepts large_dir directories which are
+greater than 4GB in size.
+
+Fix fast commit support on big endian architectures.  Also avoid potential
+crash on an error handling case.
+
+Fix mke2fs -d so it correctly handles important a directory or small
+file which is stored using inline_data and contains an ACL or extended
+attribute.   (Addresses-Debian-Bug: #971014)
+
+
+Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc.
+--------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Fix build failure on systems with pthread && without FUSE support.
+
+Fix various compiler warnings.
+
+Fix portability problems by not depending on the glibc specific qsort_r
+function.
+
+Change configure.ac to use AS_HELP_STRING instead of the deprecated
+AC_HELP_STRING, and explicitly declare that the configure.ac requires
+autoconf 2.69.
+
+Fixed/improved various Debian packaging issues.  (Addresses-Debian-Bug:
+#966686)
+
+Update the Czech, French, Malay, Polish, Portuguese, Swedish, and
+Ukranian translations from the translation project.
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.46.2.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.46.2.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f15738
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.46.2.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.46.2 (February 28, 2021)
+===================================
+
+Updates/Fixes since v1.46.1:
+
+UI and Features
+---------------
+
+Teach the tune2fs program to support "random" as an argument to the -c
+option, which sets the maximum mount count.  (Addresses Debian Bug:
+#926293)
+
+Add support for the FS_NOCOMP_FL flag to chattr and lsattr.
+
+
+Fixes
+-----
+
+When resizing a small file systems to a super-large file system size,
+avoid issuing some scary bitmap operation warnings.  (Addresses Github
+issue https://github.com/tytso/e2fsprogs/issues/60)
+
+Fix the debugfs rdump and ls commands so they will work correctly for
+uid's and gid's => 65536.  (Addresses Github issue issue
+https://github.com/tytso/e2fsprogs/issues/63)
+
+Fix the debugfs write and symlink commands so they support targets which
+contain a pathname (instead of only working when writing a file or
+creating a symlink in the current directory).  (Addresses Github issue
+https://github.com/tytso/e2fsprogs/issues/61)
+
+Fix Direct I/O support on block devices where the logical block size is
+greater 1k.  (This includes Advanced Format HDD's, where the sector size
+is 4k, and IBM Mainframe DASD's, where the sector size is 2k.)
+
+Fix debugfs's logdump so it works on file systems whose block size is
+greater than 8k.
+
+Fix a where e2fsck could a crash when there is error while e2fsck is
+trying to open the file system, and e2fsck calls ext2fs_mmp_stop()
+before MMP has been initialized.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #696609)
+
+Improved error checking in the fast commit replay code in e2fsck.
+
+Updated and clarified the chattr man page.
+
+
+Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc.
+--------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Fix various compiler and Coverity warnings.
+
+Update the Spanish translation from the translation project.
+
+Update the e2fsck/iscan.c test program so that it builds again.
+
+Fix an environmental dependency bug for the m_rootdir_acl regression
+test.
+
+Avoid the use of loff_t, which is not available for all compilers /
+system include files.
+
+Fix failure of the t_mmp_fail test when running on a device with a 4k
+logical sector size.
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.46.3.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.46.3.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b0e4d8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.46.3.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.46.3 (July 27, 2021)
+================================
+
+Updates/Fixes since v1.46.2:
+
+UI and Features
+---------------
+
+Teach the filefrag program the -V option, which will print the version
+of the tool, or if -V option is specified twice, will print the list of
+supported FIEMAP flags.
+
+
+Fixes
+-----
+
+Fix bug in resize2fs where growing a file system with MMP enabled and
+there aren't any (or sufficient) reserved block group descriptors,
+resize2fs could potentially overwrite the MMP block, leading to file
+system corruption.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #984472)
+
+Fix fast_commit portability problems on sparc64 and arm64 architectures
+(the latter when running e2fsprogs compiled for arm32).   (Addresses
+Debian Bug: #987641)
+
+Fix missing mutex unlock in an error path in the Unix I/O manager.
+
+Fix Direct I/O support in the Unix I/O manager (this was a regression
+that was introduced in v1.46.2).
+
+Fix mke2fs to avoid discarding blocks beyond the end of the file system
+to be created when creating a file system which is smaller than 16MB and
+the file system size was explicitly specified and smaller than the size
+of the block device.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #989630)
+
+Teach mke2fs to avoid giving a spurious warning about a pre-existing
+partition table and it is creating a file system at a non-zero offset
+(so the partition table wouldn't be overwritten in any case).
+(Addresses Debian Bug: #989612)
+
+Fix e2image -Q to prevent a multiplication overflow could corrupt the
+generated QCOW2 output file for very large file systems.
+
+When e2fsck repairs '.' and '..' entries in corrupted directories, set
+the file type in the directory entry to be EXT2_FT_DIR and do not leave
+the file type as EXT2_FT_UNKNOWN.
+
+Fix e2fsck so that the if the s_interval is zero, and the last mount or
+write time is in the future, it will fix invalid last mount/write
+timestamps in the superblock.  (This was a regression introduced in
+v1.45.5.)
+
+Fix potential memory leaks and seg faults when memory allocations fail.
+
+Fix lsattr and chattr to avoid opening or calling EXT2_IOC_[GS]ETFLAGS
+on devices, since this can cause some devices to react badly as a
+result.  (Thix fixes a regression introduced in v1.46.2 and addresses
+Debian Bug: #986332)
+
+Updated and clarified the e2image and filefrag man pages.
+
+
+Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc.
+--------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Avoid forking an unnecessary thread in ext2fs_rw_bitmaps().
+
+Avoid unnecessary stat(2) calls on mountpoints when checking if a file
+system is mounted.
+
+Add more modern support for Windows I/O.
+
+Fix various compiler and valgrind warnings.
+
+Synchronized changes from Android's AOSP e2fsprogs tree.
+
+Update Dutch, Malay, and Serbian translations.
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.46.4.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.46.4.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5e39745
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.46.4.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.46.4 (August 18, 2021)
+==================================
+
+Updates/Fixes since v1.46.3:
+
+UI and Features
+---------------
+
+The defaults for mke2fs now call for 256 byte inodes for all file
+systems (with the exception of file systems for the GNU Hurd, which only
+supports 128 byte inodes).  Creating non-Hurd file systems with 128 byte
+inodes will trigger a warning message to make sure users are aware of
+the potential problems of using small/legacy inode sizes.
+
+The bigalloc feature is now considered supported if the cluster size no
+more than 16 times the block size.  So the mke2fs program has been
+changes to only warn if the cluster size is larger than that.
+
+
+Fixes
+-----
+
+E2fsck now checks to make sure directory entries do not reference
+internal quota inodes.
+
+E2image now includes the quota inodes when creating file system image,
+since they are part of the file system metadata.
+
+E2fsck now properly accounts the quota usage of the project quota file.
+
+Fix a regression introduced in 1.64.3 where attempting to create a file
+system image using mke2fs into a non-existent file would fail.
+(Addresses Debian Bug: #992094)
+
+Fix mke2fs to correctly create Posix ACL's on big-endian systems when
+copying files from a directory hierarchy.
+
+Updated and clarified the resize2fs man page.  (Addresses Debian Bug:
+#979411)
+
+
+
+Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc.
+--------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Improve various regression tests to be more portable and to reflect the
+new default inode size of 256 byte inodes, even for small file systems.
+
+Fixed a GNU Hurd portability problem which was causing tests to fail.
+
+Fixed a test failure in f_baddotdir on big-endian systems.  This wasn't
+necessarily a bug per se in e2fsck, but rather e2fsck having different
+behaviour on big-endian systems.  (Addresses Debian Bug: #991922)
+
+Use WantedBy=multi-user.target in e2scrub_reap.service.  (Addresses
+Debian Bug: #991349)
+
+Synchronize e2fsck/recovery.c with the kernel's fs/jbd2/recovery.c
+
+Fix various Coverity and compiler warnings.
+
+Fix various error pathes to make sure we don't leak resources or
+potentially use or try to free uninitialized pointers.
+
+Added a setup-schroot command for use on Debian porter boxes.
+
+Updated config.guess and config.sub with newer versions from the FSF.
+
+Update Czech, Dutch, French, Polish, Portuguese, and Swedish translations.
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.46.5.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.46.5.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1bd60c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.46.5.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.46.5 (December 30, 2021)
+====================================
+
+Updates/Fixes since v1.46.4:
+
+UI and Features
+---------------
+
+When resizing a file system and the inode count exceeds the 2**32
+maximum, if resize2fs can successfully perform the resize by dropping
+the last block group, resize2fs will do that in order to allow the file
+system grow operation to succeed.  For example, using the default inode
+ratio size of 16k, this will allow a successful resize to 64TB - 128MB
+when the storage device is 64TB.
+
+
+Fixes
+-----
+
+Avoid a potential infinite loop in resize2fs -P when the file system is
+corrupted (introduced in e2fsprogs 1.45.5).  (Addresses github issue
+https://github.com/tytso/e2fsprogs/issues/94)
+
+E2fsck now updates the bg_checksum after fixing problems in the block
+group descriptor, which eliminates some unnecessary messages printed or
+asked of the system administrator.
+
+Fixed some potential deadlock problems in the unix_io handler in the case
+of I/O errors.  The fix should also improve the performance of parallel
+bitmap loading.
+
+Fixed e2fsck's fast commit handling which could result it in crashing
+when trying to merge extents when there were none available to be
+merged.
+
+Fix e2fsck's support of quota limit data, which could sometimes get
+dropped when the quota data needs to be regenerated, or when processing
+the orphan list.
+
+Fix tune2fs to correctly transfer the quota limits when converting quota
+files to the internal quota inodes.  Also add support for tune2fs to
+properly handle the older version 0 quota files.
+
+Fix debugfs's get_quota and list_quota commands so that the header of
+the report printed by these commands correctly reflect that the units of
+used space is in bytes instead of blocks.
+
+
+Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc.
+--------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Add some additional packages to the setup-schroot script to account for
+the fact that the script can be run on older Debian distributions and so
+the build dependencies might omit some packages needed to build
+e2fsprogs on unstable version of Debian.
+
+Reduce resize2fs's CPU overhead when counting the number of blocks in
+use which can reduce the wall clock time for very large file systems
+by substantial amount.
+
+Teach libuuid to use getrandom() or getentropy() if available in favor
+of reading from /dev/[u]random.
+
+Teach libss to use libreadline.so.8 if it is available.
+
+Update some test expect files to fix some regression tests that were
+broken in e2fsprogs 1.46.4.
+
+If the PRINT_FAILED environment variable is set, failed tests will
+display the diff output to make it easier to debug test failures on
+autobuilders.
+
+Fix various compiler warnings.
+
+Update tst_getsize to use ext2fs_get_size2() to support testing devices
+which are larger than 2**32 sectors.
+
+Fixed spelling mistakes in the mke2fs.conf man page.
+
+Update Chinese, Malay, Serbian, Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian
+translations.
+
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.46.6.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.46.6.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..223a2e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.46.6.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.46.6 (February 1, 2023)
+=====================================
+
+Updates/Fixes since v1.46.5:
+
+UI and Features
+---------------
+
+Debugfs's ncheck command now allows the inode number to be surrounded by
+angle brackets, to be consistent with other debugfs commands.
+
+Debugfs no longer prints a scary message when debugfs -c (which enables
+"catastrophic mode") is used.  This was intended to allow debugfs to
+operate on very badly corrupted file systems, but it is now sometimes
+used to suppress reading the block and inode bitmaps when they are not
+needed.
+
+Resize2fs will round down the requested new file system size to the
+nearest cluster boundary when resizing bigalloc file systems.
+
+Improve error messages issued by badblocks.
+
+Fuse2fs now supports an offset=<bytes> option which allows operating on
+a file system image which is located starting at the specified offset
+from the beginning of the image.
+
+
+
+Fixes
+-----
+
+Pre-v6.2 Linux kernels had long-standing bug in how the extended
+attribute hash was calculated when there were non-ASCII characters in
+the xattr name, when the hash would be different depending on whether
+the C 'char' type was signed or unsigned.  To address this bug, starting
+with e2fsprogs 1.46.6+ and Linux 6.2+, we will accept either the signed
+or unsigned hash variant, but only set the unsigned hash variant.  Since
+extended attribute names are in practice composed of ASCII characters,
+other than various tests (such as generic/454), most users will
+hopefully not notice this change.
+
+Avoid triggering udev in dumpe2fs and "resize2fs -P" for file systems
+with MMP enabled by opening the device read-only when reading the MMP
+block.
+
+Fix MMP handling so it can notice when another writer has modify the MMP
+block out from under it when stopping a MMP sessions.
+
+Fix tune2fs so it will detect another device stealing the MMP sessions
+while rewriting metadata checksums.
+
+E2fsck will now check to make sure the journal inode does not have the
+encrypt flag set.
+
+Fix a deadlock bug in e2fsck's error handler when there are errors
+trying to write to the file system.
+
+Fix a bug where e2fsck could fail when specifying an undo file and an
+explicit superblock number.
+
+Fix e2image so it won't potentially loop forever for certain invalid
+file systems.
+
+Fix resize2fs to honor the E2FSPROGS_FAKE_TIME environment variable.
+This allows embedded system builders who use resize2fs as part of their
+image build process to create reproducible images.
+
+Fix tune2fs to avoid a crash if the journal replay fails and to make
+sure its exit status is non-zero if there is some failure.
+
+Fix tune2fs, fuse2fs, and debugsfs to update j_tail_sequence when
+replaying the journal.
+
+Add additional bullet-proofing for very badly corrupted file systems.
+Try avoid UBSAN warnings, null pointer derferences, and other memory
+bugs.  (Addresses CVE-2022-1304)
+
+Don't fail when the source directory for mke2fs -d doesn't support
+extended attributese.
+
+Check for and handle malloc() failures when computing the log filename
+in e2fsck and in the libss library.
+
+Fix tune2fs and e2fsck to accept pathames which include '=' characters.
+Previously arguments to tune2fs and e2fsck which included '=' characters
+are presumed to be blkid specifiers such as UUID=xxx or LABEL=yyy.  If a
+specifier is both a valid pathname name and blkid tag name specifier,
+priority is given to a blkid resolved pathname.
+
+Improve tune2fs's error messages.
+
+Fix a bug in tune2fs which could cause it to crash if device goes
+off-line just as it being opened.
+
+Fix the fsck driver so if it is interrupted while running fsck -N it
+doesn't end up kllling all processes on the system.
+
+Fix a crash in badblocks when the user specifies an overly large
+number of blocks tested at a time in read/write or nondestructive
+mode.
+
+Update and clarify's chattr's man page and usage message.  Fix spelling
+typo's in a variety of different man pages and comments.
+
+
+Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc.
+--------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Update to autoconf 2.71.
+
+Update flags used to create shared library on Darwin/MacOS.
+
+Speed up e2fsck's clonning of multiply-claimed blocks so it is
+substantially faster on very large file systems.
+
+Add tests/fuzz directory with fuzzers from oss-fuzz.
+
+Add a Github Actions configuration file so that Github will run CI tests
+on Linux, Windows and MacOS on a push to the e2fsprogs github repo.
+
+Make the mtab parsing in ext2fs_check_mount_point() more careful so it
+won't get confused when a block device shows up in the mnt_name field
+for a virtual file system.
+
+Fix the libss's Makefile to create the man page directory before trying
+to install its man page.
+
+Fix various Coverity and compiler warnings.
+
+Make tests more portable on various different OS's and system
+configurations (e.g., with SELinux enabled, MacOS, and Windows)
+
+Use mallinfo2() instead of mallinfo() where avilable, since mallinfo()
+is deprecated on newer glibc versions.
+
+E2fsck will no longer do a full scan of disconnected directory when
+trying to print the parent directory, which is pointless and can slow
+down e2fsck if there are a large number of disconnected directories.
+
+Debugfs will now print the extended attribute's e_hash field.
+
+Fix the setup-schroot script to work on non-Linux platforms.
+
+Fix ext2fs_compare_generic_bmap() so it correctly compares all of the
+bits in the bitmap, and so that it works correctly when comparing a
+bitarray bitmap with a rbtree-based bitmap.  (Fortunately, none of the
+programs in e2fsprogs uses bitmap comparison functions.)
+
+Fix memory leaks on error paths.
+
+Add support for the configure option --enable-largefile so that
+e2fsprogs can utilize largefile support for the MUSL C library.
+
+Add an note that the dict library code has been modified, as required by
+the Kazlib license.
+
+Synchronized changes from Android's AOSP e2fsprogs tree.
+
+Updated config.guess and config.sub with newer versions from the FSF.
+
+Add Friulian translation.
+
+Update Chinese, Czech, Dutch, French, German, Malay, Polish, Serbian,
+Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian translations.
diff --git a/doc/RelNotes/v1.47.0.txt b/doc/RelNotes/v1.47.0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8af28b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/RelNotes/v1.47.0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+E2fsprogs 1.47.0 (February 5, 2023)
+===================================
+
+Updates/Fixes since v1.46.6:
+
+UI and Features
+---------------
+
+Add support for the orphan_file feature, which speeds up workloads that
+are deleting or truncating a large number files in parallel.  This
+compat feature was first supported in the v5.15 Linux kernel.
+
+The mke2fs program (via the mke2fs.conf file) now enables the
+metadata_csum_seed and orphan_file features by default.  The
+metadata_csum_seed feature is an incompat feature which is first
+supported in the Linux kernel starting in the 4.4 kernel and e2fsprogs
+1.43.
+
+Mke2fs now supports the extended option "assume_storage_prezeroed" which
+causes mke2fs to skip zeroing the journal and inode tables and to mark
+the inode tables as zeroed.
+
+Add support to tune2fs and e2label to set the label and UUID for a
+mounted file system using a ioctl, which is more reliable than modifying
+the superblock via writing to the block device.  The kernel support for
+setting the label landed in v5.17, while the support for adding the UUID
+landed in v6.0.  If the ioctls are not supported, tune2fs and e2label
+will fall back old strategy of directly modifying the superblock.
+
+Allow tune2fs to disable the casefold feature after scanning all of the
+directories do not have the Casefold flag set.
+
+
+Fixes
+-----
+
+Fix a potential unbalanced mutex unlock when there is a short read while
+using the bounce buffer when using direct I/O.
+
+
+Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc.
+--------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Fix various Coverity and compiler warnings.
+
+Add the new function ext2fs_xattrs_read_inode() which takes an in-memory
+inode to avoid needing to reread an inode that was already read into
+memory.
+
+Teach debugfs logdump command the -n option which forces printing a
+specified number of transactions, even when a block missing a magic
+number would have stopped the logdump.  (This is for debugging
+journalling problems.)
diff --git a/doc/libblkid.txt b/doc/libblkid.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4aea1b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/libblkid.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+libblkid - a library to handle device identification and token extraction
+
+Basic usage is as follows - there are two normal usage patterns:
+
+For cases where a program wants information about multiple devices, or
+expects to be doing multiple token searches, the program should
+directly initialize cache file via (second parameter is cache
+filename, NULL = default):
+
+	blkid_cache cache = NULL;
+	if (blkid_get_cache(&cache, NULL) < 0)
+		/* error reading the cache file, not really fatal */
+
+Note that if no cache file exists, an empty cache struct is still
+allocated.  Usage of libblkid functions will use the cache to avoid
+needless device scans.
+
+The model of the blkid cache is that each device has a number of
+attributes that can be associated with it.  Currently the attributes
+which are supported (and set) by blkid are:
+
+	TYPE		filesystem type
+	UUID		filesystem uuid
+	LABEL		filesystem label
+
+
+How to use libblkid?  Normally, you either want to find a device with
+a specific NAME=value token, or you want to output token(s) from a
+device.  To find a device that matches a following attribute, you
+simply call the blkid_get_devname() function: 
+
+	if ((devname = blkid_get_devname(cache, attribute_name, value))) {
+		/* do something with devname */
+		string_free(devname);
+	}
+
+The cache parameter is optional; if it is NULL, then the blkid library
+will load the default blkid.tab cache file, and then release the cache
+before function call returns.  The return value is an allocated string
+which holds the resulting device name (if it is found).  If the value
+is NULL, then attribute_name is parsed as if it were
+"<attribute_name>=<value>"; if it cannot be so parsed, then the
+original attribute_name is returned in a copied allocated string.
+This is a convenience to allow user programs to want to translate user
+input, whether it is of the form: "/dev/hda1", "LABEL=root",
+"UUID=082D-26E3", and get back a device name that it can use.
+
+Alternatively, of course, the programmer can pass an attribute name of
+"LABEL", and value of "root", if that is more convenient.
+
+Another common usage is to retrieve the value of a specific attribute
+for a particular device.  This can be used to determine the filesystem
+type, or label, or uuid for a particular device:
+
+	if ((value = blkid_get_tag_value(cache, attribute_name, devname))) {
+		/* do something with value */
+		string_free(value);
+	}
+
+If a program needs to call multiple blkid functions, then passing in a
+cache value of NULL is not recommended, since the /etc/blkid.tab file
+will be repeatedly parsed over and over again, with memory allocated
+and deallocated.  To initialize the blkid cache, blkid_get_cache()
+function is used:
+
+	if (blkid_get_cache(&cache, NULL) < 0)
+		goto errout;
+
+The second parameter of blkid_get_cache (if non-zero) is the alternate
+filename of the blkid cache file (where the default is
+/etc/blkid.tab).  Normally, programs should just pass in NULL.
+
+If you have called blkid_get_cache(), you should call blkid_put_cache()
+when you are done using the blkid library functions.  This will save the
+cache to the blkid.tab file, if you have write access to the file.  It
+will also free all associated devices and tags:
+
+	blkid_put_cache(cache); 
diff --git a/doc/libext2fs.texinfo b/doc/libext2fs.texinfo
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5d4b053
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/libext2fs.texinfo
@@ -0,0 +1,1374 @@
+\input texinfo    @c -*-texinfo-*-
+@c %**start of header
+@setfilename libext2fs.info
+@settitle The EXT2FS Library (version 1.47.0)
+@synindex tp fn
+@comment %**end of header
+
+@ifinfo
+@dircategory Development
+@direntry
+* libext2fs: (libext2fs).                  The EXT2FS library.
+@end direntry
+@end ifinfo
+
+@c smallbook
+
+@iftex
+@finalout
+@end iftex
+
+@c Note: the edition number is listed in *three* places; please update
+@c all three.  Also, update the month and year where appropriate.
+
+@c ==> Update edition number for settitle and subtitle, and in the
+@c ==> following paragraph; update date, too.
+
+
+@ifinfo
+This file documents the ext2fs library, a library for manipulating the
+ext2 filesystem.
+
+Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005,
+2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014 by Theodore Ts'o
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+@ignore
+Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
+results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
+notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
+(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
+
+@end ignore
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
+resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
+notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
+except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
+by the author.
+@end ifinfo
+
+@setchapternewpage on
+@titlepage
+@c  use the new format for titles
+
+@title The EXT2FS Library
+@subtitle The EXT2FS Library
+@subtitle Version 1.47.0
+@subtitle February 2023
+
+@author by Theodore Ts'o
+
+@c Include the Distribution inside the titlepage so
+@c that headings are turned off.
+
+@tex
+\global\parindent=0pt
+\global\parskip=8pt
+\global\baselineskip=13pt
+@end tex
+
+@page
+@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
+Copyright @copyright{} 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
+2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014 Theodore Ts'o
+
+@sp 2
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
+resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
+notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
+except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
+by the Foundation.
+@end titlepage
+@headings double
+
+@node Top, Introduction to the EXT2FS Library, (dir), (dir)
+
+@top The EXT2FS Library
+
+This manual documents the EXT2FS Library, version 1.47.0.
+
+@menu
+* Introduction to the EXT2FS Library::  
+* EXT2FS Library Functions::    
+* Concept Index::               
+* Function Index::              
+@end menu
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Introduction to the EXT2FS Library, EXT2FS Library Functions, Top, Top
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@chapter Introduction to the EXT2FS Library
+
+The EXT2FS library is designed to allow user-level programs to
+manipulate an ext2 filesystem.
+
+@node EXT2FS Library Functions, Concept Index, Introduction to the EXT2FS Library, Top
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@chapter EXT2FS Library Functions
+
+@menu
+* Filesystem-level functions::  
+* File I/O Functions::          
+* Inode Functions::             
+* Directory functions::         
+* Bitmap Functions::            
+* EXT2 data abstractions::      
+* Byte-swapping functions::     
+* Other functions::             
+@end menu
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Filesystem-level functions, File I/O Functions, EXT2FS Library Functions, EXT2FS Library Functions
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@section Filesystem-level functions
+
+The following functions operate on a filesystem handle.  Most EXT2FS
+Library functions require a filesystem handle as their first argument.
+There are two functions which create a filesystem handle,
+@code{ext2fs_open} and @code{ext2fs_initialize}.  
+
+The filesystem can also be closed using @code{ext2fs_close}, and any
+changes to the superblock and group descriptors can be written out to disk
+using @code{ext2fs_flush}.
+
+@menu
+* Opening an ext2 filesystem::  
+* Closing and flushing out changes::  
+* Initializing a filesystem::   
+* Filesystem flag functions::   
+@end menu
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Opening an ext2 filesystem, Closing and flushing out changes, Filesystem-level functions, Filesystem-level functions
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@subsection Opening an ext2 filesystem
+
+Most libext2fs functions take a filesystem handle of type
+@code{ext2_filsys}.  A filesystem handle is created either by opening
+an existing filesystem using @code{ext2fs_open}, or by initializing a new
+filesystem using @code{ext2fs_initialize}.
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_open (const char *@var{name}, int @var{flags}, int @var{superblock}, int @var{block_size}, io_manager @var{manager}, ext2_filsys *@var{ret_fs})
+
+Opens a filesystem named @var{name}, using the the io_manager
+@var{manager} to define the input/output routines needed to read and
+write the filesystem.  In the case of the @code{unix_io} io_manager,
+@var{name} is interpreted as the Unix filename of the filesystem image.
+This is often a device file, such as @file{/dev/hda1}.
+
+The @var{superblock} parameter specifies the block number of the
+superblock which should be used when opening the filesystem.
+If @var{superblock} is zero, @code{ext2fs_open} will use the primary
+superblock located at offset 1024 bytes from the start of the filesystem
+image.
+
+The @var{block_size} parameter specifies the block size used by the
+filesystem.  Normally this is determined automatically from the
+filesystem superblock.  If @var{block_size} is non-zero, it must match
+the block size found in the superblock, or the error
+@code{EXT2_ET_UNEXPECTED_BLOCK_SIZE} will be returned.  The
+@var{block_size} parameter is also used to help find the superblock when
+@var{superblock} is non-zero.
+
+The @var{flags} argument contains a bitmask of flags which control how
+the filesystem open should be handled.
+
+@table @code
+@item EXT2_FLAG_RW
+Open the filesystem for reading and writing.  Without this flag, the
+filesystem is opened for reading only.
+
+@item EXT2_FLAG_FORCE
+Open the filesystem regardless of the feature sets listed in the
+superblock.
+
+@end table
+@end deftypefun
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Closing and flushing out changes, Initializing a filesystem, Opening an ext2 filesystem, Filesystem-level functions
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@subsection Closing and flushing out changes
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_flush (ext2_filsys @var{fs})
+
+Write any changes to the high-level filesystem data structures in the
+@var{fs} filesystem.  The following data structures will be written out:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item The filesystem superblock
+@item The filesystem group descriptors
+@item The filesystem bitmaps, if read in via @code{ext2fs_read_bitmaps}.
+@end itemize
+
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void ext2fs_free (ext2_filsys @var{fs})
+
+Close the io_manager abstraction for @var{fs} and release all memory
+associated with the filesystem handle.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_close (ext2_filsys @var{fs})
+
+Flush out any changes to the high-level filesystem data structures using
+@code{ext2fs_flush} if the filesystem is marked dirty; then close and
+free the filesystem using @code{ext2fs_free}.
+
+@end deftypefun
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Initializing a filesystem, Filesystem flag functions, Closing and flushing out changes, Filesystem-level functions
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@subsection Initializing a filesystem
+
+An ext2 filesystem is initializing by the @code{mke2fs} program.  The
+two functions described here, @code{ext2fs_initialize} and
+@code{ext2fs_allocate_tables} do much of the initial work for setting up
+a filesystem.  However, they don't do the whole job.  @code{mke2fs}
+calls @code{ext2fs_initialize} to set up the filesystem superblock, and
+calls @code{ext2fs_allocate_tables} to allocate space for the inode
+table, and the inode and block bitmaps.  In addition, @code{mke2fs} must
+also initialize the inode tables by clearing them with zeros, create the
+root and lost+found directories, and reserve the reserved inodes.
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_initialize (const char *@var{name}, int @var{flags}, struct ext2_super_block *@var{param}, io_manager @var{manager}, ext2_filsys *@var{ret_fs})
+
+This function is used by the @code{mke2fs} program to initialize a
+filesystem.  The @code{ext2fs_initialize} function creates a filesystem
+handle which is returned in @var{ret_fs} that has been properly setup
+for a filesystem to be located in @var{name}, using the io_manager
+@var{manager}.  The prototype superblock in @var{param} is used to
+supply parameters such as the number of blocks in the filesystem, the
+block size, etc.  
+
+The @code{ext2fs_initialize} function does not actually do any I/O; that
+will be done when the application program calls @code{ext2fs_close} or
+@code{ext2fs_flush}.  Also, this function only initializes the
+superblock and group descriptor structures.  It does not create the
+inode table or the root directory.  This must be done by the calling
+application, such as @code{mke2fs}.
+
+The following values may be set in the @var{param} prototype superblock;
+if a value of 0 is found in a field, @code{ext2fs_initialize} will use a
+default value.  The calling application should zero out the prototype
+entire superblock, and then fill in any appropriate values.
+
+@table @code
+
+@item s_blocks_count
+The number of blocks in the filesystem.  This parameter is mandatory and
+must be set by the calling application.
+
+@item s_inodes_count
+The number of inodes in the filesystem.  The
+default value is determined by calculating the size of the filesystem,
+and creating one inode for every 4096 bytes.
+
+@item s_r_blocks_count
+The number of blocks which should be reserved for the superuser.  The
+default value is zero blocks.
+
+@item s_log_block_size
+The blocksize of the filesystem.  Valid values are 0 (1024 bytes), 1
+(2048 bytes), or 2 (4096 bytes).  The default blocksize is 1024 bytes.
+
+@item s_log_frag_size
+The size of fragments.  The ext2 filesystem does not support fragments
+(and may never support fragments).  Currently this field must be the
+same as @code{s_log_block_size}.
+
+@item s_first_data_block
+The first data block for the filesystem.  For filesystem with a
+blocksize of 1024 bytes, this value must be at least 1, since the
+superblock is located in block number 1.  For filesystems with larger
+blocksizes, the superblock is still located at an offset of 1024 bytes,
+so the superblock is located in block number 0.  By default, this value
+is set to 1 for filesystems with a block size of 1024 bytes, or 0 for
+filesystems with larger blocksizes.
+
+@item s_max_mnt_count
+This field defines the number of times that the filesystem can be
+mounted before it should be checked using @code{e2fsck}.  When
+@code{e2fsck} is run without the @samp{-f} option, @code{e2fsck} will
+skip the filesystem check if the number of times that the filesystem has
+been mounted is less than @code{s_max_mnt_count} and if the interval
+between the last time a filesystem check was performed and the current
+time is less than @code{s_checkinterval} (see below).  The default value
+of @code{s_max_mnt_count} is 20.
+
+@item s_checkinterval
+This field defines the minimal interval between filesystem checks.  See
+the previous entry for a discussion of how this field is used by
+@code{e2fsck}.  The default value of this field is 180 days (six
+months).
+
+@item s_errors
+This field defines the behavior which should be used by the kernel of
+errors are detected in the filesystem.  Possible values include:
+
+@table @samp
+@item EXT2_ERRORS_CONTINUE
+Continue execution when errors are detected.
+
+@item EXT2_ERRORS_RO
+Remount the filesystem read-only.
+
+@item EXT2_ERRORS_PANIC
+Panic.
+
+@end table
+
+The default behavior is @samp{EXT2_ERRORS_CONTINUE}.
+
+@end table
+
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_allocate_tables (ext2_filsys @var{fs})
+Allocate space for the inode table and the block and inode bitmaps.  The
+inode tables and block and inode bitmaps aren't actually initialized;
+this function just allocates the space for them.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Filesystem flag functions,  , Initializing a filesystem, Filesystem-level functions
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@subsection Filesystem flag functions
+
+The filesystem handle has a number of flags which can be manipulated
+using the following function.  Some of these flags affect how the
+libext2fs filesystem behaves; others are provided solely for the
+application's convenience.
+
+@deftypefun void ext2fs_mark_changed (ext2_filsys @var{fs})
+@deftypefunx int ext2fs_test_changed (ext2_filsys @var{fs})
+This flag indicates whether or not the filesystem has been changed. 
+It is not used by the ext2fs library.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void ext2fs_mark_super_dirty (ext2_filsys @var{fs})
+Mark the filesystem @var{fs} as being dirty; this will cause
+the superblock information to be flushed out when @code{ext2fs_close} is
+called.  @code{ext2fs_mark_super_dirty} will also set the filesystem 
+changed flag.  The dirty flag is automatically cleared by
+@code{ext2fs_flush} when the superblock is written to disk.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void ext2fs_mark_valid (ext2_filsys @var{fs})
+@deftypefunx void ext2fs_unmark_valid (ext2_filsys @var{fs})
+@deftypefunx int ext2fs_test_valid (ext2_filsys @var{fs})
+This flag indicates whether or not the filesystem is free of errors.
+It is not used by libext2fs, and is solely for the application's 
+convenience.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void ext2fs_mark_ib_dirty (ext2_filsys @var{fs})
+@deftypefunx void ext2fs_mark_bb_dirty (ext2_filsys @var{fs})
+@deftypefunx int ext2fs_test_ib_dirty (ext2_filsys @var{fs})
+@deftypefunx int ext2fs_test_bb_dirty (ext2_filsys @var{fs})
+These flags indicate whether or not the inode or block bitmaps have been
+modified.   If the flag is set, it will cause the appropriate bitmap
+to be written when the filesystem is closed or flushed.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node File I/O Functions, Inode Functions, Filesystem-level functions, EXT2FS Library Functions
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@section File I/O Functions
+
+The following functions provide a convenient abstraction to read or
+write a file in an filesystem.  The interface is similar in spirit to
+the Linux/POSIX file I/O system calls.
+
+@menu
+* File handle manipulation::    
+* Reading and writing data::    
+* Changing the file offset ::   
+* Getting the file size::       
+@end menu
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node File handle manipulation, Reading and writing data, File I/O Functions, File I/O Functions
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@subsection File handle manipulation
+
+The file handle functions much like a file descriptor in the Linux/POSIX
+file I/O system calls.  Unlike the Linux/POSIX system calls, files are
+opened via inode numbers instead of via pathnames.  To resolve a
+pathname to an inode number, use the function @code{ext2fs_namei} or to
+create a new file, use @code{ext2fs_new_inode} and @code{ext2fs_link}.
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_file_open2 (ext2_filsys @var{fs}, ext2_ino_t @var{ino}, struct ext2_inode *@var{inode}, int @var{flags}, ext2_file_t *@var{ret})
+@deftypefunx errcode_t ext2fs_file_open (ext2_filsys @var{fs}, ext2_ino_t @var{ino}, int @var{flags}, ext2_file_t *@var{ret})
+
+Opens a file identified by inode number @var{ino} in filesystem @var{fs}
+and returns a file handle in @var{ret}.  If an inode structure is
+provided in @var{inode}, then it is used instead of reading the inode
+from the filesystem.
+
+The @var{flags} argument contains a bitmask of flags which control how
+the file should be opened.
+
+@table @code
+@item EXT2_FILE_WRITE
+Open the file for reading and writing.  Without this flag, the file is
+opened for writing only.
+
+@item EXT2_FILE_CREATE
+Create the file if it is not already present.
+
+@end table
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun ext2_filsys ext2fs_file_get_fs (ext2_file_t @var{file})
+Return the filesystem handle where the open file @var{file} was opened.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_file_close (ext2_file_t @var{file})
+Close the file handle @var{file}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_file_flush (ext2_file_t @var{file})
+Force any data written via @code{ext2fs_file_write} to disk.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Reading and writing data, Changing the file offset , File handle manipulation, File I/O Functions
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@subsection Reading and writing data
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_file_read (ext2_file_t @var{file}, void *@var{buf}, unsigned int @var{wanted}, unsigned int *@var{got})
+Read @var{wanted} bytes of data from @var{file} store it in the buffer
+@var{buf}.  The number of bytes that was actually read is returned
+via @var{got}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_file_write (ext2_file_t @var{file}, const void *@var{buf}, unsigned int @var{nbytes}, unsigned int *@var{written})
+Write @var{wanted} bytes of data from the buffer @var{buf} to the
+current file position of @var{file}.  The number of bytes that was 
+actually written is returned via @var{written}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Changing the file offset , Getting the file size, Reading and writing data, File I/O Functions
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@subsection Changing the file offset
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_file_llseek (ext2_file_t @var{file}, __u64 @var{offset}, int @var{whence}, __u64 *@var{ret_pos})
+@deftypefunx errcode_t ext2fs_file_lseek (ext2_file_t @var{file}, ext2_off_t @var{offset}, int @var{whence}, ext2_off_t *@var{ret_pos})
+Change the current file position of @var{file} according to the
+directive @var{whence} as follows:
+
+@table @code
+@item EXT2_SEEK_SET
+The file position is set to @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the
+file.
+
+@item EXT2_SEEK_CUR
+The file position set to its current location plus @var{offset} bytes.
+
+@item EXT2_SEEK_END
+The file position is set to the size of the file plus @var{offset}
+bytes.
+@end table
+
+The current offset is returned via @var{ret_pos}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Getting the file size,  , Changing the file offset , File I/O Functions
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@subsection Getting the file size
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_file_get_lsize (ext2_file_t @var{file}, __u64 *@var{ret_size})
+Return the size of the file @var{file} in @var{ret_size}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun ext2_off_t ext2fs_file_get_size (ext2_file_t @var{file})
+Return the size of the file @var{file}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Inode Functions, Directory functions, File I/O Functions, EXT2FS Library Functions
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@section Inode Functions
+
+@menu
+* Reading and writing inodes::  
+* Iterating over inodes in a filesystem::  
+* Iterating over blocks in an inode::  
+* Inode Convenience Functions::  
+@end menu
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Reading and writing inodes, Iterating over inodes in a filesystem, Inode Functions, Inode Functions
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@subsection Reading and writing inodes
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_read_inode (ext2_filsys @var{fs}, ext2_ino_t @var{ino}, struct ext2_inode *@var{inode})
+Read the inode number @var{ino} into @var{inode}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_write_inode (ext2_filsys @var{fs}, ext2_ino_t @var{ino}, struct ext2_inode *@var{inode})
+Write @var{inode} to inode @var{ino}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Iterating over inodes in a filesystem, Iterating over blocks in an inode, Reading and writing inodes, Inode Functions
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@subsection Iterating over inodes in a filesystem
+
+The inode_scan abstraction is useful for iterating over all the inodes
+in a filesystem.  
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_open_inode_scan (ext2_filsys @var{fs}, int @var{buffer_blocks}, ext2_inode_scan *@var{scan})
+Initialize the iteration variable @var{scan}.  This variable is used by
+@code{ext2fs_get_next_inode}.  The @var{buffer_blocks} parameter
+controls how many blocks of the inode table are read in at a time.  A
+large number of blocks requires more memory, but reduces the overhead in
+seeking and reading from the disk.  If @var{buffer_blocks} is zero, a
+suitable default value will be used.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void ext2fs_close_inode_scan (ext2_inode_scan @var{scan})
+Release the memory associated with @var{scan} and invalidate it.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_get_next_inode (ext2_inode_scan @var{scan}, ext2_ino_t *@var{ino}, struct ext2_inode *@var{inode})
+
+This function returns the next inode from the filesystem; the inode
+number of the inode is stored in @var{ino}, and the inode is stored in
+@var{inode}.  
+
+If the inode is located in a block that has been marked as bad,
+@code{ext2fs_get_next_inode} will return the error
+@code{EXT2_ET_BAD_BLOCK_IN_INODE_TABLE}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_inode_scan_goto_blockgroup (ext2_inode_scan @var{scan}, int @var{group})
+Start the inode scan at a particular ext2 blockgroup, @var{group}.  
+This function may be safely called at any time while @var{scan} is valid.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void ext2fs_set_inode_callback (ext2_inode_scan @var{scan}, errcode_t (*done_group)(ext2_filsys @var{fs}, ext2_inode_scan @var{scan}, dgrp_t @var{group}, void * @var{private}), void *@var{done_group_data})
+Register a callback function which will be called by
+@code{ext2_get_next_inode} when all of the inodes in a block group have
+been processed.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int ext2fs_inode_scan_flags (ext2_inode_scan @var{scan}, int @var{set_flags}, int @var{clear_flags})
+
+Set the scan_flags @var{set_flags} and clear the scan_flags @var{clear_flags}.
+The following flags can be set using this interface:
+
+@table @samp
+
+@item EXT2_SF_SKIP_MISSING_ITABLE 
+When a block group is missing an inode table, skip it.  If this flag is
+not set @code{ext2fs_get_next_inode} will return the error
+EXT2_ET_MISSING_INODE_TABLE.
+
+@end table
+
+@end deftypefun
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Iterating over blocks in an inode, Inode Convenience Functions, Iterating over inodes in a filesystem, Inode Functions
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@subsection Iterating over blocks in an inode
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_block_iterate (ext2_filsys @var{fs}, ext2_ino_t @var{ino}, int @var{flags}, char *block_buf, int (*func)(ext2_filsys @var{fs}, blk_t *@var{blocknr}, int @var{blockcnt}, void *@var{private}), void *@var{private})
+
+Iterate over all of the blocks in inode number @var{ino} in filesystem
+@var{fs}, by calling the function @var{func} for each block in the
+inode.  The @var{block_buf} parameter should either be NULL, or if the
+@code{ext2fs_block_iterate} function is called repeatedly, the overhead
+of allocating and freeing scratch memory can be avoided by passing a
+pointer to a scratch buffer which must be at least as big as three times the
+filesystem's blocksize.  
+
+The @var{flags} parameter controls how the iterator will function:
+
+@table @samp
+
+@item BLOCK_FLAG_HOLE
+This flag indicates that the iterator function should be called on
+blocks where the block number is zero (also known as ``holes''.)  It is
+also known as BLOCK_FLAG_APPEND, since it is also used by functions
+such as ext2fs_expand_dir() to add a new block to an inode.
+
+@item BLOCK_FLAG_DEPTH_TRAVERSE
+This flag indicates that the iterator function for the
+indirect, doubly indirect, etc. blocks should be called after all
+of the blocks contained in the indirect blocks are processed.
+This is useful if you are going to be deallocating blocks from an
+inode.
+
+@item BLOCK_FLAG_DATA_ONLY
+This flag indicates that the iterator function should be
+called for data blocks only.
+
+@end table
+
+The callback function @var{func} is called with a number of parameters;
+the @var{fs} and @var{private} parameters are self-explanatory, and
+their values are taken from the parameters to
+@code{ext2fs_block_iterate}.  (The @var{private} data structure is
+generally used by callers to @code{ext2fs_block_iterate} so that some
+private data structure can be passed to the callback function.  The 
+@var{blockcnt} parameter, if non-negative, indicates the logical block
+number of a data block in the inode.  If @var{blockcnt} is less than
+zero, then @var{func} was called on a metadata block, and @var{blockcnt}
+will be one of the following values:  BLOCK_COUNT_IND, BLOCK_COUNT_DIND,
+BLOCK_COUNT_TIND, or BLOCK_COUNT_TRANSLATOR.  The @var{blocknr} is a
+pointer to the inode or indirect block entry listing physical block
+number.  The callback function may modify the physical block number, if
+it returns the @var{BLOCK_CHANGED} flag.
+
+
+The callback function @var{func} returns a result code which is composed of
+the logical OR of the following flags:
+
+@table @samp
+
+@item BLOCK_CHANGED
+
+This flag indicates that callback function has modified the physical
+block number pointed to by @var{blocknr}.
+
+@item BLOCK_ABORT
+
+This flag requests that @code{ext2fs_block_iterate} to stop immediately
+and return to the caller.
+
+@end table
+
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_block_iterate2 (ext2_filsys @var{fs}, ext2_ino_t @var{ino}, int @var{flags}, char *@var{block}_buf, int (*func)(ext2_filsys @var{fs}, blk_t *@var{blocknr}, e2_blkcnt_t @var{blockcnt}, blk_t @var{ref_blk}, int  @var{ref_offset}, void *@var{private}), void *@var{private})
+
+This function is much like @code{ext2fs_block_iterate}, except that the
+@var{blockcnt} type is a 64-bit signed quantity, to support larger
+files, and the addition of the @var{ref_blk} and @var{ref_offset}
+arguments passed to the callback function, which identify the location
+of the physical block pointed to by pointer @var{blocknr}.  If
+@var{ref_blk} is zero, then @var{ref_offset} contains the offset into
+the @code{i_blocks} array.  If @var{ref_blk} is non-zero, then the physical
+block location is contained inside an indirect block group, and
+@var{ref_offset} contains the offset into the indirect block.
+
+@end deftypefun
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Inode Convenience Functions,  , Iterating over blocks in an inode, Inode Functions
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@subsection Convenience functions for Inodes
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_get_blocks (ext2_filsys @var{fs}, ext2_ino_t @var{ino}, blk_t *@var{blocks})
+
+Returns an array of blocks corresponding to the direct,
+indirect, doubly indirect, and triply indirect blocks as stored in the
+inode structure.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_check_directory (ext2_filsys @var{fs}, ext2_ino_t @var{ino})
+Returns 0 if @var{ino} is a directory, and @code{ENOTDIR} if it is not.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int ext2fs_inode_has_valid_blocks (struct ext2_inode *@var{inode})
+
+Returns 1 if the inode's block entries actually valid block entries, and
+0 if not.  Inodes which represent devices and fast symbolic links do not
+contain valid block entries.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Directory functions, Bitmap Functions, Inode Functions, EXT2FS Library Functions
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@section Directory functions
+
+@menu
+* Directory block functions::   
+* Iterating over a directory::  
+* Creating and expanding directories::  
+* Creating and removing directory entries::  
+* Looking up filenames::        
+* Translating inode numbers to filenames::  
+@end menu
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Directory block functions, Iterating over a directory, Directory functions, Directory functions
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@subsection Directory block functions
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_read_dir_block (ext2_filsys @var{fs}, blk_t @var{block}, void *@var{buf})
+
+This function reads a directory block, performing
+byte swapping if necessary.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_write_dir_block (ext2_filsys @var{fs}, blk_t @var{block}, void *@var{buf})
+
+This function writes a directory block, performing
+byte swapping if necessary.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_new_dir_block (ext2_filsys @var{fs}, ext2_ino_t @var{dir_ino}, ext2_ino_t @var{parent_ino}, char **@var{block})
+
+This function creates a new directory block in @var{block}.  If
+@var{dir_ino} is non-zero, then @var{dir_ino} and @var{parent_ino} are used
+to initialize directory entries for @file{.} and @file{..}, respectively.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Iterating over a directory, Creating and expanding directories, Directory block functions, Directory functions
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@subsection Iterating over a directory
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_dir_iterate (ext2_filsys @var{fs}, ext2_ino_t @var{dir}, int @var{flags}, char *@var{block_buf}, int (*@var{func})(struct ext2_dir_entry *@var{dirent}, int @var{offset}, int @var{blocksize}, char *@var{buf}, void *@var{private}), void *@var{private})
+
+This function iterates over all of the directory entries in the
+directory @var{dir}, calling the callback function @var{func} for each
+directory entry in the directory.  The @var{block_buf} parameter should
+either be NULL, or if the @code{ext2fs_dir_iterate} function is 
+called repeatedly, the overhead of allocating and freeing 
+scratch memory can be avoided by passing a pointer to a scratch buffer
+which must be at least as big as the filesystem's blocksize.  
+
+The @var{flags} parameter controls how the iterator will function:
+
+@table @samp
+
+@item DIRENT_FLAG_INCLUDE_EMPTY
+
+This flag indicates that the callback function should be called even 
+for deleted or empty directory entries.
+
+@end table
+
+@end deftypefun
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Creating and expanding directories, Creating and removing directory entries, Iterating over a directory, Directory functions
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@subsection Creating and expanding directories
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_mkdir (ext2_filsys @var{fs}, ext2_ino_t @var{parent}, ext2_ino_t @var{inum}, const char *@var{name})
+
+This function creates a new directory.  If @var{inum} is zero, then a
+new inode will be allocated; otherwise, the directory will be created in
+the inode specified by @var{inum}.  If @var{name} specifies the name of
+the new directory; if it is non-NULL, then the new directory will be
+linked into the parent directory @var{parent}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_expand_dir (ext2_filsys @var{fs}, ext2_ino_t @var{dir})
+
+This function adds a new empty directory block and appends it to 
+the directory @var{dir}.  This allows functions such as
+@code{ext2fs_link} to add new directory entries to a directory which is full.
+
+@end deftypefun
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Creating and removing directory entries, Looking up filenames, Creating and expanding directories, Directory functions
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@subsection Creating and removing directory entries
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_link (ext2_filsys @var{fs}, ext2_ino_t @var{dir}, const char *@var{name}, ext2_ino_t @var{ino}, int flags)
+
+This function adds a new directory entry to the directory @var{dir}, 
+with @var{name} and @var{ino} specifying the name and inode number in
+the directory entry, respectively.  
+
+The low 3 bits of the flags field is used to specify the file type of
+inode:   (No other flags are currently defined.)
+
+@table @samp
+
+@item EXT2_FT_UNKNOWN
+
+The file type is unknown.
+
+@item EXT2_FT_REG_FILE
+
+The file type is a normal file.
+
+@item EXT2_FT_DIR
+
+The file type is a directory.
+
+@item EXT2_FT_CHRDEV
+
+The file type is a character device.
+
+@item EXT2_FT_BLKDEV
+
+The file type is a block device.
+
+@item EXT2_FT_FIFO
+
+The file type is a named pipe.
+
+@item EXT2_FT_SOCK
+
+The file type is a unix domain socket.
+
+@item EXT2_FT_SYMLINK
+
+The file type is a symbolic link.
+@end table 
+
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_unlink (ext2_filsys @var{fs}, ext2_ino_t @var{dir}, const char *@var{name}, ext2_ino_t @var{ino}, int @var{flags})
+
+This function removes a directory entry from @var{dir}.
+The directory entry to be removed is the first one which is
+matched by @var{name} and @var{ino}.  If @var{name} is non-NULL, 
+the directory entry's name must match @var{name}.  If @var{ino} is
+non-zero, the directory entry's inode number must match @var{ino}.
+No flags are currently defined for @code{ext2fs_unlink}; callers should
+pass in zero to this parameter.
+
+@end deftypefun
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Looking up filenames, Translating inode numbers to filenames, Creating and removing directory entries, Directory functions
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@subsection Looking up filenames
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_lookup (ext2_filsys @var{fs}, ext2_ino_t @var{dir}, const char *@var{name}, int @var{namelen}, char *@var{buf}, ext2_ino_t *@var{inode})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_namei (ext2_filsys @var{fs}, ext2_ino_t @var{root}, ext2_ino_t @var{cwd}, const char *@var{name}, ext2_ino_t *@var{inode})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_namei_follow (ext2_filsys @var{fs}, ext2_ino_t @var{root}, ext2_ino_t @var{cwd}, const char *@var{name}, ext2_ino_t *@var{inode})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_follow_link (ext2_filsys @var{fs}, ext2_ino_t @var{root}, ext2_ino_t @var{cwd}, ext2_ino_t @var{inode}, ext2_ino_t *@var{res}_inode)
+@end deftypefun
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Translating inode numbers to filenames,  , Looking up filenames, Directory functions
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@subsection Translating inode numbers to filenames
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_get_pathname (ext2_filsys @var{fs}, ext2_ino_t @var{dir}, ext2_ino_t @var{ino}, char **@var{name})
+@end deftypefun
+
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Bitmap Functions, EXT2 data abstractions, Directory functions, EXT2FS Library Functions
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@section Bitmap Functions
+
+@menu
+* Reading and Writing Bitmaps::  
+* Allocating Bitmaps::          
+* Free bitmaps::                
+* Bitmap Operations::           
+* Comparing bitmaps::           
+* Modifying Bitmaps::           
+* Resizing Bitmaps::            
+* Clearing Bitmaps::            
+@end menu
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Reading and Writing Bitmaps, Allocating Bitmaps, Bitmap Functions, Bitmap Functions
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@subsection Reading and Writing Bitmaps
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_write_inode_bitmap (ext2_filsys @var{fs})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_write_block_bitmap (ext2_filsys @var{fs})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_read_inode_bitmap (ext2_filsys @var{fs})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_read_block_bitmap (ext2_filsys @var{fs})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_read_bitmaps (ext2_filsys @var{fs})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_write_bitmaps (ext2_filsys @var{fs})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Allocating Bitmaps, Free bitmaps, Reading and Writing Bitmaps, Bitmap Functions
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@subsection Allocating Bitmaps
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_allocate_generic_bitmap (__u32 @var{start}, __u32 @var{end}, _u32 @var{real_end}, const char *@var{descr}, ext2fs_generic_bitmap *@var{ret})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_allocate_block_bitmap (ext2_filsys @var{fs}, const char *@var{descr}, ext2fs_block_bitmap *@var{ret})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_allocate_inode_bitmap (ext2_filsys @var{fs}, const char *@var{descr}, ext2fs_inode_bitmap *@var{ret})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Free bitmaps, Bitmap Operations, Allocating Bitmaps, Bitmap Functions
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@subsection Freeing bitmaps
+
+
+@deftypefun void ext2fs_free_generic_bitmap (ext2fs_inode_bitmap @var{bitmap})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void ext2fs_free_block_bitmap (ext2fs_block_bitmap @var{bitmap})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void ext2fs_free_inode_bitmap (ext2fs_inode_bitmap @var{bitmap})
+@end deftypefun
+
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Bitmap Operations, Comparing bitmaps, Free bitmaps, Bitmap Functions
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@subsection Bitmap Operations
+
+@deftypefun void ext2fs_mark_block_bitmap (ext2fs_block_bitmap @var{bitmap}, blk_t @var{block})
+
+@deftypefunx void ext2fs_unmark_block_bitmap (ext2fs_block_bitmap @var{bitmap}, blk_t @var{block})
+
+@deftypefunx int ext2fs_test_block_bitmap (ext2fs_block_bitmap @var{bitmap}, blk_t @var{block})
+
+These functions set, clear, and test bits in a block bitmap @var{bitmap}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+
+@deftypefun void ext2fs_mark_inode_bitmap (ext2fs_inode_bitmap @var{bitmap}, ext2_ino_t @var{inode})
+
+@deftypefunx void ext2fs_unmark_inode_bitmap (ext2fs_inode_bitmap @var{bitmap}, ext2_ino_t @var{inode})
+
+@deftypefunx int ext2fs_test_inode_bitmap (ext2fs_inode_bitmap @var{bitmap}, ext2_ino_t @var{inode})
+
+These functions set, clear, and test bits in an inode bitmap @var{bitmap}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void ext2fs_fast_mark_block_bitmap (ext2fs_block_bitmap @var{bitmap}, blk_t @var{block})
+
+@deftypefunx void ext2fs_fast_unmark_block_bitmap (ext2fs_block_bitmap @var{bitmap}, blk_t @var{block})
+
+@deftypefunx int ext2fs_fast_test_block_bitmap (ext2fs_block_bitmap @var{bitmap}, blk_t @var{block})
+
+@deftypefunx void ext2fs_fast_mark_inode_bitmap (ext2fs_inode_bitmap @var{bitmap}, ext2_ino_t @var{inode})
+
+@deftypefunx void ext2fs_fast_unmark_inode_bitmap (ext2fs_inode_bitmap @var{bitmap}, ext2_ino_t @var{inode})
+
+@deftypefunx int ext2fs_fast_test_inode_bitmap (ext2fs_inode_bitmap @var{bitmap}, ext2_ino_t @var{inode})
+
+These ``fast'' functions are like their normal counterparts; however,
+they are implemented as inline functions and do not perform bounds
+checks on the inode number or block number; they are assumed to be
+correct.  They should only be used in speed-critical applications, where
+the inode or block number has already been validated by other means.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun blk_t ext2fs_get_block_bitmap_start (ext2fs_block_bitmap @var{bitmap})
+@deftypefunx ext2_ino_t ext2fs_get_inode_bitmap_start (ext2fs_inode_bitmap @var{bitmap})
+Return the first inode or block which is stored in the bitmap.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun blk_t ext2fs_get_block_bitmap_end (ext2fs_block_bitmap @var{bitmap})
+@deftypefunx ext2_ino_t ext2fs_get_inode_bitmap_end (ext2fs_inode_bitmap @var{bitmap})
+
+Return the last inode or block which is stored in the bitmap.
+@end deftypefun
+
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Comparing bitmaps, Modifying Bitmaps, Bitmap Operations, Bitmap Functions
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@subsection Comparing bitmaps
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_compare_block_bitmap (ext2fs_block_bitmap @var{bm1}, ext2fs_block_bitmap @var{bm2})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_compare_inode_bitmap (ext2fs_inode_bitmap @var{bm1}, ext2fs_inode_bitmap @var{bm2})
+@end deftypefun
+
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Modifying Bitmaps, Resizing Bitmaps, Comparing bitmaps, Bitmap Functions
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@subsection Modifying Bitmaps
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_fudge_inode_bitmap_end (ext2fs_inode_bitmap @var{bitmap}, ext2_ino_t @var{end}, ext2_ino_t *@var{oend})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_fudge_block_bitmap_end (ext2fs_block_bitmap @var{bitmap}, blk_t @var{end}, blk_t *@var{oend})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Resizing Bitmaps, Clearing Bitmaps, Modifying Bitmaps, Bitmap Functions
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@subsection Resizing Bitmaps
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_resize_generic_bitmap (__u32 @var{new_end}, __u32 @var{new_real_end}, ext2fs_generic_bitmap @var{bmap})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_resize_inode_bitmap (__u32 @var{new_end}, __u32 @var{new_real_end}, ext2fs_inode_bitmap @var{bmap})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_resize_block_bitmap (__u32 @var{new_end}, __u32 @var{new_real_end}, ext2fs_block_bitmap @var{bmap})
+@end deftypefun
+
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Clearing Bitmaps,  , Resizing Bitmaps, Bitmap Functions
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@subsection Clearing Bitmaps
+
+@deftypefun void ext2fs_clear_inode_bitmap (ext2fs_inode_bitmap @var{bitmap})
+
+This function sets all of the bits in the inode bitmap @var{bitmap} to 
+be zero.
+
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void ext2fs_clear_block_bitmap (ext2fs_block_bitmap @var{bitmap})
+
+This function sets all of the bits in the block bitmap @var{bitmap} to 
+be zero.
+@end deftypefun
+
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node EXT2 data abstractions, Byte-swapping functions, Bitmap Functions, EXT2FS Library Functions
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@section EXT2 data abstractions
+
+The ext2 library has a number of abstractions which are useful for ext2
+utility programs.  
+
+@menu
+* Badblocks list management::   
+* Directory-block list management::  
+* Inode count functions::       
+@end menu
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Badblocks list management, Directory-block list management, EXT2 data abstractions, EXT2 data abstractions
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@subsection Badblocks list management
+
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_badblocks_list_create (ext2_badblocks_list *@var{ret}, int @var{size})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void ext2fs_badblocks_list_free (ext2_badblocks_list @var{bb})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_badblocks_list_add (ext2_badblocks_list @var{bb}, blk_t @var{blk})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int ext2fs_badblocks_list_test (ext2_badblocks_list @var{bb}, blk_t @var{blk})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_badblocks_list_iterate_begin (ext2_badblocks_list @var{bb}, ext2_badblocks_iterate *@var{ret})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int ext2fs_badblocks_list_iterate (ext2_badblocks_iterate iter, blk_t *@var{blk})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void ext2fs_badblocks_list_iterate_end (ext2_badblocks_iterate @var{iter})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_update_bb_inode (ext2_filsys @var{fs}, ext2_badblocks_list @var{bb_list})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_read_bb_inode (ext2_filsys @var{fs}, ext2_badblocks_list *@var{bb_list})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_read_bb_FILE (ext2_filsys @var{fs}, FILE *f, ext2_badblocks_list *@var{bb_list}, void (*invalid)(ext2_filsys @var{fs}, blk_t @var{blk}))
+@end deftypefun
+
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Directory-block list management, Inode count functions, Badblocks list management, EXT2 data abstractions
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@subsection Directory-block list management
+
+The dblist abstraction stores a list of blocks belonging to
+directories.  This list can be useful when a program needs to iterate
+over all directory entries in a filesystem; @code{e2fsck} does this in
+pass 2 of its operations, and @code{debugfs} needs to do this when it is
+trying to turn an inode number into a pathname.
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_init_dblist (ext2_filsys @var{fs}, ext2_dblist *@var{ret_dblist})
+
+Creates a dblist data structure and returns it in @var{ret_dblist}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void ext2fs_free_dblist (ext2_dblist @var{dblist})
+
+Free a dblist data structure.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_add_dir_block (ext2_dblist @var{dblist}, ext2_ino_t @var{ino}, blk_t @var{blk}, int @var{blockcnt})
+
+Add an entry to the dblist data structure.  This call records the fact
+that block number @var{blockcnt} of directory inode @var{ino} is stored
+in block @var{blk}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_set_dir_block (ext2_dblist @var{dblist}, ext2_ino_t @var{ino}, blk_t @var{blk}, int @var{blockcnt})
+
+Change an entry in the dblist data structure; this changes the location
+of block number @var{blockcnt} of directory inode @var{ino} to be block
+@var{blk}. 
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_dblist_iterate (ext2_dblist @var{dblist}, int (*func)(ext2_filsys @var{fs}, struct ext2_db_entry *@var{db_info}, void *@var{private}), void *@var{private})
+
+This iterator calls @var{func} for every entry in the dblist data structure.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_dblist_dir_iterate (ext2_dblist @var{dblist}, int flags, char *@var{block_buf}, int (*func)(ext2_ino_t @var{dir}, int  @var{entry}, struct ext2_dir_entry *@var{dirent}, int @var{offset}, int @var{blocksize}, char *@var{buf}, void *@var{private}), void *@var{private})
+
+This iterator takes reads in the directory block indicated in each
+dblist entry, and calls @var{func} for each directory entry in each
+directory block.  If @var{dblist} contains all the directory blocks in a
+filesystem, this function provides a convenient way to iterate over all
+directory entries for that filesystem.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Inode count functions,  , Directory-block list management, EXT2 data abstractions
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@subsection Inode count functions
+
+The icount abstraction is a specialized data type used by @code{e2fsck}
+to store how many times a particular inode is referenced by the
+filesystem.  This is used twice; once to store the actual number of times
+that the inode is reference; and once to store the claimed number of times
+the inode is referenced according to the inode structure.
+
+This abstraction is designed to be extremely efficient for storing this
+sort of information, by taking advantage of the following properties of
+inode counts, namely (1) inode counts are very often zero (because
+the inode is currently not in use), and (2) many files have a inode
+count of 1 (because they are a file which has no additional hard links).
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_create_icount2 (ext2_filsys @var{fs}, int @var{flags}, int @var{size}, ext2_icount_t @var{hint}, ext2_icount_t *@var{ret})
+
+Creates an icount structure for a filesystem @var{fs}, with initial space
+for @var{size} inodes whose count is greater than 1.  The @var{flags}
+parameter is either 0 or @code{EXT2_ICOUNT_OPT_INCREMENT}, which
+indicates that icount structure should be able to increment inode counts
+quickly.  The icount structure is returned in @var{ret}.  The returned
+icount structure initially has a count of zero for all inodes.
+
+The @var{hint} parameter allows the caller to optionally pass in another
+icount structure which is used to initialize the array of inodes whose
+count is greater than 1.  It is used purely as a speed optimization so
+that the icount structure can determine in advance which inodes are
+likely to contain a count grater than 1.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void ext2fs_free_icount (ext2_icount_t @var{icount})
+
+Frees an icount structure.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_icount_fetch (ext2_icount_t @var{icount}, ext2_ino_t @var{ino}, __u16 *@var{ret})
+
+Returns in @var{ret} the count for a particular inode @var{ino}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_icount_increment (ext2_icount_t @var{icount}, ext2_ino_t @var{ino}, __u16 *@var{ret})
+
+Increments the ref count for inode @var{ino}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_icount_decrement (ext2_icount_t @var{icount}, ext2_ino_t @var{ino}, __u16 *@var{ret})
+
+Decrements the ref count for inode @var{ino}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_icount_store (ext2_icount_t @var{icount}, ext2_ino_t @var{ino}, __u16 @var{count})
+
+Sets the reference count for inode @var{ino} to be @var{count}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun ext2_ino_t ext2fs_get_icount_size (ext2_icount_t @var{icount})
+
+Returns the current number of inodes in @var{icount} which has a count
+greater than 1.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_icount_validate (ext2_icount_t @var{icount}, FILE *@var{f})
+
+Validates the internal rep invariant of @var{icount}; if there are any
+problems, print out debugging information to @var{f}.  This function is
+intended for debugging and testing use only.
+@end deftypefun
+
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Byte-swapping functions, Other functions, EXT2 data abstractions, EXT2FS Library Functions
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@section Byte-swapping functions
+
+@deftypefun void ext2fs_swap_super (struct ext2_super_block * @var{super})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void ext2fs_swap_group_desc (struct ext2_group_desc *@var{gdp})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void ext2fs_swap_inode (ext2_filsys @var{fs}, struct ext2_inode *@var{to}, struct ext2_inode *@var{from}, int @var{hostorder})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int ext2fs_native_flag (void)
+@end deftypefun
+
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Other functions,  , Byte-swapping functions, EXT2FS Library Functions
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@section Other functions
+
+/* alloc.c */
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_new_inode (ext2_filsys @var{fs}, ext2_ino_t @var{dir}, int @var{mode}, ext2fs_inode_bitmap @var{map}, ext2_ino_t *@var{ret})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_new_block (ext2_filsys @var{fs}, blk_t @var{goal}, ext2fs_block_bitmap @var{map}, blk_t *@var{ret})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_get_free_blocks (ext2_filsys @var{fs}, blk_t @var{start}, blk_t @var{finish}, int @var{num}, ext2fs_block_bitmap @var{map}, blk_t *@var{ret})
+@end deftypefun
+
+/* check_desc.c */
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_check_desc (ext2_filsys @var{fs})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_get_num_dirs (ext2_filsys @var{fs}, ext2_ino_t *@var{ret_num_dirs})
+@end deftypefun
+
+
+/* getsize.c */
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_get_device_size (const char *@var{file}, int @var{blocksize}, blk_t *@var{retblocks})
+@end deftypefun
+
+
+/* ismounted.c */
+@deftypefun errcode_t ext2fs_check_if_mounted (const char *@var{file}, int *@var{mount_flags})
+@end deftypefun
+
+/* version.c */
+
+@deftypefun int ext2fs_get_library_version (const char **@var{ver_string}, const char **@var{date_string})
+
+This function returns the current version of the ext2 library.  The
+return value contains an integer version code, which consists of the
+major version number of the library multiplied by 100, plus the minor
+version number of the library.  Hence, if the library version is 1.08,
+the returned value will be 108.
+
+If @var{ver_string} and/or @var{date_string} are non-NULL, they will be
+set to point at a constant string containing the library version and/or
+release date, respectively.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int ext2fs_parse_version_string (const char *@var{ver_string})
+
+This function takes a version string which may included in an
+application and returns a version code using the same algorithm used by
+@code{ext2fs_get_library_version}.  It can be used by programs included
+in the @code{e2fsprogs} distribution to assure that they are using an
+up-to-date ext2 shared library.
+@end deftypefun
+
+/* inline functions */
+@deftypefun int ext2fs_group_of_blk (ext2_filsys @var{fs}, blk_t @var{blk})
+
+This function returns the block group which contains the block @var{blk}.
+
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int ext2fs_group_of_ino (ext2_filsys @var{fs}, ext2_ino_t @var{ino})
+
+This function returns the block group which contains the inode @var{ino}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Concept Index, Function Index, EXT2FS Library Functions, Top
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@unnumbered Concept Index
+@printindex cp
+
+@c ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Function Index,  , Concept Index, Top
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@unnumbered Function and Type Index
+@printindex fn
+
+
+@contents
+@bye
diff --git a/doc/texinfo.tex b/doc/texinfo.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd52615
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/texinfo.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,7226 @@
+% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files.
+%
+% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
+\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
+%
+\def\texinfoversion{2006-02-13.16}
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
+% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free
+% Software Foundation, Inc.
+%
+% This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+% published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at
+% your option) any later version.
+%
+% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
+% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+% General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING.  If not, write
+% to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+% Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+%
+% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing
+% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without
+% restriction.  (This has been our intent since Texinfo was invented.)
+%
+% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
+% reports; you can get the latest version from:
+%   http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page), or
+%   ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex
+%     (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org).
+% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out
+% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check.
+%
+% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org.  Please include including a
+% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the
+% problem.  Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated.
+%
+% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the
+% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution.  For a simple
+% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this:
+%   tex foo.texi
+%   texindex foo.??
+%   tex foo.texi
+%   tex foo.texi
+%   dvips foo.dvi -o  # or whatever; this makes foo.ps.
+% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct.
+% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more
+% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary.
+%
+% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some
+% extent.  You can get the existing language-specific files from the
+% full Texinfo distribution.
+%
+% The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo.
+
+
+\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:}
+
+% If in a .fmt file, print the version number
+% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because
+% they might have appeared in the input file name.
+\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}%
+  \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
+
+\message{Basics,}
+\chardef\other=12
+
+% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo.
+% For @tex, we can use \tabalign.
+\let\+ = \relax
+
+% Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine.
+\let\ptexb=\b
+\let\ptexbullet=\bullet
+\let\ptexc=\c
+\let\ptexcomma=\,
+\let\ptexdot=\.
+\let\ptexdots=\dots
+\let\ptexend=\end
+\let\ptexequiv=\equiv
+\let\ptexexclam=\!
+\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote
+\let\ptexgtr=>
+\let\ptexhat=^
+\let\ptexi=\i
+\let\ptexindent=\indent
+\let\ptexinsert=\insert
+\let\ptexlbrace=\{
+\let\ptexless=<
+\let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite
+\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent
+\let\ptexplus=+
+\let\ptexrbrace=\}
+\let\ptexslash=\/
+\let\ptexstar=\*
+\let\ptext=\t
+
+% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it
+% starts a new line in the output.
+\newlinechar = `^^J
+
+% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error
+% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.
+%
+\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined
+  \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0.
+\else
+  \def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space}
+\fi
+
+% Set up fixed words for English if not already set.
+\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined  \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi
+\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined   \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi
+\ifx\putwordfile\undefined      \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi
+\ifx\putwordin\undefined        \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi
+\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined     \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi
+\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi
+\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined      \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi
+\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined  \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi
+\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined   \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi
+\ifx\putwordof\undefined        \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi
+\ifx\putwordon\undefined        \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi
+\ifx\putwordpage\undefined      \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi
+\ifx\putwordsection\undefined   \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi
+\ifx\putwordSection\undefined   \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi
+\ifx\putwordsee\undefined       \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi
+\ifx\putwordSee\undefined       \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi
+\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined  \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi
+\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined       \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi
+%
+\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi
+%
+\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined    \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined   \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined    \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined    \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined   \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
+
+% Since the category of space is not known, we have to be careful.
+\chardef\spacecat = 10
+\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =\spacecat}
+
+% Ignore a token.
+%
+\def\gobble#1{}
+
+% The following is used inside several \edef's.
+\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
+
+% Hyphenation fixes.
+\hyphenation{
+  Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script
+  ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps
+  data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script
+  man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm
+  par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces
+  spell-ing spell-ings
+  stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space
+  wide-spread wrap-around
+}
+
+% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
+\newdimen\bindingoffset
+\newdimen\normaloffset
+\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight
+
+% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
+% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
+% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
+%
+\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt}
+
+% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line.  It should
+% surround any changed text.  This approach does *not* work if the
+% change spans more than two lines of output.  To handle that, we would
+% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main
+% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change).
+%
+\def\|{%
+  % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode.
+  \leavevmode
+  %
+  % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output.
+  \vadjust{%
+    % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current
+    % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record.
+    \vskip-\baselineskip
+    %
+    % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type.  So
+    % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin.
+    \llap{%
+      %
+      % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'.
+      \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt
+      %
+      % This is the space between the bar and the text.
+      \hskip 12pt
+    }%
+  }%
+}
+
+% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
+% and nothing on the terminal.  We don't just call \tracingall here,
+% since that produces some useless output on the terminal.  We also make
+% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log
+% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX.
+%
+\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}%
+\def\loggingall{%
+  \tracingstats2
+  \tracingpages1
+  \tracinglostchars2  % 2 gives us more in etex
+  \tracingparagraphs1
+  \tracingoutput1
+  \tracingmacros2
+  \tracingrestores1
+  \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen
+  \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined\else % etex gives us more logging
+    \tracingscantokens1
+    \tracingifs1
+    \tracinggroups1
+    \tracingnesting2
+    \tracingassigns1
+  \fi
+  \tracingcommands3  % 3 gives us more in etex
+  \errorcontextlines16
+}%
+
+% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions.  If the last thing
+% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space.
+%
+\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount
+  \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi}
+\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount
+  \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi}
+\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount
+  \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi}
+
+% For @cropmarks command.
+% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks.
+%
+\newif\ifcropmarks
+\let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue
+%
+% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners.
+% Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986
+%
+\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines
+\newdimen\cornerlong  \cornerlong=1pc
+\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt
+\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in
+
+% Main output routine.
+\chardef\PAGE = 255
+\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
+
+\newbox\headlinebox
+\newbox\footlinebox
+
+% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument.  Note that \pagecontents
+% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself.
+\def\onepageout#1{%
+  \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi
+  %
+  \ifodd\pageno  \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
+  \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
+  %
+  % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in
+  % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code).
+  \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}%
+  \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}%
+  %
+  {%
+    % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to
+    % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends
+    % before the \shipout runs.
+    %
+    \indexdummies         % don't expand commands in the output.
+    \normalturnoffactive  % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if
+               % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
+               % We don't want .vr (or whatever) entries like this:
+               % \entry{{\tt \indexbackslash }acronym}{32}{\code {\acronym}}
+               % "\acronym" won't work when it's read back in;
+               % it needs to be 
+               % {\code {{\tt \backslashcurfont }acronym}
+    \shipout\vbox{%
+      % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
+      \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi
+      %
+      \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup
+        \hsize = \outerhsize
+        \vskip-\topandbottommargin
+        \vtop to0pt{%
+          \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}%
+          \nointerlineskip
+          \line{%
+            \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}%
+            \hfill
+            \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}%
+          }%
+          \vss}%
+        \vskip\topandbottommargin
+        \line\bgroup
+          \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize.
+          \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi
+          \vbox\bgroup
+      \fi
+      %
+      \unvbox\headlinebox
+      \pagebody{#1}%
+      \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt
+        % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty.
+        % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingxxx.)
+        % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect.
+        \vskip 2\baselineskip
+        \unvbox\footlinebox
+      \fi
+      %
+      \ifcropmarks
+          \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup
+        \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup
+        \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill
+        \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick
+        \vbox to0pt{\vss
+          \line{%
+            \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}%
+            \hfill
+            \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}%
+          }%
+          \nointerlineskip
+          \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}%
+        }%
+      \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause
+      \fi
+    }% end of \shipout\vbox
+  }% end of group with \indexdummies
+  \advancepageno
+  \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi
+}
+
+\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen
+
+\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}}
+{\catcode`\@ =11
+\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
+% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala)
+\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present
+  \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi
+\dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1
+\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi
+\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
+}
+
+% Here are the rules for the cropmarks.  Note that they are
+% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize
+% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986)
+%
+\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong}
+\def\nstop{\vbox
+  {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}}
+\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong}
+\def\nsbot{\vbox
+  {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}}
+
+% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1.  The argument is the rest of
+% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment).  #1 should be a
+% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
+%
+\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}}
+\def\parseargusing#1#2{%
+  \def\next{#2}%
+  \begingroup
+    \obeylines
+    \spaceisspace
+    #1%
+    \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below.
+}
+
+{\obeylines %
+  \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{%
+    \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg.
+    \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm%
+  }%
+}
+
+% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment.
+\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm}
+\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm}
+
+% Each occurrence of `\^^M' or `<space>\^^M' is replaced by a single space.
+%
+% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g.,
+%    @end itemize  @c foo
+% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed
+% by \finishparsearg.
+%
+\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M}
+\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M}
+\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{%
+  \def\temp{#3}%
+  \ifx\temp\empty
+    % We cannot use \next here, as it holds the macro to run;
+    % thus we reuse \temp.
+    \let\temp\finishparsearg
+  \else
+    \let\temp\argcheckspaces
+  \fi
+  % Put the space token in:
+  \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm
+}
+
+% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so
+% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation.
+% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now,
+% just before passing the control to \next.
+% (Similarly, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is
+% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger
+% that a pair of braces would be stripped.
+%
+% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token.
+%
+\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\next\expandafter{#1}}
+
+% \parseargdef\foo{...}
+%	is roughly equivalent to
+% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo}
+% \def\Xfoo#1{...}
+%
+% Actually, I use \csname\string\foo\endcsname, ie. \\foo, as it is my
+% favourite TeX trick.  --kasal, 16nov03
+
+\def\parseargdef#1{%
+  \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1%
+}
+\def\doparseargdef#1#2{%
+  \def#2{\parsearg#1}%
+  \def#1##1%
+}
+
+% Several utility definitions with active space:
+{
+  \obeyspaces
+  \gdef\obeyedspace{ }
+
+  % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword
+  % space in the output.  Don't allow a line break at this space, as this
+  % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input
+  % should produce a line of output anyway.
+  %
+  \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}
+
+  % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces
+  % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the
+  % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ).
+  \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space}
+}
+
+
+\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next}
+
+% Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex.  It's used like this:
+%
+%   \envdef\foo{...}
+%   \def\Efoo{...}
+%
+% It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the
+% actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo.  \envdef also
+% defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks
+% whether the environment name matches.  The \checkenv macro can also be
+% used to check whether the current environment is the one expected.
+%
+% Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they
+% are not treated as environments; they don't open a group.  (The
+% implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this
+% special case.)
+
+
+% At runtime, environments start with this:
+\def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}}
+% initialize
+\let\thisenv\empty
+
+% ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'':
+\long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
+\def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
+
+% Check whether we're in the right environment:
+\def\checkenv#1{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\thisenv\temp
+  \else
+    \badenverr
+  \fi
+}
+
+% Environment mismatch, #1 expected:
+\def\badenverr{%
+  \errhelp = \EMsimple
+  \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp,
+    not \inenvironment\thisenv}%
+}
+\def\inenvironment#1{%
+  \ifx#1\empty
+    out of any environment%
+  \else
+    in environment \expandafter\string#1%
+  \fi
+}
+
+% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo.
+% But first, it executes a specialized version of \checkenv
+%
+\parseargdef\end{%
+  \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname
+  \else
+    % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal, but... --kasal, 06nov03
+    \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname
+    \csname E#1\endcsname
+    \endgroup
+  \fi
+}
+
+\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.}
+
+
+%% Simple single-character @ commands
+
+% @@ prints an @
+% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr).
+\def\@{{\tt\char64}}
+
+% This is turned off because it was never documented
+% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures.
+%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and '
+%% but suppressing ligatures.
+%\def\`{{`}}
+%\def\'{{'}}
+
+% Used to generate quoted braces.
+\def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}}
+\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}}
+\let\{=\mylbrace
+\let\}=\myrbrace
+\begingroup
+  % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices,
+  % and @{ and @} for the aux/toc files.
+  \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other
+  \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2
+  \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other
+  !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]%
+  !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]%
+  !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]%
+  !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]%
+!endgroup
+
+% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems.
+\let\comma = ,
+
+% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent
+% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H.
+\let\, = \c
+\let\dotaccent = \.
+\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}}
+\let\tieaccent = \t
+\let\ubaraccent = \b
+\let\udotaccent = \d
+
+% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm
+% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss.
+\def\questiondown{?`}
+\def\exclamdown{!`}
+\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}}
+\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}}
+
+% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
+\def\imacro{i}
+\def\jmacro{j}
+\def\dotless#1{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi
+  \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j
+  \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}%
+  \fi\fi
+}
+
+% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a
+% period following counts as ending a sentence.  (Idea found in latex.)
+%
+\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 }
+
+% @LaTeX{} logo.  Not quite the same results as the definition in
+% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most
+% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using
+% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and
+% \scriptscriptstyle).
+%
+\def\LaTeX{%
+  L\kern-.36em
+  {\setbox0=\hbox{T}%
+   \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize A}\vss}}%
+  \kern-.15em
+  \TeX
+}
+
+% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
+% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
+% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
+% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the
+% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph.
+{\catcode`@ = 11
+ % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble
+ % if the definition is written into an index file.
+ \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M
+ \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ }
+}
+
+% @: forces normal size whitespace following.
+\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 }
+
+% @* forces a line break.
+\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces}
+
+% @/ allows a line break.
+\let\/=\allowbreak
+
+% @. is an end-of-sentence period.
+\def\.{.\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
+
+% @! is an end-of-sentence bang.
+\def\!{!\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
+
+% @? is an end-of-sentence query.
+\def\?{?\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
+
+% @frenchspacing on|off  says whether to put extra space after punctuation.
+% 
+\def\onword{on}
+\def\offword{off}
+%
+\parseargdef\frenchspacing{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\onword \plainfrenchspacing
+  \else\ifx\temp\offword \plainnonfrenchspacing
+  \else
+    \errhelp = \EMsimple
+    \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on/off}%
+  \fi\fi
+}
+
+% @w prevents a word break.  Without the \leavevmode, @w at the
+% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would
+% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph.
+\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}}
+
+% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing
+% it in a TeX vbox.  We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box
+% to keep its height that of a normal line.  According to the rules for
+% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is
+% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0).  If that height is large,
+% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and
+% the text is small, which looks bad.
+%
+% Another complication is that the group might be very large.  This can
+% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it
+% does not have much material.  In this case, it's better to add an
+% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom.  The
+% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit
+% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex).
+%
+\newbox\groupbox
+\def\vfilllimit{0.7}
+%
+\envdef\group{%
+  \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else
+    \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp
+    \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}%
+  \fi
+  \startsavinginserts
+  %
+  \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup
+    % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as
+    % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an
+    % end-of-line in the output.  We don't want the end-of-line after
+    % the `@group' to put extra space in the output.  Since @group
+    % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo
+    % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text.
+    \comment
+}
+%
+% The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts
+% \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done)
+% \lineskip glue after it.  Thus, space below is not quite equal to space
+% above.  But it's pretty close.
+\def\Egroup{%
+    % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group
+    % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth.
+    \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar.
+    \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth
+  \egroup           % End the \vtop.
+  % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box.
+  \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox  \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox
+  % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less).
+  \dimen2 = \pageheight   \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal
+  % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big
+  % group, force a page break.
+  \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2
+    \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight
+      \page
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \box\groupbox
+  \prevdepth = \dimen1
+  \checkinserts
+}
+%
+% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help
+% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'.
+%
+\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{%
+group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J%
+where each line of input produces a line of output.}
+
+% @need space-in-mils
+% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining.
+
+\newdimen\mil  \mil=0.001in
+
+% Old definition--didn't work.
+%\parseargdef\need{\par %
+%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally
+%% if the depth of the box does not fit.
+%{\baselineskip=0pt%
+%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak
+%\prevdepth=-1000pt
+%}}
+
+\parseargdef\need{%
+  % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
+  % paragraph.
+  \par
+  %
+  % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless.
+  \dimen0 = #1\mil
+  \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox
+  \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox
+  \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2
+    %
+    % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the
+    % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line.
+    % And a page break here is fine.
+    \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}%
+    %
+    % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the
+    % main vertical list is 10000 or more.  But in order to see if the
+    % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider
+    % page breaks.  On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the
+    % page after the empty box.  So we use a penalty of 9999.
+    %
+    % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the
+    % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in
+    % sight.  (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which
+    % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing
+    % good page breaking, for example.)  However, I could not construct an
+    % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real
+    % document, then we can reconsider our strategy.
+    \penalty9999
+    %
+    % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not.
+    \kern -#1\mil
+    %
+    % Do not allow a page break right after this kern.
+    \nobreak
+  \fi
+}
+
+% @br   forces paragraph break (and is undocumented).
+
+\let\br = \par
+
+% @page forces the start of a new page.
+%
+\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject}
+
+% @exdent text....
+% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin
+
+% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment.
+% That's how much \exdent should take out.
+\newskip\exdentamount
+
+% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun.
+\parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}
+
+% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example.
+\parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
+  \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
+
+% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current
+% paragraph.  For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion
+% class.  WHICH is `l' or `r'.
+%
+\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
+\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
+%
+\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{%
+  \nobreak
+  \kern-\strutdepth
+  \vtop to \strutdepth{%
+    \baselineskip=\strutdepth
+    \vss
+    % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to
+    % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size.
+    \ifx#1l%
+      \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}%
+    \else
+      \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}%
+    \fi
+    \null
+  }%
+}}
+\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l}
+\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r}
+%
+% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]}
+% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right;
+% else use TEXT for both).
+%
+\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish}
+\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing.
+  \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+  \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+    \def\lefttext{#1}%  have both texts
+    \def\righttext{#2}%
+  \else
+    \def\lefttext{#1}%  have only one text
+    \def\righttext{#1}%
+  \fi
+  %
+  \ifodd\pageno
+    \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin
+  \else
+    \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}%
+  \fi
+  \temp
+}
+
+% @include file    insert text of that file as input.
+%
+\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz}
+\def\includezzz#1{%
+  \pushthisfilestack
+  \def\thisfile{#1}%
+  {%
+    \makevalueexpandable
+    \def\temp{\input #1 }%
+    \expandafter
+  }\temp
+  \popthisfilestack
+}
+\def\filenamecatcodes{%
+  \catcode`\\=\other
+  \catcode`~=\other
+  \catcode`^=\other
+  \catcode`_=\other
+  \catcode`|=\other
+  \catcode`<=\other
+  \catcode`>=\other
+  \catcode`+=\other
+  \catcode`-=\other
+}
+
+\def\pushthisfilestack{%
+  \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm
+}
+\def\pushthisfilestackX{%
+  \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm
+}
+\def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {%
+  \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}%
+}
+
+\def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty}
+\def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error:
+  the stack of filenames is empty.}}
+
+\def\thisfile{}
+
+% @center line
+% outputs that line, centered.
+%
+\parseargdef\center{%
+  \ifhmode
+    \let\next\centerH
+  \else
+    \let\next\centerV
+  \fi
+  \next{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}%
+}
+\def\centerH#1{%
+  {%
+    \hfil\break
+    \advance\hsize by -\leftskip
+    \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
+    \line{#1}%
+    \break
+  }%
+}
+\def\centerV#1{\line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}}
+
+% @sp n   outputs n lines of vertical space
+
+\parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip}
+
+% @comment ...line which is ignored...
+% @c is the same as @comment
+% @ignore ... @end ignore  is another way to write a comment
+
+\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other%
+\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other%
+\commentxxx}
+{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}}
+
+\let\c=\comment
+
+% @paragraphindent NCHARS
+% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough.
+% NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'.
+% We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though.
+%
+\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords
+\def\noneword{none}
+%
+\parseargdef\paragraphindent{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\asisword
+  \else
+    \ifx\temp\noneword
+      \defaultparindent = 0pt
+    \else
+      \defaultparindent = #1em
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \parindent = \defaultparindent
+}
+
+% @exampleindent NCHARS
+% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent.
+% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but
+% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent.
+\parseargdef\exampleindent{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\asisword
+  \else
+    \ifx\temp\noneword
+      \lispnarrowing = 0pt
+    \else
+      \lispnarrowing = #1em
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+
+% @firstparagraphindent WORD
+% If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph
+% after a section heading.  If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such
+% paragraphs.
+%
+% The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling
+% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do.
+% We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD.
+% By default, we suppress indentation.
+%
+\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent}
+\def\insertword{insert}
+%
+\parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\noneword
+    \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent
+  \else\ifx\temp\insertword
+    \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax
+  \else
+    \errhelp = \EMsimple
+    \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}%
+  \fi\fi
+}
+
+% Here is how we actually suppress indentation.  Redefine \everypar to
+% \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty.
+%
+% We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next
+% paragraph.
+%
+\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{%
+  \gdef\indent{%
+    \restorefirstparagraphindent
+    \indent
+  }%
+  \gdef\noindent{%
+    \restorefirstparagraphindent
+    \noindent
+  }%
+  \global\everypar = {%
+    \kern -\parindent
+    \restorefirstparagraphindent
+  }%
+}
+
+\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{%
+  \global \let \indent = \ptexindent
+  \global \let \noindent = \ptexnoindent
+  \global \everypar = {}%
+}
+
+
+% @asis just yields its argument.  Used with @table, for example.
+%
+\def\asis#1{#1}
+
+% @math outputs its argument in math mode.
+%
+% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean
+% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}.  So make
+% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam,
+% which is what @var uses.
+{
+  \catcode`\_ = \active
+  \gdef\mathunderscore{%
+    \catcode`\_=\active
+    \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}%
+  }
+}
+% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character.
+% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but
+% this is not advertised and we don't care.  Texinfo does not
+% otherwise define @\.
+%
+% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\.
+\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi}
+%
+\def\math{%
+  \tex
+  \mathunderscore
+  \let\\ = \mathbackslash
+  \mathactive
+  $\finishmath
+}
+\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup}  % Close the group opened by \tex.
+
+% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math.
+% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument
+% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section).
+%
+{
+  \catcode`^ = \active
+  \catcode`< = \active
+  \catcode`> = \active
+  \catcode`+ = \active
+  \gdef\mathactive{%
+    \let^ = \ptexhat
+    \let< = \ptexless
+    \let> = \ptexgtr
+    \let+ = \ptexplus
+  }
+}
+
+% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above.
+\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$}
+\def\minus{$-$}
+
+% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font.
+% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in a typewriter
+% font as three actual period characters.
+%
+\def\dots{%
+  \leavevmode
+  \hbox to 1.5em{%
+    \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil
+    .\hfil.\hfil.%
+    \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil
+  }%
+}
+
+% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
+%
+\def\enddots{%
+  \dots
+  \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor
+}
+
+% @comma{} is so commas can be inserted into text without messing up
+% Texinfo's parsing.
+%
+\let\comma = ,
+
+% @refill is a no-op.
+\let\refill=\relax
+
+% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
+% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
+% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename).
+%
+\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
+\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
+
+% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file.
+% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input.
+% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo.
+\def\setfilename{%
+   \fixbackslash  % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
+   \iflinks
+     \tryauxfile
+     % Open the new aux file.  TeX will close it automatically at exit.
+     \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
+   \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case.
+   \openindices
+   \let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
+   %
+   % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
+   % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc.
+   \openin 1 texinfo.cnf
+   \ifeof 1 \else \input texinfo.cnf \fi
+   \closein 1
+   %
+   \comment % Ignore the actual filename.
+}
+
+% Called from \setfilename.
+%
+\def\openindices{%
+  \newindex{cp}%
+  \newcodeindex{fn}%
+  \newcodeindex{vr}%
+  \newcodeindex{tp}%
+  \newcodeindex{ky}%
+  \newcodeindex{pg}%
+}
+
+% @bye.
+\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
+
+
+\message{pdf,}
+% adobe `portable' document format
+\newcount\tempnum
+\newcount\lnkcount
+\newtoks\filename
+\newcount\filenamelength
+\newcount\pgn
+\newtoks\toksA
+\newtoks\toksB
+\newtoks\toksC
+\newtoks\toksD
+\newbox\boxA
+\newcount\countA
+\newif\ifpdf
+\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
+
+% when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1
+% can be set).  So we test for \relax and 0 as well as \undefined,
+% borrowed from ifpdf.sty.
+\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
+\else
+  \ifx\pdfoutput\relax
+  \else
+    \ifcase\pdfoutput
+    \else
+      \pdftrue
+    \fi
+  \fi
+\fi
+
+% PDF uses PostScript string constants for the names of xref targets,
+% for display in the outlines, and in other places.  Thus, we have to
+% double any backslashes.  Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be
+% interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e.  Not good.
+% http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html
+% (and related messages, the final outcome is that it is up to the TeX
+% user to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so
+% that's what we do).
+
+% double active backslashes.
+% 
+{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active
+ @gdef@activebackslashdouble{%
+   @catcode`@\=@active
+   @let\=@doublebackslash}
+}
+
+% To handle parens, we must adopt a different approach, since parens are
+% not active characters.  hyperref.dtx (which has the same problem as
+% us) handles it with this amazing macro to replace tokens.  I've
+% tinkered with it a little for texinfo, but it's definitely from there.
+% 
+% #1 is the tokens to replace.
+% #2 is the replacement.
+% #3 is the control sequence with the string.
+% 
+\def\HyPsdSubst#1#2#3{%
+  \def\HyPsdReplace##1#1##2\END{%
+    ##1%
+    \ifx\\##2\\%
+    \else
+      #2%
+      \HyReturnAfterFi{%
+        \HyPsdReplace##2\END
+      }%
+    \fi
+  }%
+  \xdef#3{\expandafter\HyPsdReplace#3#1\END}%
+}
+\long\def\HyReturnAfterFi#1\fi{\fi#1}
+
+% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements.
+\def\backslashparens#1{%
+  \xdef#1{#1}% redefine it as its expansion; the definition is simply
+             % \lastnode when called from \setref -> \pdfmkdest.
+  \HyPsdSubst{(}{\realbackslash(}{#1}%
+  \HyPsdSubst{)}{\realbackslash)}{#1}%
+}
+
+\ifpdf
+  \input pdfcolor
+  \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}%
+  \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{%
+    \def\imagewidth{#2}%
+    \def\imageheight{#3}%
+    % without \immediate, pdftex seg faults when the same image is
+    % included twice.  (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.)
+    \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
+      \immediate\pdfimage
+    \else
+      \immediate\pdfximage
+    \fi
+      \ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi
+      \ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi
+      \ifnum\pdftexversion<13
+         #1.pdf%
+       \else
+         {#1.pdf}%
+       \fi
+    \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else
+      \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
+    \fi}
+  \def\pdfmkdest#1{{%
+    % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters
+    % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title.
+    \atdummies
+    \activebackslashdouble
+    \def\pdfdestname{#1}%
+    \backslashparens\pdfdestname
+    \pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz%
+  }}%
+  %
+  % used to mark target names; must be expandable.
+  \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1}%
+  %
+  \let\linkcolor = \Blue  % was Cyan, but that seems light?
+  \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink}
+  % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
+  % come from Petr Olsak
+  \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0%
+    \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi}
+  \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax
+    \advance\tempnum by 1
+    \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}}
+  %
+  % #1 is the section text, which is what will be displayed in the
+  % outline by the pdf viewer.  #2 is the pdf expression for the number
+  % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections).  #3 is the node text,
+  % which might be empty if this toc entry had no corresponding node.
+  % #4 is the page number
+  %
+  \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
+    % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the
+    % page number.  We could generate a destination for the section
+    % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't
+    % seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured.
+    \def\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
+    \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty
+      \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}%
+    \else
+      % Doubled backslashes in the name.
+      {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
+       \backslashparens\pdfoutlinedest}%
+    \fi
+    %
+    % Also double the backslashes in the display string.
+    {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
+     \backslashparens\pdfoutlinetext}%
+    %
+    \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}%
+  }
+  %
+  \def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
+    \begingroup
+      % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks
+      \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace
+      \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace
+      %
+      % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline.
+      \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
+	\def\thischapnum{##2}%
+	\def\thissecnum{0}%
+	\def\thissubsecnum{0}%
+      }%
+      \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+	\advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}%
+	\def\thissecnum{##2}%
+	\def\thissubsecnum{0}%
+      }%
+      \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+	\advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}%
+	\def\thissubsecnum{##2}%
+      }%
+      \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+	\advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}%
+      }%
+      \def\thischapnum{0}%
+      \def\thissecnum{0}%
+      \def\thissubsecnum{0}%
+      %
+      % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et
+      % al. a second time, below.
+      \def\appentry{\numchapentry}%
+      \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}%
+      \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
+      \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
+      \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}%
+      \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}%
+      \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
+      \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
+      \readdatafile{toc}%
+      %
+      % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines.
+      % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of
+      % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above.
+      %
+      % We use the node names as the destinations.
+      \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
+        \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
+      \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+        \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
+      \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+        \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
+      \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero
+        \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}%
+      %
+      % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of
+      % document fonts.  Therefore we cannot use special characters,
+      % since the encoding is unknown.  For example, the eogonek from
+      % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character.  Info from
+      % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100.
+      %
+      % xx to do this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to
+      % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding.  Right
+      % now, I guess we'll just let the pdf reader have its way.
+      \indexnofonts
+      \setupdatafile
+      \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash
+      \input \jobname.toc
+    \endgroup
+  }
+  %
+  \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
+    \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
+    \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
+      \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
+        \advance\filenamelength by 1
+      \fi
+    \fi
+    \nextsp}
+  \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax}
+  \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
+    \let \startlink \pdfannotlink
+  \else
+    \let \startlink \pdfstartlink
+  \fi
+  % make a live url in pdf output.
+  \def\pdfurl#1{%
+    \begingroup
+      % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not
+      % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context
+      % of @url.  for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one
+      % people have actually reported a problem with.
+      % 
+      \normalturnoffactive
+      \def\@{@}%
+      \let\/=\empty
+      \makevalueexpandable
+      \leavevmode\Red
+      \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+        user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
+    \endgroup}
+  \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
+  \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
+  \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
+  \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
+  \def\maketoks{%
+    \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax
+    \ifx\first0\adn0
+    \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
+    \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
+    \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
+    \else
+      \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
+      \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
+        \let\next=\maketoks
+        \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
+        \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
+      \fi
+    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+    \next}
+  \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
+    {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
+  \def\pdflink#1{%
+    \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}
+    \linkcolor #1\endlink}
+  \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
+\else
+  \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
+  \let\pdfurl = \gobble
+  \let\endlink = \relax
+  \let\linkcolor = \relax
+  \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
+\fi  % \ifx\pdfoutput
+
+
+\message{fonts,}
+
+% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle.
+% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in
+% italics, not bold italics.
+%
+\def\setfontstyle#1{%
+  \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd.
+  \csname ten#1\endcsname  % change the current font
+}
+
+% Select #1 fonts with the current style.
+%
+\def\selectfonts#1{\csname #1fonts\endcsname \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname}
+
+\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}}
+\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}}
+\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}}
+\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf}
+\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}
+
+% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
+% So we set up a \sf.
+\newfam\sffam
+\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}}
+\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf.
+
+% We don't need math for this font style.
+\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}}
+
+% Default leading.
+\newdimen\textleading  \textleading = 13.2pt
+
+% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
+% correspondingly.  There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
+% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
+%
+\def\lineskipfactor{.08333}
+\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
+\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
+%
+\def\setleading#1{%
+  \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax
+  \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
+  \normalbaselines
+  \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
+    \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
+                    depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
+  }%
+}
+
+% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the
+% specified font prefix (normally `cm').
+% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor
+\def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4}
+
+% Use cm as the default font prefix.
+% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
+% before you read in texinfo.tex.
+\ifx\fontprefix\undefined
+\def\fontprefix{cm}
+\fi
+% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM.
+\def\rmshape{r}
+\def\rmbshape{bx}               %where the normal face is bold
+\def\bfshape{b}
+\def\bxshape{bx}
+\def\ttshape{tt}
+\def\ttbshape{tt}
+\def\ttslshape{sltt}
+\def\itshape{ti}
+\def\itbshape{bxti}
+\def\slshape{sl}
+\def\slbshape{bxsl}
+\def\sfshape{ss}
+\def\sfbshape{ss}
+\def\scshape{csc}
+\def\scbshape{csc}
+
+% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1).
+\def\textnominalsize{11pt}
+\edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf}
+\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
+\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
+
+% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
+\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}
+\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf}
+
+% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
+\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
+\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}
+\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}
+\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}
+\font\smalli=cmmi9
+\font\smallsy=cmsy9
+
+% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
+\def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
+\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}
+\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}
+\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}
+\font\smalleri=cmmi8
+\font\smallersy=cmsy8
+
+% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
+\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
+\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}
+\let\titlebf=\titlerm
+\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
+\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
+\def\authorrm{\secrm}
+\def\authortt{\sectt}
+
+% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
+\def\chapnominalsize{17pt}
+\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}
+\let\chapbf=\chaprm
+\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2
+\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3
+
+% Section fonts (14.4pt).
+\def\secnominalsize{14pt}
+\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}
+\let\secbf\secrm
+\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
+\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
+
+% Subsection fonts (13.15pt).
+\def\ssecnominalsize{13pt}
+\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
+\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}
+\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}
+\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
+\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}
+\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
+\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
+\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315}
+\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf
+\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315
+
+% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt).
+\def\reducednominalsize{10pt}
+\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}
+\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}
+\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000}
+\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000}
+\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000}
+\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000}
+\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000}
+\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}
+\font\reducedi=cmmi10
+\font\reducedsy=cmsy10
+
+% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
+% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families.  Since
+% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except
+% in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and
+% \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts).
+%
+\def\resetmathfonts{%
+  \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy
+  \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf
+  \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf
+}
+
+% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead
+% of just \STYLE.  We do this because \STYLE needs to also set the
+% current \fam for math mode.  Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) commands hardwire
+% \tenSTYLE to set the current font.
+%
+% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower)
+% and \lllsize (three sizes lower).  These relative commands are used in
+% the LaTeX logo and acronyms.
+%
+% This all needs generalizing, badly.
+%
+\def\textfonts{%
+  \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl
+  \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc
+  \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy
+  \let\tenttsl=\textttsl
+  \def\curfontsize{text}%
+  \def\lsize{reduced}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
+  \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}}
+\def\titlefonts{%
+  \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl
+  \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc
+  \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy
+  \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl
+  \def\curfontsize{title}%
+  \def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}%
+  \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}}
+\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}}
+\def\chapfonts{%
+  \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
+  \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc
+  \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy
+  \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
+  \def\curfontsize{chap}%
+  \def\lsize{sec}\def\lllsize{text}%
+  \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}}
+\def\secfonts{%
+  \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl
+  \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc
+  \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy
+  \let\tenttsl=\secttsl
+  \def\curfontsize{sec}%
+  \def\lsize{subsec}\def\lllsize{reduced}%
+  \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}}
+\def\subsecfonts{%
+  \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl
+  \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc
+  \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy
+  \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
+  \def\curfontsize{ssec}%
+  \def\lsize{text}\def\lllsize{small}%
+  \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}}
+\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts
+\def\reducedfonts{%
+  \let\tenrm=\reducedrm \let\tenit=\reducedit \let\tensl=\reducedsl
+  \let\tenbf=\reducedbf \let\tentt=\reducedtt \let\reducedcaps=\reducedsc
+  \let\tensf=\reducedsf \let\teni=\reducedi \let\tensy=\reducedsy
+  \let\tenttsl=\reducedttsl
+  \def\curfontsize{reduced}%
+  \def\lsize{small}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
+  \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
+\def\smallfonts{%
+  \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl
+  \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc
+  \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy
+  \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl
+  \def\curfontsize{small}%
+  \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
+  \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
+\def\smallerfonts{%
+  \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl
+  \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc
+  \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy
+  \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl
+  \def\curfontsize{smaller}%
+  \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
+  \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}}
+
+% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments.
+\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts
+
+% About \smallexamplefonts.  If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample
+% can fit this many characters:
+%   8.5x11=86   smallbook=72  a4=90  a5=69
+% If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters:
+%   8.5x11=90+  smallbook=80  a4=90+  a5=77
+% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth
+% the additional smallness of 8pt.  So I'm making the default 9pt.
+%
+% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt):
+%   8.5x11=71  smallbook=60  a4=75  a5=58
+%
+% I wish the USA used A4 paper.
+% --karl, 24jan03.
+
+
+% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
+%
+\textfonts \rm
+
+% Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
+\def\angleleft{$\langle$}
+\def\angleright{$\rangle$}
+
+% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
+\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
+
+% Fonts for short table of contents.
+\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
+\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}  % no cmb12
+\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}
+\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}
+
+%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans
+%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic
+
+% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction
+% unless the following character is such as not to need one.
+\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else
+                    \ptexslash\fi\fi\fi}
+\def\smartslanted#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+\def\smartitalic#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+
+% like \smartslanted except unconditionally uses \ttsl.
+% @var is set to this for defun arguments.
+\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+
+% like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl.  We never want
+% ttsl for book titles, do we?
+\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+
+\let\i=\smartitalic
+\let\slanted=\smartslanted
+\let\var=\smartslanted
+\let\dfn=\smartslanted
+\let\emph=\smartitalic
+
+% @b, explicit bold.
+\def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
+\let\strong=\b
+
+% @sansserif, explicit sans.
+\def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}}
+
+% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at
+% the end of a paragraph.  Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the
+% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called.
+%
+\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1  \aftergroup\restorehyphenation}
+\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- }
+
+% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value.
+% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and
+% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up.
+%
+\chardef\colonChar = `\:
+\chardef\commaChar = `\,
+\chardef\dotChar   = `\.
+\chardef\exclamChar= `\!
+\chardef\questChar = `\?
+\chardef\semiChar  = `\;
+%
+\catcode`@=11
+  \def\plainfrenchspacing{%
+    \sfcode\dotChar  =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m
+    \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m
+    \def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends
+  }
+  \def\plainnonfrenchspacing{%
+    \sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000
+    \sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250
+    \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% for @. and friends
+  }
+\catcode`@=\other
+\def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% default
+
+\def\t#1{%
+  {\tt \rawbackslash \plainfrenchspacing #1}%
+  \null
+}
+\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null}
+\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
+\font\keysy=cmsy9
+\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{%
+  \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
+    \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
+     \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
+    \kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
+  \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}}
+% The old definition, with no lozenge:
+%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null}
+\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1}
+
+% @file, @option are the same as @samp.
+\let\file=\samp
+\let\option=\samp
+
+% @code is a modification of @t,
+% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text.
+\def\tclose#1{%
+  {%
+    % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font.
+    \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font
+    %
+    % Switch to typewriter.
+    \tt
+    %
+    % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space.
+    \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}%
+    %
+    % Turn off hyphenation.
+    \nohyphenation
+    %
+    \rawbackslash
+    \plainfrenchspacing
+    #1%
+  }%
+  \null
+}
+
+% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code.
+% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes
+% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
+
+% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control
+% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words.
+% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that)
+% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash.
+%  -- rms.
+{
+  \catcode`\-=\active
+  \catcode`\_=\active
+  %
+  \global\def\code{\begingroup
+    \catcode`\-=\active  \catcode`\_=\active
+    \ifallowcodebreaks
+     \let-\codedash
+     \let_\codeunder
+    \else
+     \let-\realdash
+     \let_\realunder
+    \fi
+    \codex
+  }
+}
+
+\def\realdash{-}
+\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}}
+\def\codeunder{%
+  % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work.  In math mode, _
+  % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.)
+  % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us
+  % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop.
+  \ifusingtt{\ifmmode
+               \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_.
+             \else\normalunderscore \fi
+             \discretionary{}{}{}}%
+            {\_}%
+}
+\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
+
+% An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g.,
+% each of the four underscores in __typeof__.  This is undesirable in
+% some manuals, especially if they don't have long identifiers in
+% general.  @allowcodebreaks provides a way to control this.
+% 
+\newif\ifallowcodebreaks  \allowcodebreakstrue
+
+\def\keywordtrue{true}
+\def\keywordfalse{false}
+
+\parseargdef\allowcodebreaks{%
+  \def\txiarg{#1}%
+  \ifx\txiarg\keywordtrue
+    \allowcodebreakstrue
+  \else\ifx\txiarg\keywordfalse
+    \allowcodebreaksfalse
+  \else
+    \errhelp = \EMsimple
+    \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg'}%
+  \fi\fi
+}
+
+% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
+% then @kbd has no effect.
+
+% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
+%   `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
+%   or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
+\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{%
+  \def\txiarg{#1}%
+  \ifx\txiarg\worddistinct
+    \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
+  \else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample
+    \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
+  \else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode
+    \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
+  \else
+    \errhelp = \EMsimple
+    \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\txiarg'}%
+  \fi\fi\fi
+}
+\def\worddistinct{distinct}
+\def\wordexample{example}
+\def\wordcode{code}
+
+% Default is `distinct.'
+\kbdinputstyle distinct
+
+\def\xkey{\key}
+\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
+\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
+\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi
+\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi}
+
+% For @indicateurl, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code.
+\let\indicateurl=\code
+\let\env=\code
+\let\command=\code
+
+% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated)
+% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third
+% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url
+% itself.  First (mandatory) arg is the url.  Perhaps eventually put in
+% a hypertex \special here.
+%
+\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish}
+\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup
+  \unsepspaces
+  \pdfurl{#1}%
+  \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
+  \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+    \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
+  \else
+    \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+    \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+      \ifpdf
+        \unhbox0             % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it
+      \else
+        \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url
+      \fi
+    \else
+      \code{#1}% only url given, so show it
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \endlink
+\endgroup}
+
+% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it.
+%
+\let\url=\uref
+
+% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
+% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf.
+%
+%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright}
+\ifpdf
+  \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish}
+  \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup
+    \unsepspaces
+    \pdfurl{mailto:#1}%
+    \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+    \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi
+    \endlink
+  \endgroup}
+\else
+  \let\email=\uref
+\fi
+
+% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font.  Since all the
+% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
+% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
+% this property, we can check that font parameter.
+%
+\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt }
+
+% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'.  The only reason for the
+% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt.
+%
+\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
+
+\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par}
+
+% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'',
+% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find.  We need it for
+% Polish suppressed-l.  --karl, 22sep96.
+%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null}
+
+% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii.
+\def\r#1{{\rm #1}}              % roman font
+\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}}       % smallcaps font
+\def\ii#1{{\it #1}}             % italic font
+
+% @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like.
+% We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for
+% all-uppercase.
+% 
+\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish}
+\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{%
+  {\selectfonts\lsize #1}%
+  \def\temp{#2}%
+  \ifx\temp\empty \else
+    \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
+  \fi
+}
+
+% @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like.
+% No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing.
+% 
+\def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish}
+\def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{%
+  {\plainfrenchspacing #1}%
+  \def\temp{#2}%
+  \ifx\temp\empty \else
+    \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
+  \fi
+}
+
+% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font.
+%
+\def\pounds{{\it\$}}
+
+% @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style.
+% We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik
+% Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and
+% "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need).
+% It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym.
+% 
+% Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore
+% that.  The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular
+% font height.
+% 
+% feymr - regular
+% feymo - slanted
+% feybr - bold
+% feybo - bold slanted
+% 
+% There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge.
+% A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide.
+% Hmm.
+% 
+% Also doesn't work in math.  Do we need to do math with euro symbols?
+% Hope not.
+% 
+% 
+\def\euro{{\eurofont e}}
+\def\eurofont{%
+  % We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in
+  % \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that
+  % installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the
+  % font installed.
+  % 
+  % There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale
+  % that to the current nominal size.
+  % 
+  % By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but
+  % does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts.
+  % 
+  \def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
+  %
+  \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename 
+    % bold:
+    \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize
+  \else 
+    % regular:
+    \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize
+  \fi
+  \thiseurofont
+}
+
+% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle.  The font for the R should really
+% be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now.
+% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright.
+%
+\def\registeredsymbol{%
+  $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize R}%
+               \hfil\crcr\Orb}}%
+    }$%
+}
+
+% Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with:
+%  Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14)  (68K)  16 APR 2004 02:38
+% so we'll define it if necessary.
+% 
+\ifx\Orb\undefined
+\def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D}
+\fi
+
+
+\message{page headings,}
+
+\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in
+\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc
+
+% First the title page.  Must do @settitle before @titlepage.
+\newif\ifseenauthor
+\newif\iffinishedtitlepage
+
+% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the
+% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage.
+%
+\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
+ \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
+\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
+ \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
+
+\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
+        \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
+
+\envdef\titlepage{%
+  % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage.
+  \begingroup
+    \parindent=0pt \textfonts
+    % Leave some space at the very top of the page.
+    \vglue\titlepagetopglue
+    % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
+    \finishedtitlepagetrue
+    %
+    % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
+    % at the top of the second.  We don't want the ragged left on the second.
+    \let\oldpage = \page
+    \def\page{%
+      \iffinishedtitlepage\else
+	 \finishtitlepage
+      \fi
+      \let\page = \oldpage
+      \page
+      \null
+    }%
+}
+
+\def\Etitlepage{%
+    \iffinishedtitlepage\else
+	\finishtitlepage
+    \fi
+    % It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
+    % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
+    % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
+    % after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
+    \oldpage
+  \endgroup
+  %
+  % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are
+  % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers.
+  \HEADINGSon
+  %
+  % If they want short, they certainly want long too.
+  \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
+    \shortcontents
+    \contents
+    \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
+    \global\let\contents = \relax
+  \fi
+  %
+  \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
+    \contents
+    \global\let\contents = \relax
+    \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
+  \fi
+}
+
+\def\finishtitlepage{%
+  \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
+  \vskip\titlepagebottomglue
+  \finishedtitlepagetrue
+}
+
+%%% Macros to be used within @titlepage:
+
+\let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
+\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}
+
+\def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines
+		\let\tt=\authortt}
+
+\parseargdef\title{%
+  \checkenv\titlepage
+  \leftline{\titlefonts\rm #1}
+  % print a rule at the page bottom also.
+  \finishedtitlepagefalse
+  \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt
+}
+
+\parseargdef\subtitle{%
+  \checkenv\titlepage
+  {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}%
+}
+
+% @author should come last, but may come many times.
+% It can also be used inside @quotation.
+%
+\parseargdef\author{%
+  \def\temp{\quotation}%
+  \ifx\thisenv\temp
+    \def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation.
+  \else
+    \checkenv\titlepage
+    \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi
+    {\authorfont \leftline{#1}}%
+  \fi
+}
+
+
+%%% Set up page headings and footings.
+
+\let\thispage=\folio
+
+\newtoks\evenheadline    % headline on even pages
+\newtoks\oddheadline     % headline on odd pages
+\newtoks\evenfootline    % footline on even pages
+\newtoks\oddfootline     % footline on odd pages
+
+% Now make TeX use those variables
+\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline
+                            \else \the\evenheadline \fi}}
+\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline
+                            \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook}
+\let\HEADINGShook=\relax
+
+% Commands to set those variables.
+% For example, this is what  @headings on  does
+% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter
+% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle
+% @evenfooting @thisfile||
+% @oddfooting ||@thisfile
+
+
+\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx}
+\def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
+\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+
+\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
+\def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
+\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+
+\parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}%
+
+\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
+\def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
+\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+
+\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx}
+\def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
+  \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
+  %
+  % Leave some space for the footline.  Hopefully ok to assume
+  % @evenfooting will not be used by itself.
+  \global\advance\pageheight by -\baselineskip
+  \global\advance\vsize by -\baselineskip
+}
+
+\parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}}
+
+
+% @headings double      turns headings on for double-sided printing.
+% @headings single      turns headings on for single-sided printing.
+% @headings off         turns them off.
+% @headings on          same as @headings double, retained for compatibility.
+% @headings after       turns on double-sided headings after this page.
+% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page.
+% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page.
+% By default, they are off at the start of a document,
+% and turned `on' after @end titlepage.
+
+\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
+
+\def\HEADINGSoff{%
+\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}}
+\HEADINGSoff
+% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1.
+% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner,
+% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document
+% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top
+% edge of all pages.
+\def\HEADINGSdouble{%
+\global\pageno=1
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
+}
+\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+
+% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page,
+% page number on top right.
+\def\HEADINGSsingle{%
+\global\pageno=1
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+}
+\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}
+
+\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex}
+\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter
+\def\HEADINGSdoublex{%
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
+}
+
+\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex}
+\def\HEADINGSsinglex{%
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+}
+
+% Subroutines used in generating headings
+% This produces Day Month Year style of output.
+% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set
+% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this).
+\ifx\today\undefined
+\def\today{%
+  \number\day\space
+  \ifcase\month
+  \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr
+  \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug
+  \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec
+  \fi
+  \space\number\year}
+\fi
+
+% @settitle line...  specifies the title of the document, for headings.
+% It generates no output of its own.
+\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle}
+\def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}}
+
+
+\message{tables,}
+% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x).
+
+% default indentation of table text
+\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in
+% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text
+\newdimen\itemindent  \itemindent=.3in
+% margin between end of table item and start of table text.
+\newdimen\itemmargin  \itemmargin=.1in
+
+% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin
+\newdimen\itemmax
+
+% Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with
+% these defs.
+% They also define \itemindex
+% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none).
+
+\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip
+
+\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi}
+
+\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz}
+\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz}
+
+\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup %
+  \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
+  \advance\hsize by -\tableindent
+  \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}%
+  \itemindex{#1}%
+  \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx.
+  %
+  % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line
+  % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that
+  % line.  We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next
+  % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the
+  % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space.
+  \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax
+    %
+    % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping,
+    % but leave it ragged-right.
+    \begingroup
+      \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent
+      \advance\hsize by\tableindent
+      \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil
+      \leavevmode\unhbox0\par
+    \endgroup
+    %
+    % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the
+    % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started.
+    \nobreak \vskip-\parskip
+    %
+    % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up.  However, if
+    % what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no
+    % \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would
+    % cause the example and the item to crash together.  So we use this
+    % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert
+    % \parskip glue after all.  Section titles are handled this way also.
+    % 
+    \penalty 10001
+    \endgroup
+    \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
+  \else
+    % The item text fits into the space.  Start a paragraph, so that the
+    % following text (if any) will end up on the same line.
+    \noindent
+    % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in
+    % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and
+    % eventually be printed.
+    \nobreak\kern-\tableindent
+    \dimen0 = \itemmax  \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0
+    \unhbox0
+    \nobreak\kern\dimen0
+    \endgroup
+    \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue
+  \fi
+}
+
+\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}}
+\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}}
+
+% @table, @ftable, @vtable.
+\envdef\table{%
+  \let\itemindex\gobble
+  \tablecheck{table}%
+}
+\envdef\ftable{%
+  \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}%
+  \tablecheck{ftable}%
+}
+\envdef\vtable{%
+  \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}%
+  \tablecheck{vtable}%
+}
+\def\tablecheck#1{%
+  \ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active
+    \endgroup
+    \errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is
+      that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}%
+    \def\next{\doignore{#1}}%
+  \else
+    \let\next\tablex
+  \fi
+  \next
+}
+\def\tablex#1{%
+  \def\itemindicate{#1}%
+  \parsearg\tabley
+}
+\def\tabley#1{%
+  {%
+    \makevalueexpandable
+    \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}%
+    \expandafter
+  }\temp \endtablez
+}
+\def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{%
+  \aboveenvbreak
+  \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi
+  \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi
+  \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi
+  \itemmax=\tableindent
+  \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin
+  \advance \leftskip by \tableindent
+  \exdentamount=\tableindent
+  \parindent = 0pt
+  \parskip = \smallskipamount
+  \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
+  \let\item = \internalBitem
+  \let\itemx = \internalBitemx
+}
+\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak}
+\let\Eftable\Etable
+\let\Evtable\Etable
+\let\Eitemize\Etable
+\let\Eenumerate\Etable
+
+% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize
+
+\newcount \itemno
+
+\envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize}
+
+\def\doitemize#1{%
+  \aboveenvbreak
+  \itemmax=\itemindent
+  \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin
+  \advance\leftskip by \itemindent
+  \exdentamount=\itemindent
+  \parindent=0pt
+  \parskip=\smallskipamount
+  \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
+  \def\itemcontents{#1}%
+  % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet.
+  \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi
+  \let\item=\itemizeitem
+}
+
+% Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate.
+%
+\def\itemizeitem{%
+  \advance\itemno by 1  % for enumerations
+  {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break
+  {%
+   % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a
+   % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have
+   % done a \vskip-\parskip.  In that case, we don't want to zero
+   % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading.  On the
+   % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there
+   % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much
+   % space.  In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before.  At least
+   % that's the theory.
+   \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi
+   \noindent
+   \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}%
+   \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% not good to break after first line of item.
+  \flushcr
+}
+
+% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in
+% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder.
+%
+\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}%
+
+% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter,
+% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list.  No
+% argument is the same as `1'.
+%
+\envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1  \endenumeratey}
+\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{%
+  % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'.
+  \def\thearg{#1}%
+  \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi
+  %
+  % Detect if the argument is a single token.  If so, it might be a
+  % letter.  Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number.
+  % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made.
+  % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at
+  % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.)
+  \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark
+  \ifx\rest\empty
+    % Only one token in the argument.  It could still be anything.
+    % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero.
+    % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and
+    %   not equal to itself.
+    % Otherwise, we assume it's a number.
+    %
+    % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from
+    % continuing to look for a <number>.
+    %
+    \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax
+      \numericenumerate % a number (we hope)
+    \else
+      % It's a letter.
+      \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax
+        \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter
+      \else
+        \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \else
+    % Multiple tokens in the argument.  We hope it's a number.
+    \numericenumerate
+  \fi
+}
+
+% An @enumerate whose labels are integers.  The starting integer is
+% given in \thearg.
+%
+\def\numericenumerate{%
+  \itemno = \thearg
+  \startenumeration{\the\itemno}%
+}
+
+% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg.
+\def\lowercaseenumerate{%
+  \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
+  \startenumeration{%
+    % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
+    \ifnum\itemno=0
+      \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
+                  alphabet}%
+    \fi
+    \char\lccode\itemno
+  }%
+}
+
+% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg.
+\def\uppercaseenumerate{%
+  \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
+  \startenumeration{%
+    % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
+    \ifnum\itemno=0
+      \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
+                  alphabet}
+    \fi
+    \char\uccode\itemno
+  }%
+}
+
+% Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
+% common last two arguments.  Also subtract one from the initial value in
+% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno.
+%
+\def\startenumeration#1{%
+  \advance\itemno by -1
+  \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr
+}
+
+% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg
+% to @enumerate.
+%
+\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}}
+\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}}
+\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate}
+\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate}
+
+
+% @multitable macros
+% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96
+%
+% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired.
+% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble.  Width
+% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line,
+% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page.
+
+% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines.
+
+% To make preamble:
+%
+% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize:
+%   @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45
+%   @item ...
+%
+%   Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total
+%   current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many
+%   columns as desired.
+
+
+% Or use a template:
+%   @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
+%   @item ...
+%   using the widest term desired in each column.
+
+% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column
+% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's
+% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed,
+% ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns.
+
+% @item, @tab do not need to be on their own lines, but it will not hurt
+% if they are.
+
+% Sample multitable:
+
+%   @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
+%   @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col
+%   @item
+%   first col stuff
+%   @tab
+%   second col stuff
+%   @tab
+%   third col
+%   @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff
+%   @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column.
+%
+%         They will wrap at the width determined by the template.
+%   @item@tab@tab This will be in third column.
+%   @end multitable
+
+% Default dimensions may be reset by user.
+% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table.
+% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table.
+% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns.
+% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline
+%                                                            to baseline.
+%   0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing.
+%
+\newskip\multitableparskip
+\newskip\multitableparindent
+\newdimen\multitablecolspace
+\newskip\multitablelinespace
+\multitableparskip=0pt
+\multitableparindent=6pt
+\multitablecolspace=12pt
+\multitablelinespace=0pt
+
+% Macros used to set up halign preamble:
+%
+\let\endsetuptable\relax
+\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable}
+\let\columnfractions\relax
+\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions}
+\newif\ifsetpercent
+
+% #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might
+% be just 1.  We just use it, whatever it is.
+%
+\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {%
+  \global\advance\colcount by 1
+  \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}%
+  \setuptable
+}
+
+\newcount\colcount
+\def\setuptable#1{%
+  \def\firstarg{#1}%
+  \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable
+    \let\go = \relax
+  \else
+    \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions
+      \global\setpercenttrue
+    \else
+      \ifsetpercent
+         \let\go\pickupwholefraction
+      \else
+         \global\advance\colcount by 1
+         \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a
+                   % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway.
+         \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}%
+      \fi
+    \fi
+    \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction
+      % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so
+      % we'll always have a period there to be parsed.
+      \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}%
+    \else
+      \let\go = \setuptable
+    \fi%
+  \fi
+  \go
+}
+
+% multitable-only commands.
+%
+% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold.
+% Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group
+% of an alignment entry.  Note that \everycr resets \everytab.
+\def\headitem{\checkenv\multitable \crcr \global\everytab={\bf}\the\everytab}%
+%
+% A \tab used to include \hskip1sp.  But then the space in a template
+% line is not enough.  That is bad.  So let's go back to just `&' until
+% we encounter the problem it was intended to solve again.
+%					--karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99.
+\def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}%
+
+% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions:
+%
+\newtoks\everytab  % insert after every tab.
+%
+\envdef\multitable{%
+  \vskip\parskip
+  \startsavinginserts
+  %
+  % @item within a multitable starts a normal row.
+  % We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries
+  % contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka
+  % \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize.
+  \def\item{\crcr}%
+  %
+  \tolerance=9500
+  \hbadness=9500
+  \setmultitablespacing
+  \parskip=\multitableparskip
+  \parindent=\multitableparindent
+  \overfullrule=0pt
+  \global\colcount=0
+  %
+  \everycr = {%
+    \noalign{%
+      \global\everytab={}%
+      \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter.
+      % Check for saved footnotes, etc.
+      \checkinserts
+      % Keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
+      %\filbreak
+	% Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the
+	% table breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better?  Wait until the
+	% problem manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl.
+    }%
+  }%
+  %
+  \parsearg\domultitable
+}
+\def\domultitable#1{%
+  % To parse everything between @multitable and @item:
+  \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable
+  %
+  % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will
+  % be used as many times as user calls for columns.
+  % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and
+  % continue for many paragraphs if desired.
+  \halign\bgroup &%
+    \global\advance\colcount by 1
+    \multistrut
+    \vtop{%
+      % Use the current \colcount to find the correct column width:
+      \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
+      %
+      % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
+      % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after
+      % the first one.
+      %
+      % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace
+      % to the width of each template entry.
+      %
+      % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will
+      % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip
+      % will keep entries from bumping into each other.  Table will start at
+      % left margin and final column will justify at right margin.
+      %
+      % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment.
+      \rightskip=0pt
+      \ifnum\colcount=1
+	% The first column will be indented with the surrounding text.
+	\advance\hsize by\leftskip
+      \else
+	\ifsetpercent \else
+	  % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
+	  % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace.
+	  \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace
+	\fi
+       % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace:
+      \leftskip=\multitablecolspace
+      \fi
+      % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious
+      % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the
+      % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself.
+      % For example:
+      % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89
+      % @item @code{#}
+      % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country.
+      % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively
+      % marking characters.
+      \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut
+    }\cr
+}
+\def\Emultitable{%
+  \crcr
+  \egroup % end the \halign
+  \global\setpercentfalse
+}
+
+\def\setmultitablespacing{%
+  \def\multistrut{\strut}% just use the standard line spacing
+  %
+  % Compute \multitablelinespace (if not defined by user) for use in
+  % \multitableparskip calculation.  We used define \multistrut based on
+  % this, but (ironically) that caused the spacing to be off.
+  % See bug-texinfo report from Werner Lemberg, 31 Oct 2004 12:52:20 +0100.
+\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt
+\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip
+\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0
+\fi
+%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
+%% table. If not, do nothing.
+%%        If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
+\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace
+\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
+\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
+                                      %% than skip between lines in the table.
+\fi%
+\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt
+\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
+\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
+                                      %% than skip between lines in the table.
+\fi}
+
+
+\message{conditionals,}
+
+% @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext,
+% @ifnotxml always succeed.  They currently do nothing; we don't
+% attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested.  But we
+% have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't
+% attempt to close an environment group.
+%
+\def\makecond#1{%
+  \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax
+  \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1
+}
+\makecond{iftex}
+\makecond{ifnotdocbook}
+\makecond{ifnothtml}
+\makecond{ifnotinfo}
+\makecond{ifnotplaintext}
+\makecond{ifnotxml}
+
+% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like.
+%
+\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
+\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}}
+\def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}}
+\def\html{\doignore{html}}
+\def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}}
+\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
+\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
+\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}}
+\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}}
+\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}}
+\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
+\def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
+\def\xml{\doignore{xml}}
+
+% Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals.
+%
+% A count to remember the depth of nesting.
+\newcount\doignorecount
+
+\def\doignore#1{\begingroup
+  % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode:
+  \obeylines
+  \catcode`\@ = \other
+  \catcode`\{ = \other
+  \catcode`\} = \other
+  %
+  % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
+  \spaceisspace
+  %
+  % Count number of #1's that we've seen.
+  \doignorecount = 0
+  %
+  % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'.
+  \dodoignore{#1}%
+}
+
+{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source.
+  \obeylines %
+  %
+  \gdef\dodoignore#1{%
+    % #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'.
+    %
+    % Define a command to find the next `@end #1'.
+    \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{%
+      \doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}%
+    %
+    % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a
+    % line.  (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for
+    % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.)
+    \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}%
+    %
+    % And now expand that command.
+    \doignoretext ^^M%
+  }%
+}
+
+\def\doignoreyyy#1{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\empty			% Nothing found.
+    \let\next\doignoretextzzz
+  \else					% Found a nested condition, ...
+    \advance\doignorecount by 1
+    \let\next\doignoretextyyy		% ..., look for another.
+    % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example).
+  \fi
+  \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro.
+}
+
+% We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_".
+%
+\def\doignoretextzzz#1{%
+  \ifnum\doignorecount = 0	% We have just found the outermost @end.
+    \let\next\enddoignore
+  \else				% Still inside a nested condition.
+    \advance\doignorecount by -1
+    \let\next\doignoretext      % Look for the next @end.
+  \fi
+  \next
+}
+
+% Finish off ignored text.
+{ \obeylines%
+  % Ignore anything after the last `@end #1'; this matters in verbatim
+  % environments, where otherwise the newline after an ignored conditional
+  % would result in a blank line in the output.
+  \gdef\enddoignore#1^^M{\endgroup\ignorespaces}%
+}
+
+
+% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
+% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
+%
+% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be
+% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our
+% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we
+% didn't need it.
+% We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10.
+%
+\parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
+\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
+  {%
+    \makevalueexpandable
+    \def\temp{#2}%
+    \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}%
+    \ifx\temp\empty
+      \next{}%
+    \else
+      \setzzz#2\endsetzzz
+    \fi
+  }%
+}
+% Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
+\def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}}
+
+% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR.
+%
+\parseargdef\clear{%
+  {%
+    \makevalueexpandable
+    \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax
+  }%
+}
+
+% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
+\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx}
+\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
+{
+  \catcode`\- = \active \catcode`\_ = \active
+  %
+  \gdef\makevalueexpandable{%
+    \let\value = \expandablevalue
+    % We don't want these characters active, ...
+    \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other
+    % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if
+    % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though.
+    % So \let them to their normal equivalents.
+    \let-\realdash \let_\normalunderscore
+  }
+}
+
+% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's
+% properly in indexes (we call \makevalueexpandable in \indexdummies).
+% The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable is set), since
+% the result winds up in the index file.  This means that if the
+% variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain
+% it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work
+% to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete).
+%
+\def\expandablevalue#1{%
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+    {[No value for ``#1'']}%
+    \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}%
+  \else
+    \csname SET#1\endcsname
+  \fi
+}
+
+% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
+% with @set.
+%
+% To get special treatment of `@end ifset,' call \makeond and the redefine.
+%
+\makecond{ifset}
+\def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}}
+\def\doifset#1#2{%
+  {%
+    \makevalueexpandable
+    \let\next=\empty
+    \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax
+      #1% If not set, redefine \next.
+    \fi
+    \expandafter
+  }\next
+}
+\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}}
+
+% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been
+% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
+%
+% The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the
+% above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set,
+% then redefine \next to \ifclearfail.
+%
+\makecond{ifclear}
+\def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}}
+\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}}
+
+% @dircategory CATEGORY  -- specify a category of the dir file
+% which this file should belong to.  Ignore this in TeX.
+\let\dircategory=\comment
+
+% @defininfoenclose.
+\let\definfoenclose=\comment
+
+
+\message{indexing,}
+% Index generation facilities
+
+% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite
+% except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's.
+\edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}}
+
+% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo.
+% It automatically defines \fooindex such that
+% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo.
+% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for
+% the file that accumulates this index.  The file's extension is foo.
+% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long
+% for the sake of vms.
+%
+\def\newindex#1{%
+  \iflinks
+    \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
+    \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file
+  \fi
+  \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%     % Define @#1index
+    \noexpand\doindex{#1}}
+}
+
+% @defindex foo  ==  \newindex{foo}
+%
+\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex}
+
+% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
+%
+\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
+%
+\def\newcodeindex#1{%
+  \iflinks
+    \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
+    \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1
+  \fi
+  \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
+    \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}%
+}
+
+
+% @synindex foo bar    makes index foo feed into index bar.
+% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
+%
+% @syncodeindex foo bar   similar, but put all entries made for index foo
+% inside @code.
+%
+\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}}
+\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}}
+
+% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
+% #3 the target index (bar).
+\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
+  % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up
+  % closing the target index.
+  \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined
+    % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
+    % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
+    \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname
+    \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1
+  \fi
+  % redefine \fooindfile:
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
+  \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
+  % redefine \fooindex:
+  \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}%
+}
+
+% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros.
+% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro,
+%  and it is "foo", the name of the index.
+
+% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work.
+% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros.
+
+% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic}
+% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index.
+
+\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer}
+\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}}
+
+% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument.
+\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer}
+\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}}
+
+% Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry.
+% Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't,
+% we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't.
+%
+\def\indexdummies{%
+  \escapechar = `\\     % use backslash in output files.
+  \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files.
+  \def\ {\realbackslash\space }%
+  % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again.
+  % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes
+  % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters.
+  \let\{ = \mylbrace
+  \let\} = \myrbrace
+  %
+  % Do the redefinitions.
+  \commondummies
+}
+
+% For the aux and toc files, @ is the escape character.  So we want to
+% redefine everything using @ as the escape character (instead of
+% \realbackslash, still used for index files).  When everything uses @,
+% this will be simpler.
+%
+\def\atdummies{%
+  \def\@{@@}%
+  \def\ {@ }%
+  \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd
+  \let\} = \rbraceatcmd
+  %
+  % Do the redefinitions.
+  \commondummies
+  \otherbackslash
+}
+
+% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies.
+%
+\def\commondummies{%
+  %
+  % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively
+  % preventing its expansion.  This is used only for control% words,
+  % not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for
+  % control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
+  % from whatever follows.
+  %
+  % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
+  % space.
+  %
+  % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
+  % those that do not.  If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
+  % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
+  %
+  \def\definedummyword  ##1{\def##1{\string##1\space}}%
+  \def\definedummyletter##1{\def##1{\string##1}}%
+  \let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter
+  %
+  \commondummiesnofonts
+  %
+  \definedummyletter\_%
+  %
+  % Non-English letters.
+  \definedummyword\AA
+  \definedummyword\AE
+  \definedummyword\L
+  \definedummyword\OE
+  \definedummyword\O
+  \definedummyword\aa
+  \definedummyword\ae
+  \definedummyword\l
+  \definedummyword\oe
+  \definedummyword\o
+  \definedummyword\ss
+  \definedummyword\exclamdown
+  \definedummyword\questiondown
+  \definedummyword\ordf
+  \definedummyword\ordm
+  %
+  % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do.
+  \definedummyword\bf
+  \definedummyword\gtr
+  \definedummyword\hat
+  \definedummyword\less
+  \definedummyword\sf
+  \definedummyword\sl
+  \definedummyword\tclose
+  \definedummyword\tt
+  %
+  \definedummyword\LaTeX
+  \definedummyword\TeX
+  %
+  % Assorted special characters.
+  \definedummyword\bullet
+  \definedummyword\comma
+  \definedummyword\copyright
+  \definedummyword\registeredsymbol
+  \definedummyword\dots
+  \definedummyword\enddots
+  \definedummyword\equiv
+  \definedummyword\error
+  \definedummyword\euro
+  \definedummyword\expansion
+  \definedummyword\minus
+  \definedummyword\pounds
+  \definedummyword\point
+  \definedummyword\print
+  \definedummyword\result
+  %
+  % We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write.
+  \macrolist
+  %
+  \normalturnoffactive
+  %
+  % Handle some cases of @value -- where it does not contain any
+  % (non-fully-expandable) commands.
+  \makevalueexpandable
+}
+
+% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \commondummies and \indexnofonts.
+%
+\def\commondummiesnofonts{%
+  % Control letters and accents.
+  \definedummyletter\!%
+  \definedummyaccent\"%
+  \definedummyaccent\'%
+  \definedummyletter\*%
+  \definedummyaccent\,%
+  \definedummyletter\.%
+  \definedummyletter\/%
+  \definedummyletter\:%
+  \definedummyaccent\=%
+  \definedummyletter\?%
+  \definedummyaccent\^%
+  \definedummyaccent\`%
+  \definedummyaccent\~%
+  \definedummyword\u
+  \definedummyword\v
+  \definedummyword\H
+  \definedummyword\dotaccent
+  \definedummyword\ringaccent
+  \definedummyword\tieaccent
+  \definedummyword\ubaraccent
+  \definedummyword\udotaccent
+  \definedummyword\dotless
+  %
+  % Texinfo font commands.
+  \definedummyword\b
+  \definedummyword\i
+  \definedummyword\r
+  \definedummyword\sc
+  \definedummyword\t
+  %
+  % Commands that take arguments.
+  \definedummyword\acronym
+  \definedummyword\cite
+  \definedummyword\code
+  \definedummyword\command
+  \definedummyword\dfn
+  \definedummyword\emph
+  \definedummyword\env
+  \definedummyword\file
+  \definedummyword\kbd
+  \definedummyword\key
+  \definedummyword\math
+  \definedummyword\option
+  \definedummyword\pxref
+  \definedummyword\ref
+  \definedummyword\samp
+  \definedummyword\strong
+  \definedummyword\tie
+  \definedummyword\uref
+  \definedummyword\url
+  \definedummyword\var
+  \definedummyword\verb
+  \definedummyword\w
+  \definedummyword\xref
+}
+
+% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index
+% by, and when constructing control sequence names.  It eliminates all
+% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string
+% would be for a given command (usually its argument).
+%
+\def\indexnofonts{%
+  % Accent commands should become @asis.
+  \def\definedummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}%
+  % We can just ignore other control letters.
+  \def\definedummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}%
+  % Hopefully, all control words can become @asis.
+  \let\definedummyword\definedummyaccent
+  %
+  \commondummiesnofonts
+  %
+  % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
+  % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc.
+  % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands.
+  %\let\tt=\asis
+  %
+  \def\ { }%
+  \def\@{@}%
+  % how to handle braces?
+  \def\_{\normalunderscore}%
+  %
+  % Non-English letters.
+  \def\AA{AA}%
+  \def\AE{AE}%
+  \def\L{L}%
+  \def\OE{OE}%
+  \def\O{O}%
+  \def\aa{aa}%
+  \def\ae{ae}%
+  \def\l{l}%
+  \def\oe{oe}%
+  \def\o{o}%
+  \def\ss{ss}%
+  \def\exclamdown{!}%
+  \def\questiondown{?}%
+  \def\ordf{a}%
+  \def\ordm{o}%
+  %
+  \def\LaTeX{LaTeX}%
+  \def\TeX{TeX}%
+  %
+  % Assorted special characters.
+  % (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.)
+  \def\bullet{bullet}%
+  \def\comma{,}%
+  \def\copyright{copyright}%
+  \def\registeredsymbol{R}%
+  \def\dots{...}%
+  \def\enddots{...}%
+  \def\equiv{==}%
+  \def\error{error}%
+  \def\euro{euro}%
+  \def\expansion{==>}%
+  \def\minus{-}%
+  \def\pounds{pounds}%
+  \def\point{.}%
+  \def\print{-|}%
+  \def\result{=>}%
+  %
+  % We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present).
+  % Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now.
+  % makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up
+  % writing an index entry, and texindex isn't prepared for an index sort entry
+  % that starts with \.
+  % 
+  % Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them
+  % to take a single TeX argument.  The case of a macro invocation that
+  % goes to end-of-line is not handled.
+  % 
+  \macrolist
+}
+
+\let\indexbackslash=0  %overridden during \printindex.
+\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)?
+
+% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case.
+% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text.
+\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}}
+
+% Workhorse for all \fooindexes.
+% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry --
+% empty if called from \doind, as we usually are (the main exception
+% is with most defuns, which call us directly).
+%
+\def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
+  \iflinks
+  {%
+    % Store the main index entry text (including the third arg).
+    \toks0 = {#2}%
+    % If third arg is present, precede it with a space.
+    \def\thirdarg{#3}%
+    \ifx\thirdarg\empty \else
+      \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}%
+    \fi
+    %
+    \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}%
+    %
+    \ifvmode
+      \dosubindsanitize
+    \else
+      \dosubindwrite
+    \fi
+  }%
+  \fi
+}
+
+% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file:
+%
+\def\dosubindwrite{%
+  % Put the index entry in the margin if desired.
+  \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
+    \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \the\toks0}}%
+  \fi
+  %
+  % Remember, we are within a group.
+  \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
+  \def\backslashcurfont{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
+      % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash.
+  %
+  % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to
+  % get the string to sort by.
+  {\indexnofonts
+   \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion
+   \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}%
+  }%
+  %
+  % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and
+  % the original text, including any font commands.  We write
+  % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the
+  % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s
+  % sorted result.
+  \edef\temp{%
+    \write\writeto{%
+      \string\entry{\indexsorttmp}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
+  }%
+  \temp
+}
+
+% Take care of unwanted page breaks:
+%
+% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
+% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
+% the skip again.  Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
+% \write will make \lastskip zero.  The result is that sequences
+% like this:
+% @end defun
+% @tindex whatever
+% @defun ...
+% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the
+% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of
+% the previous defun.
+%
+% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode.  We
+% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph.
+%
+% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too.
+%
+% But wait, there is a catch there:
+% We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip.  \ifdim is not
+% sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts
+% of the skip.  The only way seems to be to check the textual
+% representation of the skip.
+%
+% The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that
+% the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter).
+%
+\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname}
+%
+% ..., ready, GO:
+%
+\def\dosubindsanitize{%
+  % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously.
+  \skip0 = \lastskip
+  \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}%
+  \count255 = \lastpenalty
+  %
+  % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a
+  % skip.  And since a skip is discardable, that means this
+  % -\skip0 glue we're inserting is preceded by a
+  % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential
+  % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed.
+  \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
+  \else
+    \vskip-\skip0
+  \fi
+  %
+  \dosubindwrite
+  %
+  \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
+    % If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and
+    % perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak.  In that case, we want
+    % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various
+    % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any
+    % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint.  For example:
+    % 
+    %   @deffn deffn-whatever
+    %   @vindex index-whatever
+    %   Description.
+    % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit
+    % and the "Description." paragraph.
+    \ifnum\count255>9999 \penalty\count255 \fi
+  \else
+    % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip,
+    % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item
+    % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak.
+    \nobreak\vskip\skip0
+  \fi
+}
+
+% The index entry written in the file actually looks like
+%  \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}
+% or
+%  \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic}
+% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files
+% containing these kinds of lines:
+%  \initial {c}
+%     before the first topic whose initial is c
+%  \entry {topic}{pagelist}
+%     for a topic that is used without subtopics
+%  \primary {topic}
+%     for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics
+%  \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist}
+%     for each subtopic.
+
+% Define the user-accessible indexing commands
+% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex.
+
+\def\findex {\fnindex}
+\def\kindex {\kyindex}
+\def\cindex {\cpindex}
+\def\vindex {\vrindex}
+\def\tindex {\tpindex}
+\def\pindex {\pgindex}
+
+\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub}
+{\obeylines %
+\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup %
+\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}}
+
+% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material.
+
+% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed.
+% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered).
+%
+\parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup
+  \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}%
+  %
+  \smallfonts \rm
+  \tolerance = 9500
+  \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression.
+  %
+  % See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
+  % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains
+  % \initial {@}
+  % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces
+  % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence).
+  \catcode`\@ = 11
+  \openin 1 \jobname.#1s
+  \ifeof 1
+    % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index,
+    % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the
+    % index.  The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure
+    % there is some text.
+    \putwordIndexNonexistent
+  \else
+    %
+    % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof
+    % false.  We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so
+    % it can discover if there is anything in it.
+    \read 1 to \temp
+    \ifeof 1
+      \putwordIndexIsEmpty
+    \else
+      % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape
+      % character.  It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change
+      % to make right now.
+      \def\indexbackslash{\backslashcurfont}%
+      \catcode`\\ = 0
+      \escapechar = `\\
+      \begindoublecolumns
+      \input \jobname.#1s
+      \enddoublecolumns
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \closein 1
+\endgroup}
+
+% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself.
+% Change them to control the appearance of the index.
+
+\def\initial#1{{%
+  % Some minor font changes for the special characters.
+  \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt
+  %
+  % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own.
+  \removelastskip
+  %
+  % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
+  \nobreak
+  \vskip 0pt plus 3\baselineskip
+  \penalty 0
+  \vskip 0pt plus -3\baselineskip
+  %
+  % Typeset the initial.  Making this add up to a whole number of
+  % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
+  % to column.  It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch
+  % we need before each entry, but it's better.
+  %
+  % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
+  \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip
+  \leftline{\secbf #1}%
+  % Do our best not to break after the initial.
+  \nobreak
+  \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
+}}
+
+% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and
+% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin.  It is used for index
+% and table of contents entries.  The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
+%
+% A straightforward implementation would start like this:
+%	\def\entry#1#2{...
+% But this frozes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to
+% @code, which sets - active.  This problem was fixed by a kludge---
+% ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right.
+%
+% The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text.
+%                                 --kasal, 21nov03
+\def\entry{%
+  \begingroup
+    %
+    % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
+    % affect previous text.
+    \par
+    %
+    % Do not fill out the last line with white space.
+    \parfillskip = 0in
+    %
+    % No extra space above this paragraph.
+    \parskip = 0in
+    %
+    % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
+    \finalhyphendemerits = 0
+    %
+    % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number
+    % don't both fit on one line.  In that case, bob suggests starting the
+    % dots pretty far over on the line.  Unfortunately, a large
+    % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across
+    % lines.  So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders.
+    %
+    % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start
+    % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that.
+    \hangindent = 2em
+    %
+    % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line
+    % with blank space.
+    \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil
+    %
+    % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing
+    % columns.
+    \vskip 0pt plus1pt
+    %
+    % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter):
+    \afterassignment\doentry
+    \let\temp =
+}
+\def\doentry{%
+    \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace.
+      \noindent
+      \aftergroup\finishentry
+      % And now comes the text of the entry.
+}
+\def\finishentry#1{%
+    % #1 is the page number.
+    %
+    % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if
+    % there are no page numbers.  The next person who breaks this will be
+    % cursed by a Unix daemon.
+    \def\tempa{{\rm }}%
+    \def\tempb{#1}%
+    \edef\tempc{\tempa}%
+    \edef\tempd{\tempb}%
+    \ifx\tempc\tempd
+      \ %
+    \else
+      %
+      % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out
+      % this line with blank space.  (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the
+      % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.)
+      \hfil\penalty50
+      \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
+      %
+      % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as
+      % part of (the primitive) \par.  Without it, a spurious underfull
+      % \hbox ensues.
+      \ifpdf
+	\pdfgettoks#1.%
+	\ \the\toksA
+      \else
+	\ #1%
+      \fi
+    \fi
+    \par
+  \endgroup
+}
+
+% Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em.
+\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
+  \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill}
+
+\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
+
+\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm
+\def\secondary#1#2{{%
+  \parfillskip=0in
+  \parskip=0in
+  \hangindent=1in
+  \hangafter=1
+  \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill
+  \ifpdf
+    \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
+  \else
+    #2
+  \fi
+  \par
+}}
+
+% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes.
+% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say,
+% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself.
+\catcode`\@=11
+
+\newbox\partialpage
+\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize
+
+\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns
+  % Grab any single-column material above us.
+  \output = {%
+    %
+    % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a
+    % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output
+    % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is
+    % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off).  In
+    % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal
+    % output routine.  Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this
+    % runs and this will be a no-op.  See the indexspread.tex test case.
+    \ifvoid\partialpage \else
+      \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}%
+    \fi
+    %
+    \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{%
+      % Unvbox the main output page.
+      \unvbox\PAGE
+      \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip
+    }%
+  }%
+  \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage
+  %
+  % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages.
+  \output = {\doublecolumnout}%
+  %
+  % Change the page size parameters.  We could do this once outside this
+  % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11
+  % format, but then we repeat the same computation.  Repeating a couple
+  % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the
+  % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place.
+  %
+  % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between
+  % the columns.  We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it
+  % changes automatically with the paper format.  The magic constant
+  % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt)
+  % as it did when we hard-coded it.
+  %
+  % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we
+  % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially)
+  % been clobbered.
+  %
+  \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize
+    \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize
+    \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2
+  \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
+  %
+  % Double the \vsize as well.  (We don't need a separate register here,
+  % since nobody clobbers \vsize.)
+  \vsize = 2\vsize
+}
+
+% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except
+% the last.
+%
+\def\doublecolumnout{%
+  \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
+  % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal
+  % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the
+  % previous page.
+  \dimen@ = \vsize
+  \divide\dimen@ by 2
+  \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage
+  %
+  % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right.
+  \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
+  \onepageout\pagesofar
+  \unvbox255
+  \penalty\outputpenalty
+}
+%
+% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
+% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
+\def\pagesofar{%
+  \unvbox\partialpage
+  %
+  \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
+  \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
+  \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
+}
+%
+% All done with double columns.
+\def\enddoublecolumns{%
+  \output = {%
+    % Split the last of the double-column material.  Leave it on the
+    % current page, no automatic page break.
+    \balancecolumns
+    %
+    % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page,
+    % though, there will be another page break right after this \output
+    % invocation ends.  Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not
+    % want to call it again.  Therefore, reset \output to its normal
+    % definition right away.  (We hope \balancecolumns will never be
+    % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes
+    % the output somewhat more palatable.)
+    \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}%
+  }%
+  \eject
+  \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns
+  %
+  % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted
+  % the current page.  We're now back to normal single-column
+  % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the
+  % \endgroup where \vsize got restored).
+  \pagegoal = \vsize
+}
+%
+% Called at the end of the double column material.
+\def\balancecolumns{%
+  \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
+  \dimen@ = \ht0
+  \advance\dimen@ by \topskip
+  \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
+  \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to
+  %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}%
+  \splittopskip = \topskip
+  % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint.
+  {%
+    \vbadness = 10000
+    \loop
+      \global\setbox3 = \copy0
+      \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@
+    \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@
+      \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt
+    \repeat
+  }%
+  %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}%
+  \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}%
+  \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}%
+  %
+  \pagesofar
+}
+\catcode`\@ = \other
+
+
+\message{sectioning,}
+% Chapters, sections, etc.
+
+% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron, of course.  But we count the unnumbered
+% sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf
+% outlines by their "section number".  We avoid collisions with chapter
+% numbers by starting them at 10000.  (If a document ever has 10000
+% chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.)
+\newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000
+\newcount\chapno
+\newcount\secno        \secno=0
+\newcount\subsecno     \subsecno=0
+\newcount\subsubsecno  \subsubsecno=0
+
+% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ...
+\newcount\appendixno  \appendixno = `\@
+%
+% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno}
+% We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple
+% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual
+% letter in the expansion, not just typeset.
+%
+\def\appendixletter{%
+  \ifnum\appendixno=`A A%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z%
+  % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is
+  % expanded while writing the .toc file.  \char\appendixno is not
+  % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out
+  % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it.
+  \else\char\the\appendixno
+  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
+
+% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter.
+% page headings and footings can use it.  @section does likewise.
+% However, they are not reliable, because we don't use marks.
+\def\thischapter{}
+\def\thissection{}
+
+\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level
+\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count
+
+% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc.
+\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1}
+\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name
+
+% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc.
+\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1}
+\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name
+
+% we only have subsub.
+\chardef\maxseclevel = 3
+%
+% A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too.
+% To achieve this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in:
+\chardef\unmlevel = \maxseclevel
+%
+% Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not:
+% \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored.
+\def\chapheadtype{N}
+
+% Choose a heading macro
+% #1 is heading type
+% #2 is heading level
+% #3 is text for heading
+\def\genhead#1#2#3{%
+  % Compute the abs. sec. level:
+  \absseclevel=#2
+  \advance\absseclevel by \secbase
+  % Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range:
+  \ifnum \absseclevel < 0
+    \absseclevel = 0
+  \else
+    \ifnum \absseclevel > 3
+      \absseclevel = 3
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  % The heading type:
+  \def\headtype{#1}%
+  \if \headtype U%
+    \ifnum \absseclevel < \unmlevel
+      \chardef\unmlevel = \absseclevel
+    \fi
+  \else
+    % Check for appendix sections:
+    \ifnum \absseclevel = 0
+      \edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}%
+    \else
+      \if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N%
+	\errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}%
+      \fi\fi
+    \fi
+    % Check for numbered within unnumbered:
+    \ifnum \absseclevel > \unmlevel
+      \def\headtype{U}%
+    \else
+      \chardef\unmlevel = 3
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  % Now print the heading:
+  \if \headtype U%
+    \ifcase\absseclevel
+	\unnumberedzzz{#3}%
+    \or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}%
+    \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}%
+    \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \if \headtype A%
+      \ifcase\absseclevel
+	  \appendixzzz{#3}%
+      \or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}%
+      \or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}%
+      \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}%
+      \fi
+    \else
+      \ifcase\absseclevel
+	  \chapterzzz{#3}%
+      \or \seczzz{#3}%
+      \or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}%
+      \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \suppressfirstparagraphindent
+}
+
+% an interface:
+\def\numhead{\genhead N}
+\def\apphead{\genhead A}
+\def\unnmhead{\genhead U}
+
+% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered.  Increment top-level counter, reset
+% all lower-level sectioning counters to zero.
+%
+% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers
+% (e.g., figures), q.v.  By default (before any chapter), that is empty.
+\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
+%
+\outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
+\def\chapterzzz#1{%
+  % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such
+  % as an @include file.
+  \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
+    \global\advance\chapno by 1
+  %
+  % Used for \float.
+  \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}%
+  \resetallfloatnos
+  %
+  \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}%
+  %
+  % Write the actual heading.
+  \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}%
+  %
+  % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter.
+  \global\let\section = \numberedsec
+  \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
+  \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
+}
+
+\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz
+\def\appendixzzz#1{%
+  \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
+    \global\advance\appendixno by 1
+  \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}%
+  \resetallfloatnos
+  %
+  \def\appendixnum{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}%
+  \message{\appendixnum}%
+  %
+  \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}%
+  %
+  \global\let\section = \appendixsec
+  \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec
+  \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
+}
+
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz
+\def\unnumberedzzz#1{%
+  \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
+    \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1
+  %
+  % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures.
+  \global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
+  \resetallfloatnos
+  %
+  % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the
+  % argument to \message.  Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX
+  % expanded them.  For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX
+  % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant
+  % to be executed, not expanded).
+  %
+  % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear
+  % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself.  We use
+  % \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once,
+  % simply yielding the contents of <toks register>.  (We also do this for
+  % the toc entries.)
+  \toks0 = {#1}%
+  \message{(\the\toks0)}%
+  %
+  \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}%
+  %
+  \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec
+  \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec
+  \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
+}
+
+% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
+\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{%
+  % Well, we could do the following in a group, but that would break
+  % an assumption that \chapmacro is called at the outermost level.
+  % Thus we are safer this way:		--kasal, 24feb04
+  \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters
+  \unnmhead0{#1}%
+  \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
+}
+
+% @top is like @unnumbered.
+\let\top\unnumbered
+
+% Sections.
+\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
+\def\seczzz#1{%
+  \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\secno by 1
+  \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}%
+}
+
+\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz
+\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{%
+  \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\secno by 1
+  \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}%
+}
+\let\appendixsec\appendixsection
+
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz
+\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{%
+  \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\secno by 1
+  \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}%
+}
+
+% Subsections.
+\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz
+\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{%
+  \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\subsecno by 1
+  \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
+}
+
+\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz
+\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{%
+  \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\subsecno by 1
+  \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}%
+                 {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
+}
+
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz
+\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{%
+  \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\subsecno by 1
+  \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}%
+                 {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
+}
+
+% Subsubsections.
+\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz
+\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
+  \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
+  \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}%
+                 {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
+}
+
+\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz
+\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{%
+  \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
+  \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}%
+                 {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
+}
+
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz
+\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
+  \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
+  \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}%
+                 {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
+}
+
+% These macros control what the section commands do, according
+% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered).
+% Define them by default for a numbered chapter.
+\let\section = \numberedsec
+\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
+\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
+
+% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading
+
+% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such:
+%       1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit
+%          overlong headings to fold.
+%       2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a
+%          heading is obnoxious; this forbids it.
+%       3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and
+%          if justification is not attempted.  Hence \raggedright.
+
+
+\def\majorheading{%
+  {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }%
+  \parsearg\chapheadingzzz
+}
+
+\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
+\def\chapheadingzzz#1{%
+  {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+                    \parindent=0pt\raggedright
+                    \rm #1\hfill}}%
+  \bigskip \par\penalty 200\relax
+  \suppressfirstparagraphindent
+}
+
+% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading.
+\parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
+  \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
+\parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
+  \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
+\parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
+  \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
+
+% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only
+% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it),
+% given all the information in convenient, parsed form.
+
+%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
+\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi}
+
+%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it
+% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed)
+
+\newskip\chapheadingskip
+
+\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
+\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
+\def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi}
+
+\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
+
+\def\CHAPPAGoff{%
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak
+\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager}
+
+\def\CHAPPAGon{%
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager
+\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager
+\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}}
+
+\def\CHAPPAGodd{%
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
+\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage
+\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage
+\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}}
+
+\CHAPPAGon
+
+% Chapter opening.
+%
+% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing,
+% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number.
+%
+% To test against our argument.
+\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing}
+\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc}
+\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix}
+%
+\def\chapmacro#1#2#3{%
+  \pchapsepmacro
+  {%
+    \chapfonts \rm
+    %
+    % Have to define \thissection before calling \donoderef, because the
+    % xref code eventually uses it.  On the other hand, it has to be called
+    % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon.
+    \gdef\thissection{#1}%
+    \gdef\thischaptername{#1}%
+    %
+    % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix
+    % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''.
+    \def\temptype{#2}%
+    \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
+      \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
+      \def\toctype{unnchap}%
+      \gdef\thischapter{#1}%
+    \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
+      \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry
+      \def\toctype{omit}%
+      \gdef\thischapter{}%
+    \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
+      \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}%
+      \def\toctype{app}%
+      % We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter
+      % because we don't want its macros evaluated now.  And we don't
+      % use \thissection because that changes with each section.
+      %
+      \xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter:
+                        \noexpand\thischaptername}%
+    \else
+      \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}%
+      \def\toctype{numchap}%
+      \xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno:
+                        \noexpand\thischaptername}%
+    \fi\fi\fi
+    %
+    % Write the toc entry for this chapter.  Must come before the
+    % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc
+    % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty.
+    \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}%
+    %
+    % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make
+    % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has
+    % been typeset.  If the destination for the pdf outline is after the
+    % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not
+    % being visible, for instance under high magnification.
+    \donoderef{#2}%
+    %
+    % Typeset the actual heading.
+    \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
+          \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
+          \unhbox0 #1\par}%
+  }%
+  \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title
+  \nobreak
+}
+
+% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered.
+\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
+\def\centerparameters{%
+  \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip
+  \leftskip = \rightskip
+  \parfillskip = 0pt
+}
+
+
+% I don't think this chapter style is supported any more, so I'm not
+% updating it with the new noderef stuff.  We'll see.  --karl, 11aug03.
+%
+\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname}
+%
+\def\unnchfopen #1{%
+\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+                       \parindent=0pt\raggedright
+                       \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
+}
+\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts
+\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}%
+\par\penalty 5000 %
+}
+\def\centerchfopen #1{%
+\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+                       \parindent=0pt
+                       \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
+}
+\def\CHAPFopen{%
+  \global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen
+  \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen}
+
+
+% Section titles.  These macros combine the section number parts and
+% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing.
+%
+\newskip\secheadingskip
+\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}}
+
+% Subsection titles.
+\newskip\subsecheadingskip
+\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}}
+
+% Subsubsection titles.
+\def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip}
+\def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak}
+
+
+% Print any size, any type, section title.
+%
+% #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is
+% the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the
+% section number.
+%
+\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{%
+  {%
+    % Switch to the right set of fonts.
+    \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm
+    %
+    % Insert space above the heading.
+    \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname
+    %
+    % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number.
+    \def\sectionlevel{#2}%
+    \def\temptype{#3}%
+    %
+    \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
+      \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
+      \def\toctype{unn}%
+      \gdef\thissection{#1}%
+    \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
+      % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc,
+      % and don't redefine \thissection.
+      \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
+      \def\toctype{omit}%
+      \let\sectionlevel=\empty
+    \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
+      \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
+      \def\toctype{app}%
+      \gdef\thissection{#1}%
+    \else
+      \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
+      \def\toctype{num}%
+      \gdef\thissection{#1}%
+    \fi\fi\fi
+    %
+    % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef).  See comments in \chapmacro.
+    \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}%
+    %
+    % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex).
+    % Again, see comments in \chapmacro.
+    \donoderef{#3}%
+    %
+    % Interline glue will be inserted when the vbox is completed.
+    % That glue will be a valid breakpoint for the page, since it'll be
+    % preceded by a whatsit (usually from the \donoderef, or from the
+    % \writetocentry if there was no node).  We don't want to allow that
+    % break, since then the whatsits could end up on page n while the
+    % section is on page n+1, thus toc/etc. are wrong.  Debian bug 276000.
+    \nobreak
+    %
+    % Output the actual section heading.
+    \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
+          \hangindent=\wd0  % zero if no section number
+          \unhbox0 #1}%
+  }%
+  % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it.
+  % Don't allow stretch, though.
+  \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname
+  %
+  % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it
+  % was followed by glue.
+  \nobreak
+  %
+  % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that
+  % glue accumulate.  (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a
+  % discardable item.)
+  \vskip-\parskip
+  % 
+  % This is purely so the last item on the list is a known \penalty >
+  % 10000.  This is so \startdefun can avoid allowing breakpoints after
+  % section headings.  Otherwise, it would insert a valid breakpoint between:
+  % 
+  %   @section sec-whatever
+  %   @deffn def-whatever
+  \penalty 10001
+}
+
+
+\message{toc,}
+% Table of contents.
+\newwrite\tocfile
+
+% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary.
+% Called from @chapter, etc.
+%
+% Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}
+% We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional
+% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually
+% read this.  The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the
+% destination to jump to.
+%
+% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or
+% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document.
+% But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything.  This is used for the
+% table of contents chapter openings themselves.
+%
+\newif\iftocfileopened
+\def\omitkeyword{omit}%
+%
+\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{%
+  \edef\writetoctype{#1}%
+  \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else
+    \iftocfileopened\else
+      \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc
+      \global\tocfileopenedtrue
+    \fi
+    %
+    \iflinks
+      {\atdummies
+       \edef\temp{%
+         \write\tocfile{@#1entry{#2}{#3}{\lastnode}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
+       \temp
+      }%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  %
+  % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're
+  % writing pdf.  These are used in the table of contents.  We can't
+  % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered
+  % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first
+  % two pages of the document.  Thus, we'd have two destinations named
+  % `1', and two named `2'.
+  \ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi
+}
+
+
+% These characters do not print properly in the Computer Modern roman
+% fonts, so we must take special care.  This is more or less redundant
+% with the Texinfo input format setup at the end of this file.
+% 
+\def\activecatcodes{%
+  \catcode`\"=\active
+  \catcode`\$=\active
+  \catcode`\<=\active
+  \catcode`\>=\active
+  \catcode`\\=\active
+  \catcode`\^=\active
+  \catcode`\_=\active
+  \catcode`\|=\active
+  \catcode`\~=\active
+}
+
+
+% Read the toc file, which is essentially Texinfo input.
+\def\readtocfile{%
+  \setupdatafile
+  \activecatcodes
+  \input \jobname.toc
+}
+
+\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in
+\newcount\savepageno
+\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1
+
+% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile.
+%
+\def\startcontents#1{%
+  % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
+  % start on an odd page, unlike chapters.  Thus, we maintain
+  % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro.
+  % From: Torbjorn Granlund <tege@matematik.su.se>
+  \contentsalignmacro
+  \immediate\closeout\tocfile
+  %
+  % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
+  % It is abundantly clear what they are.
+  \def\thischapter{}%
+  \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
+  %
+  \savepageno = \pageno
+  \begingroup                  % Set up to handle contents files properly.
+    \raggedbottom              % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
+    \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
+    %
+    % Roman numerals for page numbers.
+    \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
+}
+
+
+% Normal (long) toc.
+\def\contents{%
+  \startcontents{\putwordTOC}%
+    \openin 1 \jobname.toc
+    \ifeof 1 \else
+      \readtocfile
+    \fi
+    \vfill \eject
+    \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
+    \ifeof 1 \else
+      \pdfmakeoutlines
+    \fi
+    \closein 1
+  \endgroup
+  \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
+  \global\pageno = \savepageno
+}
+
+% And just the chapters.
+\def\summarycontents{%
+  \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}%
+    %
+    \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry
+    \let\appentry = \shortchapentry
+    \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry
+    % We want a true roman here for the page numbers.
+    \secfonts
+    \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf
+    \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt
+    \rm
+    \hyphenpenalty = 10000
+    \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
+    \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{}
+    \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry
+    \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry
+    \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+    \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+    \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+    \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+    \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+    \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+    \openin 1 \jobname.toc
+    \ifeof 1 \else
+      \readtocfile
+    \fi
+    \closein 1
+    \vfill \eject
+    \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
+  \endgroup
+  \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
+  \global\pageno = \savepageno
+}
+\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
+
+% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
+% The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter.
+%
+\def\shortchaplabel#1{%
+  % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the
+  % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts.
+  % But use \hss just in case.
+  % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after
+  % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.)
+  %
+  % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange
+  % with appendix letters.  And right-justifying numbers and
+  % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10
+  % chapters.  Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters
+  % there are before deciding ...
+  \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}%
+}
+
+% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents.
+% The first argument is the chapter or section name.
+% The last argument is the page number.
+% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ...
+
+% Chapters, in the main contents.
+\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+%
+% Chapters, in the short toc.
+% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings.
+\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{%
+  \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}%
+}
+
+% Appendices, in the main contents.
+% Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box.
+%
+\def\appendixbox#1{%
+  % We use M since it's probably the widest letter.
+  \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}%
+  \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}}
+%
+\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+
+% Unnumbered chapters.
+\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}}
+\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}}
+
+% Sections.
+\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\let\appsecentry=\numsecentry
+\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}}
+
+% Subsections.
+\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry
+\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
+
+% And subsubsections.
+\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry
+\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
+
+% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels.
+% Same as \defaultparindent.
+\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt
+
+% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the
+% page number.
+%
+% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters
+% if at all possible; hence the \penalty.
+\def\dochapentry#1#2{%
+   \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip
+   \begingroup
+     \chapentryfonts
+     \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
+   \endgroup
+   \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip
+}
+
+\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup
+  \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent
+  \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
+\endgroup}
+
+\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
+  \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent
+  \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
+\endgroup}
+
+\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
+  \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent
+  \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
+\endgroup}
+
+% We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries.
+\let\tocentry = \entry
+
+% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title.
+\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax}
+
+\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}}
+\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}}
+
+\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm}
+\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts}
+\def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
+\def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
+
+
+\message{environments,}
+% @foo ... @end foo.
+
+% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}.
+%
+% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of
+% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
+%
+\def\point{$\star$}
+\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
+\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
+\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}}
+\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
+
+% The @error{} command.
+% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit.
+%
+\newbox\errorbox
+%
+{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
+\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
+% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
+\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt}
+%
+\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
+   \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
+   \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules.
+   \vbox{%
+      \hrule height\dimen2
+      \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt          % Space to left of text.
+         \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below.
+         \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right.
+      \hrule height\dimen2}
+    \hfil}
+%
+\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox}
+
+% @tex ... @end tex    escapes into raw Tex temporarily.
+% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works.
+% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character.
+
+\envdef\tex{%
+  \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
+  \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
+  \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie
+  \catcode `\%=14
+  \catcode `\+=\other
+  \catcode `\"=\other
+  \catcode `\|=\other
+  \catcode `\<=\other
+  \catcode `\>=\other
+  \escapechar=`\\
+  %
+  \let\b=\ptexb
+  \let\bullet=\ptexbullet
+  \let\c=\ptexc
+  \let\,=\ptexcomma
+  \let\.=\ptexdot
+  \let\dots=\ptexdots
+  \let\equiv=\ptexequiv
+  \let\!=\ptexexclam
+  \let\i=\ptexi
+  \let\indent=\ptexindent
+  \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
+  \let\{=\ptexlbrace
+  \let\+=\tabalign
+  \let\}=\ptexrbrace
+  \let\/=\ptexslash
+  \let\*=\ptexstar
+  \let\t=\ptext
+  \let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing
+  %
+  \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
+  \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}%
+  \def\@{@}%
+}
+% There is no need to define \Etex.
+
+% Define @lisp ... @end lisp.
+% @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things,
+% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous).
+
+% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp.
+\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in
+
+% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other
+% such environments.  \null is better than a space, since it doesn't
+% have any width.
+\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf}
+
+% This space is always present above and below environments.
+\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt
+
+% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical.  We use \parskip here
+% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip
+% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the
+% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip.
+%
+\def\aboveenvbreak{{%
+  % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and
+  % \sectionheading, q.v.
+  \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
+    \advance\envskipamount by \parskip
+    \endgraf
+    \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
+      \removelastskip
+      % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak
+      % or better ...
+      \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi
+      \vskip\envskipamount
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}}
+
+\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak
+
+% \nonarrowing is a flag.  If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will
+% also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again.
+\let\nonarrowing=\relax
+
+% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around
+% environment contents.
+\font\circle=lcircle10
+\newdimen\circthick
+\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner
+\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip
+\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle
+%
+\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth
+\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}}
+\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}}
+\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}}
+\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
+        \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr
+        \hskip\rskip}}
+\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
+        \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr
+        \hskip\rskip}}
+%
+\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip
+
+\envdef\cartouche{%
+  \ifhmode\par\fi  % can't be in the midst of a paragraph.
+  \startsavinginserts
+  \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
+  \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*.
+  \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
+  \advance\cartinner by-\rskip
+  \cartouter=\hsize
+  \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt	% allow for 3pt kerns on either
+				% side, and for 6pt waste from
+				% each corner char, and rule thickness
+  \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
+  % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
+  \let\nonarrowing = t%
+  \vbox\bgroup
+      \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
+      \carttop
+      \hbox\bgroup
+	  \hskip\lskip
+	  \vrule\kern3pt
+	  \vbox\bgroup
+	      \kern3pt
+	      \hsize=\cartinner
+	      \baselineskip=\normbskip
+	      \lineskip=\normlskip
+	      \parskip=\normpskip
+	      \vskip -\parskip
+	      \comment % For explanation, see the end of \def\group.
+}
+\def\Ecartouche{%
+              \ifhmode\par\fi
+	      \kern3pt
+	  \egroup
+	  \kern3pt\vrule
+	  \hskip\rskip
+      \egroup
+      \cartbot
+  \egroup
+  \checkinserts
+}
+
+
+% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants,
+% inside a group.
+\def\nonfillstart{%
+  \aboveenvbreak
+  \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy
+  \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
+  \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
+  \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output
+  \parskip = 0pt
+  \parindent = 0pt
+  \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes
+  \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
+    \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing
+    \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing
+  \else
+    \let\nonarrowing = \relax
+  \fi
+  \let\exdent=\nofillexdent
+}
+
+% If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small.
+% If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall.
+% This affects the following displayed environments:
+%    @example, @display, @format, @lisp
+%
+\def\smallword{small}
+\def\nosmallword{nosmall}
+\let\SETdispenvsize\relax
+\def\setnormaldispenv{%
+  \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword
+    \smallexamplefonts \rm
+  \fi
+}
+\def\setsmalldispenv{%
+  \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword
+  \else
+    \smallexamplefonts \rm
+  \fi
+}
+
+% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo.
+% Let's do it by one command:
+\def\makedispenv #1#2{
+  \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}
+  \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}
+  \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
+  \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
+}
+
+% Define two synonyms:
+\def\maketwodispenvs #1#2#3{
+  \makedispenv{#1}{#3}
+  \makedispenv{#2}{#3}
+}
+
+% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; @example: same as @lisp.
+%
+% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts.
+% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox.
+%
+\maketwodispenvs {lisp}{example}{%
+  \nonfillstart
+  \tt
+  \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
+  \gobble       % eat return
+}
+
+% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font.
+%
+\makedispenv {display}{%
+  \nonfillstart
+  \gobble
+}
+
+% @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins.
+%
+\makedispenv{format}{%
+  \let\nonarrowing = t%
+  \nonfillstart
+  \gobble
+}
+
+% @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize.
+\envdef\flushleft{%
+  \let\nonarrowing = t%
+  \nonfillstart
+  \gobble
+}
+\let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak
+
+% @flushright.
+%
+\envdef\flushright{%
+  \let\nonarrowing = t%
+  \nonfillstart
+  \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill
+  \gobble
+}
+\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak
+
+
+% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
+% and narrows the margins.  We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since
+% we're doing normal filling.  So, when using \aboveenvbreak and
+% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0.
+%
+\envdef\quotation{%
+  {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
+  \parindent=0pt
+  %
+  % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down.
+  \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
+    \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing
+    \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing
+    \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing
+  \else
+    \let\nonarrowing = \relax
+  \fi
+  \parsearg\quotationlabel
+}
+
+% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
+% doing normal filling.
+%
+\def\Equotation{%
+  \par
+  \ifx\quotationauthor\undefined\else
+    % indent a bit.
+    \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}%
+  \fi
+  {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}%
+}
+
+% If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after.
+\def\quotationlabel#1{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\empty \else
+    {\bf #1: }%
+  \fi
+}
+
+
+% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>}
+% If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter,
+% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg:
+% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command.  --janneke@gnu.org
+%
+% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996.  The TeXbook.
+%
+% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets
+% active too.  Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a
+% verbatim line.
+\def\dospecials{%
+  \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
+  \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~%
+  \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"%
+}
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 380
+\def\uncatcodespecials{%
+  \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials}
+%
+% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
+% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq}
+\endgroup
+%
+% Setup for the @verb command.
+%
+% Eight spaces for a tab
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\^^I=\active
+  \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }}
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\setupverb{%
+  \tt  % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+  \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
+  \catcode`\`=\active
+  \tabeightspaces
+  % Respect line breaks,
+  % print special symbols as themselves, and
+  % make each space count
+  % must do in this order:
+  \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
+}
+
+% Setup for the @verbatim environment
+%
+% Real tab expansion
+\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
+%
+\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup}
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\^^I=\active
+  \gdef\tabexpand{%
+    \catcode`\^^I=\active
+    \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
+      \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab
+      \divide\dimen0 by\tabw
+      \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
+      \advance\dimen0 by\tabw  % advance to next multiple of \tabw
+      \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox
+    }%
+  }
+\endgroup
+\def\setupverbatim{%
+  \let\nonarrowing = t%
+  \nonfillstart
+  % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+  \tt
+  \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}%
+  \catcode`\`=\active
+  \tabexpand
+  % Respect line breaks,
+  % print special symbols as themselves, and
+  % make each space count
+  % must do in this order:
+  \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
+  \everypar{\starttabbox}%
+}
+
+% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique
+% delimiter characters.  Before first delimiter expect a
+% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace:
+%
+%    \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1}
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {}
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other
+  \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next]
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb}
+%
+%
+% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that
+% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie:
+%
+%     \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1}
+%
+% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX,
+% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}':
+% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'.
+%
+% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx]
+%
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\ =\active
+  \obeylines %
+  % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end
+  % of the @verbatim input line itself.  Otherwise we get an extra blank
+  % line in the output.
+  \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}%
+  % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but
+  % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble.
+\endgroup
+%
+\envdef\verbatim{%
+    \setupverbatim\doverbatim
+}
+\let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak
+
+
+% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment.
+%
+\def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude}
+%
+\def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
+  {%
+    \makevalueexpandable
+    \setupverbatim
+    \input #1
+    \afterenvbreak
+  }%
+}
+
+% @copying ... @end copying.
+% Save the text away for @insertcopying later.
+%
+% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box.
+% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the
+% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done
+% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source
+% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as
+% possible is very desirable.
+%
+\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying}
+\def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}}
+%
+\def\insertcopying{%
+  \begingroup
+    \parindent = 0pt  % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page
+    \scanexp\copyingtext
+  \endgroup
+}
+
+\message{defuns,}
+% @defun etc.
+
+\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
+\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt
+\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt
+
+% Start the processing of @deffn:
+\def\startdefun{%
+  \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000
+    \medbreak
+  \else
+    % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak,
+    % which is there to keep the function description together with its
+    % header.  But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a
+    % break somewhere.  Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted
+    % by \defargscommonending, instead of 10000, since the sectioning
+    % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow
+    % a break between a section heading and a defun.
+    % 
+    \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \fi
+    %
+    % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break.
+    % But do insert the glue.
+    \medskip  % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint
+  \fi
+  %
+  \parindent=0in
+  \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
+  \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+}
+
+\def\dodefunx#1{%
+  % First, check whether we are in the right environment:
+  \checkenv#1%
+  %
+  % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row.
+  % It's not a great place, though.
+  \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \fi
+  %
+  % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun:
+  \expandafter\gobbledefun#1%
+}
+\def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{}
+
+% \printdefunline \deffnheader{text}
+%
+\def\printdefunline#1#2{%
+  \begingroup
+    % call \deffnheader:
+    #1#2 \endheader
+    % common ending:
+    \interlinepenalty = 10000
+    \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
+    \endgraf
+    \nobreak\vskip -\parskip
+    \penalty 10002  % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx
+    % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses,
+    % rendering the following check redundant.  But we don't optimize.
+    \checkparencounts
+  \endgroup
+}
+
+\def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak}
+
+% \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn;
+% the only thing remainnig is to define \deffnheader.
+%
+\def\makedefun#1{%
+  \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun
+  \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun
+    \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}%
+  \temp
+}
+
+% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader
+%
+% Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters.
+% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly.
+%
+\def\domakedefun#1#2#3{%
+  \envdef#1{%
+    \startdefun
+    \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}%
+  }%
+  \def#2{\dodefunx#1}%
+  \def#3%
+}
+
+%%% Untyped functions:
+
+% @deffn category name args
+\makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}}
+
+% @deffn category class name args
+\makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
+
+% \defopon {category on}class name args
+\def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
+
+% \deffngeneral {subind}category name args
+%
+\def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{%
+  % Remember that \dosubind{fn}{foo}{} is equivalent to \doind{fn}{foo}.
+  \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}%
+  \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}%
+}
+
+%%% Typed functions:
+
+% @deftypefn category type name args
+\makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}}
+
+% @deftypeop category class type name args
+\makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
+
+% \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args
+\def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
+
+% \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args
+%
+\def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
+  \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
+  \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
+}
+
+%%% Typed variables:
+
+% @deftypevr category type var args
+\makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}}
+
+% @deftypecv category class type var args
+\makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
+
+% \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args
+\def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
+
+% \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args
+%
+\def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
+  \dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
+  \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
+}
+
+%%% Untyped variables:
+
+% @defvr category var args
+\makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} }
+
+% @defcv category class var args
+\makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
+
+% \defcvof {category of}class var args
+\def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} }
+
+%%% Type:
+% @deftp category name args
+\makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{%
+  \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}%
+  \defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}%
+}
+
+% Remaining @defun-like shortcuts:
+\makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
+\makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} }
+\makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} }
+\makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
+\makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
+\makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} }
+\makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
+\makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon}
+\makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon}
+\makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
+\makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
+
+% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args).
+% #1 is the category, such as "Function".
+% #2 is the return type, if any.
+% #3 is the function name.
+%
+% We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any.
+%
+\def\defname#1#2#3{%
+  % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def...
+  \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+  %
+  % How we'll format the type name.  Putting it in brackets helps
+  % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line
+  % just below it.
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi}
+  %
+  % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape.
+  % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero,
+  % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it:
+  \dimen0=\hsize  \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0  \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip
+  % The continuations:
+  \dimen2=\hsize  \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent
+  % (plain.tex says that \dimen1 should be used only as global.)
+  \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen2
+  %
+  % Put the type name to the right margin.
+  \noindent
+  \hbox to 0pt{%
+    \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize
+    % \hsize has to be shortened this way:
+    \kern\leftskip
+    % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space.
+  }%
+  %
+  % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint:
+  \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000
+  \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+  {%
+    % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because:
+    % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle.
+    % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's
+    %   common to leave accents off identifiers.  The result looks ok in
+    %   tt, but exceedingly strange in rm.
+    % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures.
+    % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no
+    %   one has made identifiers using them :).
+    \df \tt
+    \def\temp{#2}% return value type
+    \ifx\temp\empty\else \tclose{\temp} \fi
+    #3% output function name
+  }%
+  {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \tenrm
+  %
+  \boldbrax
+  % arguments will be output next, if any.
+}
+
+% Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using
+% tt for the name.  This is because literal text is sometimes needed in
+% the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very
+% distinguishable.  Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars.
+%
+\def\defunargs#1{%
+  % use sl by default (not ttsl),
+  % tt for the names.
+  \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0
+  %
+  % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we
+  % want a way to get ttsl.  Let's try @var for that.
+  \let\var=\ttslanted
+  #1%
+  \sl\hyphenchar\font=45
+}
+
+% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line.
+%
+\def\activeparens{%
+  \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active
+  \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active
+  \catcode`\&=\active
+}
+
+% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars.
+\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = )
+
+% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc.  For example,
+% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet,
+% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence.
+{
+  \activeparens
+  \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen
+  \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack
+  \global\let& = \&
+
+  \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb}
+  \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm}
+}
+
+\newcount\parencount
+
+% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards
+\newif\ifampseen
+\def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\&#1 }}
+
+\def\parenfont{%
+  \ifampseen
+    % At the first level, print parens in roman,
+    % otherwise use the default font.
+    \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi
+  \else
+    % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than
+    % the contained text.  This is especially needed for [ and ] .
+    \sf
+  \fi
+}
+\def\infirstlevel#1{%
+  \ifampseen
+    \ifnum\parencount=1
+      #1%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+\def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf}
+
+\def\opnr{%
+  \global\advance\parencount by 1
+  {\parenfont(}%
+  \infirstlevel \bfafterword
+}
+\def\clnr{%
+  {\parenfont)}%
+  \infirstlevel \sl
+  \global\advance\parencount by -1
+}
+
+\newcount\brackcount
+\def\lbrb{%
+  \global\advance\brackcount by 1
+  {\bf[}%
+}
+\def\rbrb{%
+  {\bf]}%
+  \global\advance\brackcount by -1
+}
+
+\def\checkparencounts{%
+  \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi
+  \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi
+}
+\def\badparencount{%
+  \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}%
+  \global\parencount=0
+}
+\def\badbrackcount{%
+  \errmessage{Unbalanced square braces in @def}%
+  \global\brackcount=0
+}
+
+
+\message{macros,}
+% @macro.
+
+% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
+% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX.
+\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined
+  \newwrite\macscribble
+  \def\scantokens#1{%
+    \toks0={#1}%
+    \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
+    \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
+    \immediate\closeout\macscribble
+    \input \jobname.tmp
+  }
+\fi
+
+\def\scanmacro#1{%
+  \begingroup
+    \newlinechar`\^^M
+    \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
+    % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
+    % When called from @insertcopying or (short)caption, we need active
+    % backslash to get it printed correctly.  Previously, we had
+    % \catcode`\\=\other instead.  We'll see whether a problem appears
+    % with macro expansion.				--kasal, 19aug04
+    \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active \escapechar=`\@
+    % ... and \example
+    \spaceisspace
+    %
+    % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline.
+    %
+    % I've verified that it is necessary both for e-TeX and for ordinary TeX
+    %							--kasal, 29nov03
+    \scantokens{#1\endinput}%
+  \endgroup
+}
+
+\def\scanexp#1{%
+  \edef\temp{\noexpand\scanmacro{#1}}%
+  \temp
+}
+
+\newcount\paramno   % Count of parameters
+\newtoks\macname    % Macro name
+\newif\ifrecursive  % Is it recursive?
+
+% List of all defined macros in the form
+%    \definedummyword\macro1\definedummyword\macro2...
+% Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split
+% if there is a need.
+\def\macrolist{}
+
+% Add the macro to \macrolist
+\def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname}
+\def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{%
+     \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\definedummyword#1}%
+     \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}%
+}
+
+% Utility routines.
+% This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is,
+%   \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname
+% (except of course we have to play expansion games).
+% 
+\def\cslet#1#2{%
+  \expandafter\let
+  \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname
+  \csname#2\endcsname
+}
+
+% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string.
+% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN).
+{\catcode`\@=11
+\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }}
+\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@}
+\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @}
+\def\unbrace#1{#1}
+\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1}
+}
+
+% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string.
+{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3%
+\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}%
+\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}%
+\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}%
+}
+
+% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where
+% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active
+% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \.
+
+% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
+% done by  making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
+% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro.
+
+\def\scanctxt{%
+  \catcode`\"=\other
+  \catcode`\+=\other
+  \catcode`\<=\other
+  \catcode`\>=\other
+  \catcode`\@=\other
+  \catcode`\^=\other
+  \catcode`\_=\other
+  \catcode`\|=\other
+  \catcode`\~=\other
+}
+
+\def\scanargctxt{%
+  \scanctxt
+  \catcode`\\=\other
+  \catcode`\^^M=\other
+}
+
+\def\macrobodyctxt{%
+  \scanctxt
+  \catcode`\{=\other
+  \catcode`\}=\other
+  \catcode`\^^M=\other
+  \usembodybackslash
+}
+
+\def\macroargctxt{%
+  \scanctxt
+  \catcode`\\=\other
+}
+
+% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
+% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
+% where N is the macro parameter number.
+% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so
+% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash.
+
+{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
+ @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash}
+ @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname}
+}
+\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash}
+
+\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx}
+\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx}
+
+\def\macroxxx#1{%
+  \getargs{#1}%           now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist
+  \ifx\argl\empty       % no arguments
+     \paramno=0%
+  \else
+     \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;%
+  \fi
+  \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname
+     \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}%
+  \else
+     \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax
+     \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi
+     \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}%
+     \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1%
+     \addtomacrolist{\the\macname}%
+  \fi
+  \begingroup \macrobodyctxt
+  \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody
+  \else \expandafter\parsemacbody
+  \fi}
+
+\parseargdef\unmacro{%
+  \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname
+    \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}%
+    \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0%
+    % Remove the macro name from \macrolist:
+    \begingroup
+      \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax
+      \let\definedummyword\unmacrodo
+      \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}%
+    \endgroup
+  \else
+    \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}%
+  \fi
+}
+
+% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro.  The idea is to omit any
+% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax.
+%
+\def\unmacrodo#1{%
+  \ifx #1\relax
+    % remove this
+  \else
+    \noexpand\definedummyword \noexpand#1%
+  \fi
+}
+
+% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a
+% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
+% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed.
+\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}}
+\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs}
+\def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}}
+\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}}
+
+% Parse the optional {params} list.  Set up \paramno and \paramlist
+% so \defmacro knows what to do.  Define \macarg.blah for each blah
+% in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list.
+% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above).
+
+% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions.
+% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX:  let \hash be something
+% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine
+% it to # just before using the token list produced.
+%
+% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before
+% the macro is used.
+
+\def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
+        \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,}
+\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{%
+  \if#1;\let\next=\relax
+  \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx
+    \advance\paramno by 1%
+    \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname
+        {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}%
+    \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}%
+  \fi\next}
+
+% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies.
+% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.)
+
+\long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro%
+{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
+\long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro%
+{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
+
+% This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and
+% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments.
+% Much magic with \expandafter here.
+% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file
+% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group.
+\def\defmacro{%
+  \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars
+  \ifrecursive
+    \ifcase\paramno
+    % 0
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+        \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
+    \or % 1
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+         \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+         \noexpand\braceorline
+         \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
+         \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
+    \else % many
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+         \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+         \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
+          \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
+      \expandafter\expandafter
+      \expandafter\xdef
+      \expandafter\expandafter
+        \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
+          \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \ifcase\paramno
+    % 0
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+        \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
+        \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
+    \or % 1
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+         \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+         \noexpand\braceorline
+         \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
+        \egroup
+        \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
+        \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
+    \else % many
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+         \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+         \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
+          \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
+      \expandafter\expandafter
+      \expandafter\xdef
+      \expandafter\expandafter
+      \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
+      \paramlist{%
+          \egroup
+          \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
+          \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
+    \fi
+  \fi}
+
+\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}}
+
+% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a
+% {.  If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole
+% line.  Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence
+% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg)
+\def\braceorline#1{\let\next=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
+\def\braceorlinexxx{%
+  \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else
+    \expandafter\parsearg
+  \fi \next}
+
+
+% @alias.
+% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal
+% sign.  Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing.
+\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx}
+\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax}
+\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{%
+  {%
+    \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty
+    \addtomacrolist{#1}%
+    \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}%
+  }%
+  \next
+}
+
+
+\message{cross references,}
+
+\newwrite\auxfile
+
+\newif\ifhavexrefs    % True if xref values are known.
+\newif\ifwarnedxrefs  % True if we warned once that they aren't known.
+
+% @inforef is relatively simple.
+\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**}
+\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
+  node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
+
+% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in
+% cross-references.  The @node line might or might not have commas, and
+% might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like:
+% @node foo , bar , ...
+% We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name.
+%
+\parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse}
+%
+% also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this:
+% @node Help-Cross,  ,  , Cross-refs
+\def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse}
+\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
+
+\let\nwnode=\node
+\let\lastnode=\empty
+
+% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node.  #1 is the
+% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing).
+%
+\def\donoderef#1{%
+  \ifx\lastnode\empty\else
+    \setref{\lastnode}{#1}%
+    \global\let\lastnode=\empty
+  \fi
+}
+
+% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point.
+%
+\newcount\savesfregister
+%
+\def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi}
+\def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi}
+\def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces}
+
+% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an
+% anchor), which consists of three parts:
+% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \thissection,
+%                 or the anchor name.
+% 2) NAME-snt   - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or
+%                 empty for anchors.
+% 3) NAME-pg    - the page number.
+%
+% This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat.  In the case of
+% floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here:
+% 4) NAME-lof   - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats.
+%
+\def\setref#1#2{%
+  \pdfmkdest{#1}%
+  \iflinks
+    {%
+      \atdummies  % preserve commands, but don't expand them
+      \edef\writexrdef##1##2{%
+	\write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef
+	  ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef
+      }%
+      \toks0 = \expandafter{\thissection}%
+      \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }%
+      \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc.
+      \writexrdef{pg}{\folio}% will be written later, during \shipout
+    }%
+  \fi
+}
+
+% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references.  For \xrefX, #1 is
+% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed
+% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed
+% manual.  All but the node name can be omitted.
+%
+\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
+\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
+\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
+\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup
+  \unsepspaces
+  \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
+  \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}%
+  \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}%
+  \setbox0=\hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}%
+  \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt
+    % No printed node name was explicitly given.
+    \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax
+      % Use the node name inside the square brackets.
+      \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
+    \else
+      % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside
+      % the square brackets.  Use the real section title if we have it.
+      \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
+        % It is in another manual, so we don't have it.
+        \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
+      \else
+        \ifhavexrefs
+          % We know the real title if we have the xref values.
+          \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}{}}%
+        \else
+          % Otherwise just copy the Info node name.
+          \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
+        \fi%
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  %
+  % Make link in pdf output.
+  \ifpdf
+    \leavevmode
+    \getfilename{#4}%
+    {\turnoffactive
+     % See comments at \activebackslashdouble.
+     {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfxrefdest{#1}%
+      \backslashparens\pdfxrefdest}%
+     %
+     \ifnum\filenamelength>0
+       \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+         goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfxrefdest}%
+     \else
+       \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+         goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfxrefdest}}%
+     \fi
+    }%
+    \linkcolor
+  \fi
+  %
+  % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2"
+  % instead of "[somenode], p.3".  We distinguish them by the
+  % LABEL-title being set to a magic string.
+  {%
+    % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to
+    % include an _ in the xref name, etc.
+    \indexnofonts
+    \turnoffactive
+    \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle
+      \csname XR#1-title\endcsname
+  }%
+  \iffloat\Xthisreftitle
+    % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref,
+    % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2".
+    \ifdim\wd0 = 0pt
+      \refx{#1-snt}{}%
+    \else
+      \printedrefname
+    \fi
+    %
+    % if the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append
+    % "in MANUALNAME".
+    \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
+      \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
+    \fi
+  \else
+    % node/anchor (non-float) references.
+    %
+    % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not
+    % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will
+    % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names.  Since some manuals
+    % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this
+    % is a loss.  Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it
+    % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
+    \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
+      \putwordsection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
+    \else
+      % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
+      % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
+      % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
+      % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the
+      % printing, back off for the \refx-pg.
+      {\turnoffactive
+       % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for
+       % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be.
+       \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
+       \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
+      }%
+      % output the `[mynode]' via a macro so it can be overridden.
+      \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname
+      %
+      % But we always want a comma and a space:
+      ,\space
+      %
+      % output the `page 3'.
+      \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \endlink
+\endgroup}
+
+% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref
+% output.  It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily,
+% since square brackets don't work well in some documents.  Particularly
+% one that Bob is working on :).
+%
+\def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]}
+
+% Things referred to by \setref.
+%
+\def\Ynothing{}
+\def\Yomitfromtoc{}
+\def\Ynumbered{%
+  \ifnum\secno=0
+    \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno
+  \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
+    \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno
+  \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
+    \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
+  \else
+    \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
+  \fi\fi\fi
+}
+\def\Yappendix{%
+  \ifnum\secno=0
+     \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}%
+  \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
+     \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno
+  \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
+    \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
+  \else
+    \putwordSection@tie
+      @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
+  \fi\fi\fi
+}
+
+% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME.
+% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward.
+%
+\def\refx#1#2{%
+  {%
+    \indexnofonts
+    \otherbackslash
+    \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX
+      \csname XR#1\endcsname
+  }%
+  \ifx\thisrefX\relax
+    % If not defined, say something at least.
+    \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright
+    \iflinks
+      \ifhavexrefs
+        \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}%
+      \else
+        \ifwarnedxrefs\else
+          \global\warnedxrefstrue
+          \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}%
+        \fi
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \else
+    % It's defined, so just use it.
+    \thisrefX
+  \fi
+  #2% Output the suffix in any case.
+}
+
+% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file.  Usually it's
+% just a \def (we prepend XR to the control sequence name to avoid
+% collisions).  But if this is a float type, we have more work to do.
+%
+\def\xrdef#1#2{%
+  \expandafter\gdef\csname XR#1\endcsname{#2}% remember this xref value.
+  %
+  % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float?
+  \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR#1\endcsname
+    % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype.
+    \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist
+      \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname
+    %
+    % Is this the first time we've seen this float type?
+    \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax
+      \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do
+    \else
+      % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list.
+      \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}%
+    \fi
+    %
+    % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE,
+    % for later use in \listoffloats.
+    \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0{#1}}%
+  \fi
+}
+
+% Read the last existing aux file, if any.  No error if none exists.
+%
+\def\tryauxfile{%
+  \openin 1 \jobname.aux
+  \ifeof 1 \else
+    \readdatafile{aux}%
+    \global\havexrefstrue
+  \fi
+  \closein 1
+}
+
+\def\setupdatafile{%
+  \catcode`\^^@=\other
+  \catcode`\^^A=\other
+  \catcode`\^^B=\other
+  \catcode`\^^C=\other
+  \catcode`\^^D=\other
+  \catcode`\^^E=\other
+  \catcode`\^^F=\other
+  \catcode`\^^G=\other
+  \catcode`\^^H=\other
+  \catcode`\^^K=\other
+  \catcode`\^^L=\other
+  \catcode`\^^N=\other
+  \catcode`\^^P=\other
+  \catcode`\^^Q=\other
+  \catcode`\^^R=\other
+  \catcode`\^^S=\other
+  \catcode`\^^T=\other
+  \catcode`\^^U=\other
+  \catcode`\^^V=\other
+  \catcode`\^^W=\other
+  \catcode`\^^X=\other
+  \catcode`\^^Z=\other
+  \catcode`\^^[=\other
+  \catcode`\^^\=\other
+  \catcode`\^^]=\other
+  \catcode`\^^^=\other
+  \catcode`\^^_=\other
+  % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc.
+  % in xref tags, i.e., node names.  But since ^^e4 notation isn't
+  % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable.  Furthermore,
+  % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^
+  % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat
+  % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first
+  % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence.  It could
+  % all be worked out, but why?  Either we support ^^ or we don't.
+  %
+  % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat:
+  % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter
+  % and then to call \auxhat in \setq.
+  %
+  \catcode`\^=\other
+  %
+  % Special characters.  Should be turned off anyway, but...
+  \catcode`\~=\other
+  \catcode`\[=\other
+  \catcode`\]=\other
+  \catcode`\"=\other
+  \catcode`\_=\other
+  \catcode`\|=\other
+  \catcode`\<=\other
+  \catcode`\>=\other
+  \catcode`\$=\other
+  \catcode`\#=\other
+  \catcode`\&=\other
+  \catcode`\%=\other
+  \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off
+  %
+  % This is to support \ in node names and titles, since the \
+  % characters end up in a \csname.  It's easier than
+  % leaving it active and making its active definition an actual \
+  % character.  What I don't understand is why it works in the *value*
+  % of the xrdef.  Seems like it should be a catcode12 \, and that
+  % should not typeset properly.  But it works, so I'm moving on for
+  % now.  --karl, 15jan04.
+  \catcode`\\=\other
+  %
+  % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters.
+  {%
+    \count1=128
+    \def\loop{%
+      \catcode\count1=\other
+      \advance\count1 by 1
+      \ifnum \count1<256 \loop \fi
+    }%
+  }%
+  %
+  % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces.
+  \catcode`\{=1
+  \catcode`\}=2
+  \catcode`\@=0
+}
+
+\def\readdatafile#1{%
+\begingroup
+  \setupdatafile
+  \input\jobname.#1
+\endgroup}
+
+\message{insertions,}
+% including footnotes.
+
+\newcount \footnoteno
+
+% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is
+% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a
+% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is
+% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a
+% space to prevent strange expansion errors.)
+\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 }
+
+% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only.
+\let\footnotestyle=\comment
+
+{\catcode `\@=11
+%
+% Auto-number footnotes.  Otherwise like plain.
+\gdef\footnote{%
+  \let\indent=\ptexindent
+  \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
+  \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne
+  \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}%
+  %
+  % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the
+  % extra spacing after we do the footnote number.
+  \let\@sf\empty
+  \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi
+  %
+  % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number.
+  \unskip
+  \thisfootno\@sf
+  \dofootnote
+}%
+
+% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the
+% footnote text as a parameter.  Our footnotes don't need to be so general.
+%
+% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses
+% \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when
+% the footnote is read.  --karl, 16nov96.
+%
+\gdef\dofootnote{%
+  \insert\footins\bgroup
+  % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the
+  % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment.
+  % So reset some parameters.
+  \hsize=\pagewidth
+  \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
+  \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
+  \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
+  \floatingpenalty\@MM
+  \leftskip\z@skip
+  \rightskip\z@skip
+  \spaceskip\z@skip
+  \xspaceskip\z@skip
+  \parindent\defaultparindent
+  %
+  \smallfonts \rm
+  %
+  % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears
+  % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op.  makeinfo does not use
+  % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote
+  % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style).
+  \let\noindent = \relax
+  %
+  % Hang the footnote text off the number.  Use \everypar in case the
+  % footnote extends for more than one paragraph.
+  \everypar = {\hang}%
+  \textindent{\thisfootno}%
+  %
+  % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text.  Since this
+  % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it
+  % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote.
+  \footstrut
+  \futurelet\next\fo@t
+}
+}%end \catcode `\@=11
+
+% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create
+% the real \insert just after the vbox finished.  Otherwise, the insertion
+% would be lost.
+% Similarly, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote
+% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished.
+% And the same can be done for other insert classes.  --kasal, 16nov03.
+
+% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro.
+% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled
+% out prematurely.
+%
+\def\startsavinginserts{%
+  \ifx \insert\ptexinsert
+    \let\insert\saveinsert
+  \else
+    \let\checkinserts\relax
+  \fi
+}
+
+% This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and
+% \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}.
+%
+\def\saveinsert#1{%
+  \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}%
+  \afterassignment\next
+  % swallow the left brace
+  \let\temp =
+}
+\def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}}
+\def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1}
+
+\def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi}
+
+\def\placesaveins#1{%
+  \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname
+    {\box#1}%
+}
+
+% eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other:
+{
+  \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials  %  ;-)
+  \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{}
+}
+
+% initialization:
+\def\newsaveins #1{%
+  \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}%
+  \next
+}
+\def\newsaveinsX #1{%
+  \csname newbox\endcsname #1%
+  \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts
+    \checksaveins #1}%
+}
+
+% initialize:
+\let\checkinserts\empty
+\newsaveins\footins
+\newsaveins\margin
+
+
+% @image.  We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this.
+% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain.
+%
+% Check for and read epsf.tex up front.  If we read it only at @image
+% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get
+% undone and the next image would fail.
+\openin 1 = epsf.tex
+\ifeof 1 \else
+  % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in
+  % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan).
+  \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }%
+  \input epsf.tex
+\fi
+\closein 1
+%
+% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex.
+\newif\ifwarnednoepsf
+\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to
+  work.  It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get
+  it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.}
+%
+\def\image#1{%
+  \ifx\epsfbox\undefined
+    \ifwarnednoepsf \else
+      \errhelp = \noepsfhelp
+      \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}%
+      \global\warnednoepsftrue
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish
+  \fi
+}
+%
+% Arguments to @image:
+% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension.
+% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height.
+% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text.
+% #5 is (ignored optional) extension.
+% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff.
+\newif\ifimagevmode
+\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup
+  \catcode`\^^M = 5     % in case we're inside an example
+  \normalturnoffactive  % allow _ et al. in names
+  % If the image is by itself, center it.
+  \ifvmode
+    \imagevmodetrue
+    \nobreak\bigskip
+    % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
+    % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
+    % above and below.
+    \nobreak\vskip\parskip
+    \nobreak
+    \line\bgroup
+  \fi
+  %
+  % Output the image.
+  \ifpdf
+    \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+  \else
+    % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
+    \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
+    \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
+    \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
+  \fi
+  %
+  \ifimagevmode \egroup \bigbreak \fi  % space after the image
+\endgroup}
+
+
+% @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables,
+% etc.  We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the
+% float "here".  But it seemed the best name for the future.
+%
+\envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish}
+
+% There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it.
+\def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,}
+
+% #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically
+% "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc.  Can't contain commas.  If omitted,
+% this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to.
+%
+% #2 is the optional xref label.  Also must be present for the float to
+% be referable.
+%
+% #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored.  It
+% will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom).
+%
+% We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each
+% chapter-level command.
+\let\resetallfloatnos=\empty
+%
+\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{%
+  \let\thiscaption=\empty
+  \let\thisshortcaption=\empty
+  %
+  % don't lose footnotes inside @float.
+  %
+  % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an
+  % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04
+  %
+  \startsavinginserts
+  %
+  % We can't be used inside a paragraph.
+  \par
+  %
+  \vtop\bgroup
+    \def\floattype{#1}%
+    \def\floatlabel{#2}%
+    \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet.
+    %
+    \ifx\floattype\empty
+      \let\safefloattype=\empty
+    \else
+      {%
+        % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
+        % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
+        \indexnofonts
+        \turnoffactive
+        \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
+      }%
+    \fi
+    %
+    % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type.
+    \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
+      % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1,
+      % Table 1, Figure 2, ...).  (And if no label, no number.)
+      %
+      \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname
+      \global\advance\floatno by 1
+      %
+      {%
+        % This magic value for \thissection is output by \setref as the
+        % XREFLABEL-title value.  \xrefX uses it to distinguish float
+        % labels (which have a completely different output format) from
+        % node and anchor labels.  And \xrdef uses it to construct the
+        % lists of floats.
+        %
+        \edef\thissection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}%
+        \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}%
+      }%
+    \fi
+    %
+    % start with \parskip glue, I guess.
+    \vskip\parskip
+    %
+    % Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section.
+    \restorefirstparagraphindent
+}
+
+% we have these possibilities:
+% @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap
+% @float Foo,lbl & no caption:    Foo 1.1
+% @float Foo & @caption{Cap}:     Foo: Cap
+% @float Foo & no caption:        Foo
+% @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}:     1.1: Cap
+% @float ,lbl & no caption:       1.1
+% @float & @caption{Cap}:         Cap
+% @float & no caption:
+%
+\def\Efloat{%
+    \let\floatident = \empty
+    %
+    % In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first.
+    \ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi
+    %
+    % If we have an xref label, the number comes next.
+    \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
+      \ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first.
+        \appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}%
+      \fi
+      % the number.
+      \appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
+    \fi
+    %
+    % Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in
+    % \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again.
+    \let\captionline = \floatident
+    %
+    \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else
+      \ifx\floatident\empty \else
+	\appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between
+      \fi
+      %
+      % caption text.
+      \appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}%
+    \fi
+    %
+    % If we have anything to print, print it, with space before.
+    % Eventually this needs to become an \insert.
+    \ifx\captionline\empty \else
+      \vskip.5\parskip
+      \captionline
+      %
+      % Space below caption.
+      \vskip\parskip
+    \fi
+    %
+    % If have an xref label, write the list of floats info.  Do this
+    % after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint.
+    \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
+      % Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as
+      % \floatlabel-lof.  Besides \floatident, we include the short
+      % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing.
+      {%
+        \atdummies
+        %
+        % since we read the caption text in the macro world, where ^^M
+        % is turned into a normal character, we have to scan it back, so
+        % we don't write the literal three characters "^^M" into the aux file.
+	\scanexp{%
+	  \xdef\noexpand\gtemp{%
+	    \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty
+	      \thiscaption
+	    \else
+	      \thisshortcaption
+	    \fi
+	  }%
+	}%
+        \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident
+	  \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}%
+      }%
+    \fi
+  \egroup  % end of \vtop
+  %
+  % place the captured inserts
+  %
+  % BEWARE: when the floats start floating, we have to issue warning
+  % whenever an insert appears inside a float which could possibly
+  % float. --kasal, 26may04
+  %
+  \checkinserts
+}
+
+% Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either.
+%
+\def\appendtomacro#1#2{%
+  \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}%
+}
+
+% @caption, @shortcaption
+%
+\def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption}
+\def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption}
+\def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption}
+\def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}}
+
+% The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are
+% going to use.  Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno.
+\def\getfloatno#1{%
+  \ifx#1\relax
+      % Haven't seen this figure type before.
+      \csname newcount\endcsname #1%
+      %
+      % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap.
+      \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos
+        \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }%
+  \fi
+  \let\floatno#1%
+}
+
+% \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value.  We want an @xref
+% to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1".  We call \setref when we
+% first read the @float command.
+%
+\def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
+
+% Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can
+% distinguish floats from other xref types.
+\def\floatmagic{!!float!!}
+
+% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional
+% which is true if #1 represents a float ref.  That is, the magic
+% \thissection value which we \setref above.
+%
+\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish}
+%
+% #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string.  If so, #2 will be the
+% (safe) float type for this float.  We set \iffloattype to #2.
+%
+\def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \def\iffloattype{#2}%
+  \ifx\temp\floatmagic
+}
+
+% @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents.
+%
+\parseargdef\listoffloats{%
+  \def\floattype{#1}% floattype
+  {%
+    % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
+    % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
+    \indexnofonts
+    \turnoffactive
+    \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
+  }%
+  %
+  % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE.
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax
+    \ifhavexrefs
+      % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo.
+      \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}%
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \begingroup
+      \leftskip=\tocindent  % indent these entries like a toc
+      \let\do=\listoffloatsdo
+      \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname
+    \endgroup
+  \fi
+}
+
+% This is called on each entry in a list of floats.  We're passed the
+% xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the
+% aux file.  We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which
+% has the text we're supposed to typeset here.
+%
+% Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since
+% they won't appear in the aux file).
+%
+\def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish}
+\def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{%
+  % Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything.  Just
+  % pass the control sequence.  On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the
+  % page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link
+  % in pdf output.
+  \toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}%
+  %
+  % use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index.
+  \edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}%
+  \writeentry
+}}
+
+\message{localization,}
+% and i18n.
+
+% @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after
+% @setfilename.  If done too late, it may not override everything
+% properly.  Single argument is the language abbreviation.
+% It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here.
+%
+\parseargdef\documentlanguage{%
+  \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
+    % Read the file if it exists.
+    \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
+    \ifeof 1
+      \errhelp = \nolanghelp
+      \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}%
+    \else
+      \input txi-#1.tex
+    \fi
+    \closein 1
+  \endgroup
+}
+\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or
+is empty.  Maybe you need to install it?  In the current directory
+should work if nowhere else does.}
+
+
+% @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most
+% likely, but for now just recognize it.
+\let\documentencoding = \comment
+
+
+% Page size parameters.
+%
+\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
+
+\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
+\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt
+\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+
+% Prevent underfull vbox error messages.
+\vbadness = 10000
+
+% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
+\hbadness = 2000
+
+% Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans.
+\widowpenalty=10000
+\clubpenalty=10000
+
+% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're
+% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.  We want the amount of
+% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on
+% \hsize.  We call this whenever the paper size is set.
+%
+\def\setemergencystretch{%
+  \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined
+    % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway.
+    \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}%
+  \else
+    \emergencystretch = .15\hsize
+  \fi
+}
+
+% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth;
+% 3) voffset; 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip;
+% 7) physical page height; 8) physical page width.
+%
+% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define
+% \textleading.  The caller should also set \parskip.
+%
+\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
+  \voffset = #3\relax
+  \topskip = #6\relax
+  \splittopskip = \topskip
+  %
+  \vsize = #1\relax
+  \advance\vsize by \topskip
+  \outervsize = \vsize
+  \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin
+  \pageheight = \vsize
+  %
+  \hsize = #2\relax
+  \outerhsize = \hsize
+  \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in
+  \pagewidth = \hsize
+  %
+  \normaloffset = #4\relax
+  \bindingoffset = #5\relax
+  %
+  \ifpdf
+    \pdfpageheight #7\relax
+    \pdfpagewidth #8\relax
+  \fi
+  %
+  \setleading{\textleading}
+  %
+  \parindent = \defaultparindent
+  \setemergencystretch
+}
+
+% @letterpaper (the default).
+\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+  \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+  \textleading = 13.2pt
+  %
+  % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even.
+  \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}%
+                    {\voffset}{.25in}%
+                    {\bindingoffset}{36pt}%
+                    {11in}{8.5in}%
+}}
+
+% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.25 trim size.
+\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1
+  \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt
+  \textleading = 12pt
+  %
+  \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}%
+                    {\voffset}{.25in}%
+                    {\bindingoffset}{16pt}%
+                    {9.25in}{7in}%
+  %
+  \lispnarrowing = 0.3in
+  \tolerance = 700
+  \hfuzz = 1pt
+  \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+  \defbodyindent = .5cm
+}}
+
+% Use @smallerbook to reset parameters for 6x9 trim size.
+% (Just testing, parameters still in flux.)
+\def\smallerbook{{\globaldefs = 1
+  \parskip = 1.5pt plus 1pt
+  \textleading = 12pt
+  %
+  \internalpagesizes{7.4in}{4.8in}%
+                    {-.2in}{-.4in}%
+                    {0pt}{14pt}%
+                    {9in}{6in}%
+  %
+  \lispnarrowing = 0.25in
+  \tolerance = 700
+  \hfuzz = 1pt
+  \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+  \defbodyindent = .4cm
+}}
+
+% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
+\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+  \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+  \textleading = 13.2pt
+  %
+  % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050
+  % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm.
+  % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust
+  % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align.  Then
+  % do the same for \bindingoffset.  You can set these for testing in
+  % your texinfo source file like this:
+  % @tex
+  % \global\normaloffset = -6mm
+  % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm
+  % @end tex
+  \internalpagesizes{51\baselineskip}{160mm}
+                    {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
+                    {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
+                    {297mm}{210mm}%
+  %
+  \tolerance = 700
+  \hfuzz = 1pt
+  \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+  \defbodyindent = 5mm
+}}
+
+% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper.
+% From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000.
+% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small.
+\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+  \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt
+  \textleading = 12.5pt
+  %
+  \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}%
+                    {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
+                    {\bindingoffset}{8pt}%
+                    {210mm}{148mm}%
+  %
+  \lispnarrowing = 0.2in
+  \tolerance = 800
+  \hfuzz = 1.2pt
+  \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+  \defbodyindent = 2mm
+  \tableindent = 12mm
+}}
+
+% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper.
+\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1
+  \afourpaper
+  \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}%
+                    {\voffset}{4.6mm}%
+                    {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
+                    {297mm}{210mm}%
+  %
+  % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper.
+  \globaldefs = 0
+}}
+
+% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format.
+\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1
+  \afourpaper
+  \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}%
+                    {\voffset}{-2.95mm}%
+                    {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
+                    {297mm}{210mm}%
+  \globaldefs = 0
+}}
+
+% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH]
+% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip,
+% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow.
+%
+\parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish}
+\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{%
+  \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi
+  \globaldefs = 1
+  %
+  \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+  \setleading{\textleading}%
+  %
+  \dimen0 = #1
+  \advance\dimen0 by \voffset
+  %
+  \dimen2 = \hsize
+  \advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset
+  %
+  \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}%
+                    {\voffset}{\normaloffset}%
+                    {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
+                    {\dimen0}{\dimen2}%
+}}
+
+% Set default to letter.
+%
+\letterpaper
+
+
+\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
+
+% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
+\catcode`\"=\other
+\catcode`\~=\other
+\catcode`\^=\other
+\catcode`\_=\other
+\catcode`\|=\other
+\catcode`\<=\other
+\catcode`\>=\other
+\catcode`\+=\other
+\catcode`\$=\other
+\def\normaldoublequote{"}
+\def\normaltilde{~}
+\def\normalcaret{^}
+\def\normalunderscore{_}
+\def\normalverticalbar{|}
+\def\normalless{<}
+\def\normalgreater{>}
+\def\normalplus{+}
+\def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix
+
+% This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt
+% (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts,
+% where something hairier probably needs to be done.
+%
+% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print
+% otherwise.  Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero
+% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all
+% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter.
+%
+\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi}
+
+% Same as above, but check for italic font.  Actually this also catches
+% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from
+% italic fonts.  But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway
+% this is not a problem.
+\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi}
+
+% Turn off all special characters except @
+% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary).
+% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can
+% use math or other variants that look better in normal text.
+
+\catcode`\"=\active
+\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}}
+\let"=\activedoublequote
+\catcode`\~=\active
+\def~{{\tt\char126}}
+\chardef\hat=`\^
+\catcode`\^=\active
+\def^{{\tt \hat}}
+
+\catcode`\_=\active
+\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
+\let\realunder=_
+% Subroutine for the previous macro.
+\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }
+
+\catcode`\|=\active
+\def|{{\tt\char124}}
+\chardef \less=`\<
+\catcode`\<=\active
+\def<{{\tt \less}}
+\chardef \gtr=`\>
+\catcode`\>=\active
+\def>{{\tt \gtr}}
+\catcode`\+=\active
+\def+{{\tt \char 43}}
+\catcode`\$=\active
+\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix
+
+% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
+% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
+% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on.
+% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file.
+\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other}
+
+% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after
+% parsing them.
+\def\turnoffactive{%
+  \normalturnoffactive
+  \otherbackslash
+}
+
+\catcode`\@=0
+
+% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font,
+% as in \char`\\.
+\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\
+\global\let\rawbackslashxx=\backslashcurfont  % let existing .??s files work
+
+% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other, and
+% \doublebackslash is two of them (for the pdf outlines).
+{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\} @gdef@doublebackslash{\\}}
+
+% In texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash
+% in fixed width font.
+\catcode`\\=\active
+@def@normalbackslash{{@tt@backslashcurfont}}
+% On startup, @fixbackslash assigns:
+%  @let \ = @normalbackslash
+
+% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont.
+% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with
+% catcode other.
+@gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont}
+@gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash}
+
+% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of
+% the literal character `\'.
+% 
+@def@normalturnoffactive{%
+  @let\=@normalbackslash
+  @let"=@normaldoublequote
+  @let~=@normaltilde
+  @let^=@normalcaret
+  @let_=@normalunderscore
+  @let|=@normalverticalbar
+  @let<=@normalless
+  @let>=@normalgreater
+  @let+=@normalplus
+  @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix
+  @unsepspaces
+}
+
+% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily.
+% This is canceled by @fixbackslash.
+@otherifyactive
+
+% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up.
+% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing
+% a backslash.
+%
+@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash}
+@global@let\ = @eatinput
+
+% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then
+% the first `\' in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix
+% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur.
+% Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input
+% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
+%
+@gdef@fixbackslash{%
+  @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi
+  @catcode`+=@active
+  @catcode`@_=@active
+}
+
+% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
+@escapechar = `@@
+
+% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.
+@catcode`@& = @other
+@catcode`@# = @other
+@catcode`@% = @other
+
+
+@c Local variables:
+@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message"
+@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{"
+@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+@c time-stamp-end: "}"
+@c End:
+
+@c vim:sw=2:
+
+@ignore
+   arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115
+@end ignore